User login
Rapid Desensitization after a Type I Hypersensitivity Reaction to Ceftazidime/Avibactam
Cerebral palsy (CP) embodies a collection of disorders involving permanent but nonprogressive motor dysfunction secondary to one of a variety of abnormal disturbances that can occur in the developing fetal or infantile brain.1 The motor impairment of CP classically leads to irregularities in muscle tone, posture, and/or movement, resulting in limitations of functional abilities that vary in severity.1,2 Patients with CP commonly experience dysphagia, gastroesophageal reflux disease, impaired airway clearance, chest wall and spine deformities, restrictive lung disease, and/or recurrent aspiration.1 Consequently, pulmonary disease is the leading cause of morbidity and mortality in patients with severe CP, characterized by recurrent bacterial infections.3,4
Frequent antibiotic use increases the risk of multidrug-resistant pathogen formation and hypersensitivity to antibiotics. Life-threatening allergic reactions in a patient population with impaired lung function significantly complicates patient management, often leading to suboptimal treatment with second-line agents.5 This case study describes a previously penicillin-tolerant patient with CP who developed a type I hypersensitivity reaction to ceftazidime/avibactam and was treated successfully with the antibiotic after rapid induction of temporary tolerance.
Case Presentation
A 34-year-old male with a complex medical history of severe spastic CP and atonic seizures was recently diagnosed with adenocarcinoma of the colon and admitted for ileostomy and sigmoidectomy. The surgery was complicated by spillage of intestinal contents into the peritoneal cavity 3 days postoperation. The patient was urgently taken to the operating room for exploratory laparotomy, culminating in remaining colectomy, complete abdominal washout, and wound vacuum placement. He continued to deteriorate clinically over the next few weeks, beginning with the development of feculent peritonitis and septic shock. Respiratory distress ensued, and the patient required a tracheostomy with mechanical ventilation. A computed tomography of the chest was consistent with multifocal pneumonia, and a respiratory culture of bronchioalveolar lavage fluid cultivated Klebsiella pneumoniae, a carbapenem-resistant Enterobacteriaceae.
The infectious disease service was consulted and recommended ceftazidime/avibactam as the only acceptable antibiotic to treat this organism. The patient had no history of drug hypersensitivities. However, he developed diffuse, generalized urticaria and predominately right-sided flushing immediately following the onset of the antibiotic infusion. The urticaria was pruritic. The patient did not have angioedema, and he did not experience any adverse respiratory, cardiac, gastrointestinal, or neurologic symptoms. The infusion was ceased immediately, and the patient was treated with a combination of diphenhydramine 50 mg IV and ranitidine 50 mg IV. Resolution of his hypersensitivity symptoms occurred within an hour of treatment, and vital signs remained stable with no resurgence of symptoms. At the time of his reaction, the patient also was taking pantoprazole, valproate, metoprolol, risperidone, and oxycodone as needed for pain. A tryptase level was not measured.
The allergy and immunology service was consulted for rapid desensitization to ceftazidime/avibactam as the culture and sensitivity test demonstrated the bacterium to be resistant to alternative antibiotics. Skin testing to ceftazidime/avibactam was deferred at the time due to the patient’s critical illness. The patient was premedicated with diphenhydramine and ranitidine 50 mg IV. Rapid IV desensitization was performed using a standard 12-step protocol developed for chemotherapeutic agents but demonstrated as safe and effective when applied to antibiotics in patients with cystic fibrosis.5 The antibiotic was administered in sequential 15-minute intervals for a total of 12 progressively doubled doses with continuous monitoring for the appearance of allergic reactions (Table). The target dose of 2.5 g was successfully achieved, and the patient tolerated a complete 14-day treatment regimen with no further adverse reactions to the medication. During the remainder of his hospital admission, the patient improved significantly without further complications.
Discussion
This is the first reported case in the literature to describe a type I hypersensitivity reaction with rapid IV induction of tolerance to ceftazidime/avibactam. We describe his reaction as type I hypersensitivity because the patient developed immediate generalized urticaria and flushing. Use of a safe desensitization protocol, demonstrated in this case report, is paramount to optimal management of infections in patient populations with severely decreased lung function, such as CP.5-7 It provides a safe and effective technique to maintain patients on first line, preferred therapy, despite their increased risk of potentially life-threatening allergic reactions.
Interestingly, this patient previously tolerated penicillins and cephalosporins without adverse reactions, suggesting the possibility of a non–IgE-mediated vs an IgE-mediated mechanism to the hypersensitivity reaction. The patient also was receiving oxycodone at the time of his reaction, and oxycodone can cause nonspecific mast cell degranulation. Additional information from skin testing to ceftazidime/avibactam could help determine whether the patient had an IgE-mediated hypersensitivity reaction. This information could help clarify the culprit agent and guide further avoidance recommendations.
Unfortunately, because the patient was critically ill, skin testing was not performed, and he underwent an urgent antibiotic desensitization with success. It was recommended that the patient follow up in the allergy and immunology clinic for further evaluation with skin testing to ceftazidime/avibactam as well as other β-lactams to determine his future risk of reaction. Unfortunately, he was lost to follow-up.
Frequent IV antibiotic use is a risk factor for the development of antibiotic allergies.8,9 This patient had received many prior courses of IV antibiotics, and this factor most likely contributed to his immediate hypersensitivity reaction to ceftazidime/avibactam. Fortunately, he tolerated a rapid induction of tolerance.
As life expectancies for patients with chronic medical conditions that involve recurrent infections increase, the associated emergence of multidrug-resistant pathogens and necessity for use of novel combination antibiotics should prompt further investigation of nonirritating doses of these drugs for skin testing in the case of drug hypersensitivities. This information would be essential for skin prick testing and determination of whether patients have a true IgE-mediated reaction to these antibiotics.
Conclusions
This is the first case report demonstrating a successful rapid induction of tolerance for the antibiotic ceftazidime/avibactam. Fortunately, the patient tolerated the desensitization procedure without further adverse reactions, and he had a resolution of his infection.
1. Rosenbaum P, Paneth N, Leviton A, et al. A report: the definition and classification of cerebral palsy April 2006. Dev Med Child Neurol. 2007;109:8-14.
2. Haak P, Lenski M, Hidecker MJ, et al. Cerebral palsy and aging. Dev Med Child Neurol. 2009;51(suppl 4):16-23. doi:10.1111/j.1469-8749.2009.03428.x
3. Duruflé-Tapin A, Colin A, Nicolas B, Lebreton C, Dauvergne F, Gallien P. Analysis of the medical causes of death in cerebral palsy. Ann Phys Rehabil Med. 2014;57(1):24-37. doi:10.1016/j.rehab.2013.11.002
4. Boel L, Pernet K, Toussaint M, et al. Respiratory morbidity in children with cerebral palsy: an overview. Dev Med Child Neurol. 2019;61(6):646-653. doi:10.1111/dmcn.14060
5. Legere HJ 3rd, Palis RI, Rodriguez Bouza T, Uluer AZ, Castells MC. A safe protocol for rapid desensitization in patients with cystic fibrosis and antibiotic hypersensitivity. J Cyst Fibros. 2009;8(6):418-424. doi:10.1016/j.jcf.2009.08.002
6. Castells M. Rapid desensitization for hypersensitivity reactions to medications. Immunol Allergy Clin North Am. 2009;29(3):585-606. doi:10.1016/j.iac.2009.04.012
7. Liu A, Fanning L, Chong H, et al. Desensitization regimens for drug allergy: state of the art in the 21st century. Clin Exp Allergy. 2011;41(12):1679-1689. doi:10.1111/j.1365-2222.2011.03825.x
8. Thong BY, Tan TC. Epidemiology and risk factors for drug allergy. Br J Clin Pharmacol. 2011;71(5):684-700. doi:10.1111/j.1365-2125.2010.03774.x
9. Adkinson NF Jr. Risk factors for drug allergy. J Allergy Clin Immunol. 1984;74(4, pt 2):567-572. doi:10.1016/0091-6749(84)90108-8
Cerebral palsy (CP) embodies a collection of disorders involving permanent but nonprogressive motor dysfunction secondary to one of a variety of abnormal disturbances that can occur in the developing fetal or infantile brain.1 The motor impairment of CP classically leads to irregularities in muscle tone, posture, and/or movement, resulting in limitations of functional abilities that vary in severity.1,2 Patients with CP commonly experience dysphagia, gastroesophageal reflux disease, impaired airway clearance, chest wall and spine deformities, restrictive lung disease, and/or recurrent aspiration.1 Consequently, pulmonary disease is the leading cause of morbidity and mortality in patients with severe CP, characterized by recurrent bacterial infections.3,4
Frequent antibiotic use increases the risk of multidrug-resistant pathogen formation and hypersensitivity to antibiotics. Life-threatening allergic reactions in a patient population with impaired lung function significantly complicates patient management, often leading to suboptimal treatment with second-line agents.5 This case study describes a previously penicillin-tolerant patient with CP who developed a type I hypersensitivity reaction to ceftazidime/avibactam and was treated successfully with the antibiotic after rapid induction of temporary tolerance.
Case Presentation
A 34-year-old male with a complex medical history of severe spastic CP and atonic seizures was recently diagnosed with adenocarcinoma of the colon and admitted for ileostomy and sigmoidectomy. The surgery was complicated by spillage of intestinal contents into the peritoneal cavity 3 days postoperation. The patient was urgently taken to the operating room for exploratory laparotomy, culminating in remaining colectomy, complete abdominal washout, and wound vacuum placement. He continued to deteriorate clinically over the next few weeks, beginning with the development of feculent peritonitis and septic shock. Respiratory distress ensued, and the patient required a tracheostomy with mechanical ventilation. A computed tomography of the chest was consistent with multifocal pneumonia, and a respiratory culture of bronchioalveolar lavage fluid cultivated Klebsiella pneumoniae, a carbapenem-resistant Enterobacteriaceae.
The infectious disease service was consulted and recommended ceftazidime/avibactam as the only acceptable antibiotic to treat this organism. The patient had no history of drug hypersensitivities. However, he developed diffuse, generalized urticaria and predominately right-sided flushing immediately following the onset of the antibiotic infusion. The urticaria was pruritic. The patient did not have angioedema, and he did not experience any adverse respiratory, cardiac, gastrointestinal, or neurologic symptoms. The infusion was ceased immediately, and the patient was treated with a combination of diphenhydramine 50 mg IV and ranitidine 50 mg IV. Resolution of his hypersensitivity symptoms occurred within an hour of treatment, and vital signs remained stable with no resurgence of symptoms. At the time of his reaction, the patient also was taking pantoprazole, valproate, metoprolol, risperidone, and oxycodone as needed for pain. A tryptase level was not measured.
The allergy and immunology service was consulted for rapid desensitization to ceftazidime/avibactam as the culture and sensitivity test demonstrated the bacterium to be resistant to alternative antibiotics. Skin testing to ceftazidime/avibactam was deferred at the time due to the patient’s critical illness. The patient was premedicated with diphenhydramine and ranitidine 50 mg IV. Rapid IV desensitization was performed using a standard 12-step protocol developed for chemotherapeutic agents but demonstrated as safe and effective when applied to antibiotics in patients with cystic fibrosis.5 The antibiotic was administered in sequential 15-minute intervals for a total of 12 progressively doubled doses with continuous monitoring for the appearance of allergic reactions (Table). The target dose of 2.5 g was successfully achieved, and the patient tolerated a complete 14-day treatment regimen with no further adverse reactions to the medication. During the remainder of his hospital admission, the patient improved significantly without further complications.
Discussion
This is the first reported case in the literature to describe a type I hypersensitivity reaction with rapid IV induction of tolerance to ceftazidime/avibactam. We describe his reaction as type I hypersensitivity because the patient developed immediate generalized urticaria and flushing. Use of a safe desensitization protocol, demonstrated in this case report, is paramount to optimal management of infections in patient populations with severely decreased lung function, such as CP.5-7 It provides a safe and effective technique to maintain patients on first line, preferred therapy, despite their increased risk of potentially life-threatening allergic reactions.
Interestingly, this patient previously tolerated penicillins and cephalosporins without adverse reactions, suggesting the possibility of a non–IgE-mediated vs an IgE-mediated mechanism to the hypersensitivity reaction. The patient also was receiving oxycodone at the time of his reaction, and oxycodone can cause nonspecific mast cell degranulation. Additional information from skin testing to ceftazidime/avibactam could help determine whether the patient had an IgE-mediated hypersensitivity reaction. This information could help clarify the culprit agent and guide further avoidance recommendations.
Unfortunately, because the patient was critically ill, skin testing was not performed, and he underwent an urgent antibiotic desensitization with success. It was recommended that the patient follow up in the allergy and immunology clinic for further evaluation with skin testing to ceftazidime/avibactam as well as other β-lactams to determine his future risk of reaction. Unfortunately, he was lost to follow-up.
Frequent IV antibiotic use is a risk factor for the development of antibiotic allergies.8,9 This patient had received many prior courses of IV antibiotics, and this factor most likely contributed to his immediate hypersensitivity reaction to ceftazidime/avibactam. Fortunately, he tolerated a rapid induction of tolerance.
As life expectancies for patients with chronic medical conditions that involve recurrent infections increase, the associated emergence of multidrug-resistant pathogens and necessity for use of novel combination antibiotics should prompt further investigation of nonirritating doses of these drugs for skin testing in the case of drug hypersensitivities. This information would be essential for skin prick testing and determination of whether patients have a true IgE-mediated reaction to these antibiotics.
Conclusions
This is the first case report demonstrating a successful rapid induction of tolerance for the antibiotic ceftazidime/avibactam. Fortunately, the patient tolerated the desensitization procedure without further adverse reactions, and he had a resolution of his infection.
Cerebral palsy (CP) embodies a collection of disorders involving permanent but nonprogressive motor dysfunction secondary to one of a variety of abnormal disturbances that can occur in the developing fetal or infantile brain.1 The motor impairment of CP classically leads to irregularities in muscle tone, posture, and/or movement, resulting in limitations of functional abilities that vary in severity.1,2 Patients with CP commonly experience dysphagia, gastroesophageal reflux disease, impaired airway clearance, chest wall and spine deformities, restrictive lung disease, and/or recurrent aspiration.1 Consequently, pulmonary disease is the leading cause of morbidity and mortality in patients with severe CP, characterized by recurrent bacterial infections.3,4
Frequent antibiotic use increases the risk of multidrug-resistant pathogen formation and hypersensitivity to antibiotics. Life-threatening allergic reactions in a patient population with impaired lung function significantly complicates patient management, often leading to suboptimal treatment with second-line agents.5 This case study describes a previously penicillin-tolerant patient with CP who developed a type I hypersensitivity reaction to ceftazidime/avibactam and was treated successfully with the antibiotic after rapid induction of temporary tolerance.
Case Presentation
A 34-year-old male with a complex medical history of severe spastic CP and atonic seizures was recently diagnosed with adenocarcinoma of the colon and admitted for ileostomy and sigmoidectomy. The surgery was complicated by spillage of intestinal contents into the peritoneal cavity 3 days postoperation. The patient was urgently taken to the operating room for exploratory laparotomy, culminating in remaining colectomy, complete abdominal washout, and wound vacuum placement. He continued to deteriorate clinically over the next few weeks, beginning with the development of feculent peritonitis and septic shock. Respiratory distress ensued, and the patient required a tracheostomy with mechanical ventilation. A computed tomography of the chest was consistent with multifocal pneumonia, and a respiratory culture of bronchioalveolar lavage fluid cultivated Klebsiella pneumoniae, a carbapenem-resistant Enterobacteriaceae.
The infectious disease service was consulted and recommended ceftazidime/avibactam as the only acceptable antibiotic to treat this organism. The patient had no history of drug hypersensitivities. However, he developed diffuse, generalized urticaria and predominately right-sided flushing immediately following the onset of the antibiotic infusion. The urticaria was pruritic. The patient did not have angioedema, and he did not experience any adverse respiratory, cardiac, gastrointestinal, or neurologic symptoms. The infusion was ceased immediately, and the patient was treated with a combination of diphenhydramine 50 mg IV and ranitidine 50 mg IV. Resolution of his hypersensitivity symptoms occurred within an hour of treatment, and vital signs remained stable with no resurgence of symptoms. At the time of his reaction, the patient also was taking pantoprazole, valproate, metoprolol, risperidone, and oxycodone as needed for pain. A tryptase level was not measured.
The allergy and immunology service was consulted for rapid desensitization to ceftazidime/avibactam as the culture and sensitivity test demonstrated the bacterium to be resistant to alternative antibiotics. Skin testing to ceftazidime/avibactam was deferred at the time due to the patient’s critical illness. The patient was premedicated with diphenhydramine and ranitidine 50 mg IV. Rapid IV desensitization was performed using a standard 12-step protocol developed for chemotherapeutic agents but demonstrated as safe and effective when applied to antibiotics in patients with cystic fibrosis.5 The antibiotic was administered in sequential 15-minute intervals for a total of 12 progressively doubled doses with continuous monitoring for the appearance of allergic reactions (Table). The target dose of 2.5 g was successfully achieved, and the patient tolerated a complete 14-day treatment regimen with no further adverse reactions to the medication. During the remainder of his hospital admission, the patient improved significantly without further complications.
Discussion
This is the first reported case in the literature to describe a type I hypersensitivity reaction with rapid IV induction of tolerance to ceftazidime/avibactam. We describe his reaction as type I hypersensitivity because the patient developed immediate generalized urticaria and flushing. Use of a safe desensitization protocol, demonstrated in this case report, is paramount to optimal management of infections in patient populations with severely decreased lung function, such as CP.5-7 It provides a safe and effective technique to maintain patients on first line, preferred therapy, despite their increased risk of potentially life-threatening allergic reactions.
Interestingly, this patient previously tolerated penicillins and cephalosporins without adverse reactions, suggesting the possibility of a non–IgE-mediated vs an IgE-mediated mechanism to the hypersensitivity reaction. The patient also was receiving oxycodone at the time of his reaction, and oxycodone can cause nonspecific mast cell degranulation. Additional information from skin testing to ceftazidime/avibactam could help determine whether the patient had an IgE-mediated hypersensitivity reaction. This information could help clarify the culprit agent and guide further avoidance recommendations.
Unfortunately, because the patient was critically ill, skin testing was not performed, and he underwent an urgent antibiotic desensitization with success. It was recommended that the patient follow up in the allergy and immunology clinic for further evaluation with skin testing to ceftazidime/avibactam as well as other β-lactams to determine his future risk of reaction. Unfortunately, he was lost to follow-up.
Frequent IV antibiotic use is a risk factor for the development of antibiotic allergies.8,9 This patient had received many prior courses of IV antibiotics, and this factor most likely contributed to his immediate hypersensitivity reaction to ceftazidime/avibactam. Fortunately, he tolerated a rapid induction of tolerance.
As life expectancies for patients with chronic medical conditions that involve recurrent infections increase, the associated emergence of multidrug-resistant pathogens and necessity for use of novel combination antibiotics should prompt further investigation of nonirritating doses of these drugs for skin testing in the case of drug hypersensitivities. This information would be essential for skin prick testing and determination of whether patients have a true IgE-mediated reaction to these antibiotics.
Conclusions
This is the first case report demonstrating a successful rapid induction of tolerance for the antibiotic ceftazidime/avibactam. Fortunately, the patient tolerated the desensitization procedure without further adverse reactions, and he had a resolution of his infection.
1. Rosenbaum P, Paneth N, Leviton A, et al. A report: the definition and classification of cerebral palsy April 2006. Dev Med Child Neurol. 2007;109:8-14.
2. Haak P, Lenski M, Hidecker MJ, et al. Cerebral palsy and aging. Dev Med Child Neurol. 2009;51(suppl 4):16-23. doi:10.1111/j.1469-8749.2009.03428.x
3. Duruflé-Tapin A, Colin A, Nicolas B, Lebreton C, Dauvergne F, Gallien P. Analysis of the medical causes of death in cerebral palsy. Ann Phys Rehabil Med. 2014;57(1):24-37. doi:10.1016/j.rehab.2013.11.002
4. Boel L, Pernet K, Toussaint M, et al. Respiratory morbidity in children with cerebral palsy: an overview. Dev Med Child Neurol. 2019;61(6):646-653. doi:10.1111/dmcn.14060
5. Legere HJ 3rd, Palis RI, Rodriguez Bouza T, Uluer AZ, Castells MC. A safe protocol for rapid desensitization in patients with cystic fibrosis and antibiotic hypersensitivity. J Cyst Fibros. 2009;8(6):418-424. doi:10.1016/j.jcf.2009.08.002
6. Castells M. Rapid desensitization for hypersensitivity reactions to medications. Immunol Allergy Clin North Am. 2009;29(3):585-606. doi:10.1016/j.iac.2009.04.012
7. Liu A, Fanning L, Chong H, et al. Desensitization regimens for drug allergy: state of the art in the 21st century. Clin Exp Allergy. 2011;41(12):1679-1689. doi:10.1111/j.1365-2222.2011.03825.x
8. Thong BY, Tan TC. Epidemiology and risk factors for drug allergy. Br J Clin Pharmacol. 2011;71(5):684-700. doi:10.1111/j.1365-2125.2010.03774.x
9. Adkinson NF Jr. Risk factors for drug allergy. J Allergy Clin Immunol. 1984;74(4, pt 2):567-572. doi:10.1016/0091-6749(84)90108-8
1. Rosenbaum P, Paneth N, Leviton A, et al. A report: the definition and classification of cerebral palsy April 2006. Dev Med Child Neurol. 2007;109:8-14.
2. Haak P, Lenski M, Hidecker MJ, et al. Cerebral palsy and aging. Dev Med Child Neurol. 2009;51(suppl 4):16-23. doi:10.1111/j.1469-8749.2009.03428.x
3. Duruflé-Tapin A, Colin A, Nicolas B, Lebreton C, Dauvergne F, Gallien P. Analysis of the medical causes of death in cerebral palsy. Ann Phys Rehabil Med. 2014;57(1):24-37. doi:10.1016/j.rehab.2013.11.002
4. Boel L, Pernet K, Toussaint M, et al. Respiratory morbidity in children with cerebral palsy: an overview. Dev Med Child Neurol. 2019;61(6):646-653. doi:10.1111/dmcn.14060
5. Legere HJ 3rd, Palis RI, Rodriguez Bouza T, Uluer AZ, Castells MC. A safe protocol for rapid desensitization in patients with cystic fibrosis and antibiotic hypersensitivity. J Cyst Fibros. 2009;8(6):418-424. doi:10.1016/j.jcf.2009.08.002
6. Castells M. Rapid desensitization for hypersensitivity reactions to medications. Immunol Allergy Clin North Am. 2009;29(3):585-606. doi:10.1016/j.iac.2009.04.012
7. Liu A, Fanning L, Chong H, et al. Desensitization regimens for drug allergy: state of the art in the 21st century. Clin Exp Allergy. 2011;41(12):1679-1689. doi:10.1111/j.1365-2222.2011.03825.x
8. Thong BY, Tan TC. Epidemiology and risk factors for drug allergy. Br J Clin Pharmacol. 2011;71(5):684-700. doi:10.1111/j.1365-2125.2010.03774.x
9. Adkinson NF Jr. Risk factors for drug allergy. J Allergy Clin Immunol. 1984;74(4, pt 2):567-572. doi:10.1016/0091-6749(84)90108-8
What Federal Practitioners Need to Know About the National Practitioner Data Bank
Not all federal practitioners know about the National Practitioner Data Bank (NPDB), a federal web-based repository of reports containing information on medical malpractice payments and certain adverse actions related to health care practitioners, providers, and suppliers. This article explains how NPDB statutes and regulations specifically affect federal health care practitioners, which may differ from how the rules affect practitioners in the private sector.1
National Practitioner Data Bank
Established by Congress in 1986, the NPDB contains information health care organizations need to make informed decisions about the health care practitionerss they license, credential, and hire. Federal regulations authorize eligible entities, including government agencies, to report to and query the NPDB. Individuals and organizations that are subjects of these reports have access to their own information. The reports are confidential and not available to the public. The NPDB currently contains > 1.6 million reports.2
Federal Agencies Queries
A query is a search for information in the NPDB regarding a health care practitioners or organization. Some federal agencies are permitted to query the NPDB, and all hospitals, including federal hospitals, are required to query. Agencies administering government health care programs (including private entities administering such programs under contract), federal law enforcement officials and agencies, and federal agencies responsible for the licensing or certification of health care practitioners, health care providers, or health care suppliers may query NPDB. Information received in response to queries includes, among other actions, licensure and certification actions taken by states, medical malpractice payment information, federal licensing and certification actions, and adverse privileging actions.3
Federal Reporting Requirements
Federal government agencies must report exclusions (described below), adjudicated actions, civil judgments, and criminal convictions concerning health care practitioners, providers, or suppliers. The following provides detailed information about the actions federal government agencies are required to report.
Adjudicated Actions or Decisions
Adjudicated actions or decisions are formal or official final actions.3 They include, but are not limited to, personnel-related actions such as suspensions without pay, reductions in pay, reductions in grade for cause, terminations, or other comparable actions. To be reportable, adjudicated actions or decisions must include due process mechanisms. Whether the subject of a report elects not to use the due process mechanism is immaterial as long as such a process is available to the subject before the adjudicated action or decision is made final. In general, if an adjudicated action or decision follows an agency’s established administrative procedures and those procedures ensure that due process is available to the subject, the due process requirement is satisfied. This definition specifically excludes clinical privileging actions taken by federal government agencies, which are described in appropriate memorandums of understanding.
Exclusions
An exclusion is a temporary or permanent debarment of an individual or organization from participation in a federal health-related program, such that items or services furnished by the individual or organization will not be reimbursed under the federal program.3
Civil Judgments and Criminal Convictions
Health care–related civil judgments and settlements must be reported.However, settlements in which no findings of liability have been made are not reportable.3 Health care–related criminal convictions prosecuted by federal government agencies in federal court must be reported to the NPDB. Pleas of guilt and nolo contendere, or no contest, by individuals or organizations also are reportable.3
In addition, final adverse licensure and certification actions are those taken against health care practitioners, providers, or suppliers, regardless of whether the final adverse action is the subject of a pending appeal.3 These must be reported.
Additional Reporting Requirements
Federal hospitals or federal government agencies administering health care services may have additional reporting requirements besides reporting adjudicated actions, exclusions, civil judgments, and criminal convictions. They may include submitting reports under a memorandum of understanding on clinical privileges actions and medical malpractice payments.3 The US Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) has entered into memorandums of understanding with the US Department of Defense and the US Department of Veteran Affairs to ensure their participation in the NPDB system. Federal hospitals should refer to applicable memorandums of understanding and agency-specific policies for guidance on carrying out their reporting responsibilities.4
Responding to a Report
The NPDB sends a letter to health care practitioners when an organization submits a report about the practitioner. The letter has the report number and a password is required to view the report.2 Health care practitioners also can order a self-query online to view any reports on them in the NPDB.
The subject of the report can also add a statement and dispute the report. The statement is an opportunity to provide additional information the subject would like to have included in the report. If the subject disagrees with the accuracy of a report or believes it does not meet NPDB reporting requirements, it can be disputed. The dispute will become part of the report. When the subject adds a statement or dispute, the NPDB notifies the reporting organization and all organizations that received the report within the previous 3 years of the report activity.
Health care practitioners must contact the reporting organization to try to resolve their dispute. If the subject of the report has contacted or tried to contact the reporting organization and could not resolve the dispute after 60 days, or if, within the 60-day period, the organization informs the subject that it will not modify the report, that individual may request dispute resolution.Requesting dispute resolution does not remove the report from the NPDB.
Dispute Resolution
Dispute resolution is a request for the HHS secretary to review the report. The secretary authorizes the Division of Practitioner Data Bank (DPDB) to conduct this review. The DPDB is responsible for oversight of the NPDB. The subject of the report will need to submit relevant supporting documentation to request dispute resolution. This documentation should show that the information in the report is not accurate or that the action is not reportable. Also, proof should be included that the subject contacted or attempted to contact the reporting organization. Submitting large volumes or extraneous documentation can delay the review process.
A dispute resolution manager will review the case and send the reporting organization a request for information if needed. The DPDB will send the subject of the report a courtesy copy of all correspondence. The dispute resolution timeline varies, as the DPDB reviews disputes in the order they are received. It completes a fair and thorough review based on the unique circumstances of each case and will review the case as soon as possible. Once the DPDB receives documentation from the subject and the reporting organization, it reviews the documentation to determine whether the report accurately reflects the record.
The DPDB decides to either maintain the report as is, correct it, or remove it from the NPDB. Once the process is complete, the dispute resolution manager sends a decision letter to the subject of the report and the reporting organization. The dispute resolution decision will appear in the report.
Regulations strictly limit the DPDB’s jurisdiction for reviewing disputed reports. It may only review the following: whether the report was submitted in accordance with reporting requirements, whether the reporting organization was eligible to report the information, and whether the report accurately depicts the action taken by the reporting organization and the basis for the action the reporting organization cited, as shown in the organization’s written record. The subject of the report must resolve any other issues with the reporting organization.
Under the dispute resolution review process, the DPDB cannot conduct an independent review of the merits of the action taken by the reporting organization, review the due process provided by the organization, or substitute its judgment for that of the reporting organization.2 The DPDB does not examine whether the subject of a report was informed of an ongoing investigation. The DPDB does not examine civil rights issues such as claims of discrimination or harassment in the work environment. Practitioners can find additional information at www.npdb.hrsa.gov.
1. US Department of Health and Human Services, National Practitioner Data Bank. NPDB guidebook. Updated October 2018. Accessed December 16, 2021. https://www.npdb.hrsa.gov/resources/aboutGuidebooks.jsp
2. US Department of Health and Human Services, National Practitioner Data Bank. A practitioner’s guide to the NPDB. Updated February 2021. Accessed December 16, 2021. https://www.npdb.hrsa.gov/pract/practGuide.jsp
3. US Department of Health and Human Services, National Practitioner Data Bank. Federal hospitals and federal government agencies. Accessed December 16, 2021. https://www.npdb.hrsa.gov/orgs/federalAgencies.jsp
4. US Department of Health and Human Services, National Practitioner Data Bank. Federal hospitals. Accessed December 16, 2021. https://www.npdb.hrsa.gov/orgs/federalHospitals.jsp
Not all federal practitioners know about the National Practitioner Data Bank (NPDB), a federal web-based repository of reports containing information on medical malpractice payments and certain adverse actions related to health care practitioners, providers, and suppliers. This article explains how NPDB statutes and regulations specifically affect federal health care practitioners, which may differ from how the rules affect practitioners in the private sector.1
National Practitioner Data Bank
Established by Congress in 1986, the NPDB contains information health care organizations need to make informed decisions about the health care practitionerss they license, credential, and hire. Federal regulations authorize eligible entities, including government agencies, to report to and query the NPDB. Individuals and organizations that are subjects of these reports have access to their own information. The reports are confidential and not available to the public. The NPDB currently contains > 1.6 million reports.2
Federal Agencies Queries
A query is a search for information in the NPDB regarding a health care practitioners or organization. Some federal agencies are permitted to query the NPDB, and all hospitals, including federal hospitals, are required to query. Agencies administering government health care programs (including private entities administering such programs under contract), federal law enforcement officials and agencies, and federal agencies responsible for the licensing or certification of health care practitioners, health care providers, or health care suppliers may query NPDB. Information received in response to queries includes, among other actions, licensure and certification actions taken by states, medical malpractice payment information, federal licensing and certification actions, and adverse privileging actions.3
Federal Reporting Requirements
Federal government agencies must report exclusions (described below), adjudicated actions, civil judgments, and criminal convictions concerning health care practitioners, providers, or suppliers. The following provides detailed information about the actions federal government agencies are required to report.
Adjudicated Actions or Decisions
Adjudicated actions or decisions are formal or official final actions.3 They include, but are not limited to, personnel-related actions such as suspensions without pay, reductions in pay, reductions in grade for cause, terminations, or other comparable actions. To be reportable, adjudicated actions or decisions must include due process mechanisms. Whether the subject of a report elects not to use the due process mechanism is immaterial as long as such a process is available to the subject before the adjudicated action or decision is made final. In general, if an adjudicated action or decision follows an agency’s established administrative procedures and those procedures ensure that due process is available to the subject, the due process requirement is satisfied. This definition specifically excludes clinical privileging actions taken by federal government agencies, which are described in appropriate memorandums of understanding.
Exclusions
An exclusion is a temporary or permanent debarment of an individual or organization from participation in a federal health-related program, such that items or services furnished by the individual or organization will not be reimbursed under the federal program.3
Civil Judgments and Criminal Convictions
Health care–related civil judgments and settlements must be reported.However, settlements in which no findings of liability have been made are not reportable.3 Health care–related criminal convictions prosecuted by federal government agencies in federal court must be reported to the NPDB. Pleas of guilt and nolo contendere, or no contest, by individuals or organizations also are reportable.3
In addition, final adverse licensure and certification actions are those taken against health care practitioners, providers, or suppliers, regardless of whether the final adverse action is the subject of a pending appeal.3 These must be reported.
Additional Reporting Requirements
Federal hospitals or federal government agencies administering health care services may have additional reporting requirements besides reporting adjudicated actions, exclusions, civil judgments, and criminal convictions. They may include submitting reports under a memorandum of understanding on clinical privileges actions and medical malpractice payments.3 The US Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) has entered into memorandums of understanding with the US Department of Defense and the US Department of Veteran Affairs to ensure their participation in the NPDB system. Federal hospitals should refer to applicable memorandums of understanding and agency-specific policies for guidance on carrying out their reporting responsibilities.4
Responding to a Report
The NPDB sends a letter to health care practitioners when an organization submits a report about the practitioner. The letter has the report number and a password is required to view the report.2 Health care practitioners also can order a self-query online to view any reports on them in the NPDB.
The subject of the report can also add a statement and dispute the report. The statement is an opportunity to provide additional information the subject would like to have included in the report. If the subject disagrees with the accuracy of a report or believes it does not meet NPDB reporting requirements, it can be disputed. The dispute will become part of the report. When the subject adds a statement or dispute, the NPDB notifies the reporting organization and all organizations that received the report within the previous 3 years of the report activity.
Health care practitioners must contact the reporting organization to try to resolve their dispute. If the subject of the report has contacted or tried to contact the reporting organization and could not resolve the dispute after 60 days, or if, within the 60-day period, the organization informs the subject that it will not modify the report, that individual may request dispute resolution.Requesting dispute resolution does not remove the report from the NPDB.
Dispute Resolution
Dispute resolution is a request for the HHS secretary to review the report. The secretary authorizes the Division of Practitioner Data Bank (DPDB) to conduct this review. The DPDB is responsible for oversight of the NPDB. The subject of the report will need to submit relevant supporting documentation to request dispute resolution. This documentation should show that the information in the report is not accurate or that the action is not reportable. Also, proof should be included that the subject contacted or attempted to contact the reporting organization. Submitting large volumes or extraneous documentation can delay the review process.
A dispute resolution manager will review the case and send the reporting organization a request for information if needed. The DPDB will send the subject of the report a courtesy copy of all correspondence. The dispute resolution timeline varies, as the DPDB reviews disputes in the order they are received. It completes a fair and thorough review based on the unique circumstances of each case and will review the case as soon as possible. Once the DPDB receives documentation from the subject and the reporting organization, it reviews the documentation to determine whether the report accurately reflects the record.
The DPDB decides to either maintain the report as is, correct it, or remove it from the NPDB. Once the process is complete, the dispute resolution manager sends a decision letter to the subject of the report and the reporting organization. The dispute resolution decision will appear in the report.
Regulations strictly limit the DPDB’s jurisdiction for reviewing disputed reports. It may only review the following: whether the report was submitted in accordance with reporting requirements, whether the reporting organization was eligible to report the information, and whether the report accurately depicts the action taken by the reporting organization and the basis for the action the reporting organization cited, as shown in the organization’s written record. The subject of the report must resolve any other issues with the reporting organization.
Under the dispute resolution review process, the DPDB cannot conduct an independent review of the merits of the action taken by the reporting organization, review the due process provided by the organization, or substitute its judgment for that of the reporting organization.2 The DPDB does not examine whether the subject of a report was informed of an ongoing investigation. The DPDB does not examine civil rights issues such as claims of discrimination or harassment in the work environment. Practitioners can find additional information at www.npdb.hrsa.gov.
Not all federal practitioners know about the National Practitioner Data Bank (NPDB), a federal web-based repository of reports containing information on medical malpractice payments and certain adverse actions related to health care practitioners, providers, and suppliers. This article explains how NPDB statutes and regulations specifically affect federal health care practitioners, which may differ from how the rules affect practitioners in the private sector.1
National Practitioner Data Bank
Established by Congress in 1986, the NPDB contains information health care organizations need to make informed decisions about the health care practitionerss they license, credential, and hire. Federal regulations authorize eligible entities, including government agencies, to report to and query the NPDB. Individuals and organizations that are subjects of these reports have access to their own information. The reports are confidential and not available to the public. The NPDB currently contains > 1.6 million reports.2
Federal Agencies Queries
A query is a search for information in the NPDB regarding a health care practitioners or organization. Some federal agencies are permitted to query the NPDB, and all hospitals, including federal hospitals, are required to query. Agencies administering government health care programs (including private entities administering such programs under contract), federal law enforcement officials and agencies, and federal agencies responsible for the licensing or certification of health care practitioners, health care providers, or health care suppliers may query NPDB. Information received in response to queries includes, among other actions, licensure and certification actions taken by states, medical malpractice payment information, federal licensing and certification actions, and adverse privileging actions.3
Federal Reporting Requirements
Federal government agencies must report exclusions (described below), adjudicated actions, civil judgments, and criminal convictions concerning health care practitioners, providers, or suppliers. The following provides detailed information about the actions federal government agencies are required to report.
Adjudicated Actions or Decisions
Adjudicated actions or decisions are formal or official final actions.3 They include, but are not limited to, personnel-related actions such as suspensions without pay, reductions in pay, reductions in grade for cause, terminations, or other comparable actions. To be reportable, adjudicated actions or decisions must include due process mechanisms. Whether the subject of a report elects not to use the due process mechanism is immaterial as long as such a process is available to the subject before the adjudicated action or decision is made final. In general, if an adjudicated action or decision follows an agency’s established administrative procedures and those procedures ensure that due process is available to the subject, the due process requirement is satisfied. This definition specifically excludes clinical privileging actions taken by federal government agencies, which are described in appropriate memorandums of understanding.
Exclusions
An exclusion is a temporary or permanent debarment of an individual or organization from participation in a federal health-related program, such that items or services furnished by the individual or organization will not be reimbursed under the federal program.3
Civil Judgments and Criminal Convictions
Health care–related civil judgments and settlements must be reported.However, settlements in which no findings of liability have been made are not reportable.3 Health care–related criminal convictions prosecuted by federal government agencies in federal court must be reported to the NPDB. Pleas of guilt and nolo contendere, or no contest, by individuals or organizations also are reportable.3
In addition, final adverse licensure and certification actions are those taken against health care practitioners, providers, or suppliers, regardless of whether the final adverse action is the subject of a pending appeal.3 These must be reported.
Additional Reporting Requirements
Federal hospitals or federal government agencies administering health care services may have additional reporting requirements besides reporting adjudicated actions, exclusions, civil judgments, and criminal convictions. They may include submitting reports under a memorandum of understanding on clinical privileges actions and medical malpractice payments.3 The US Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) has entered into memorandums of understanding with the US Department of Defense and the US Department of Veteran Affairs to ensure their participation in the NPDB system. Federal hospitals should refer to applicable memorandums of understanding and agency-specific policies for guidance on carrying out their reporting responsibilities.4
Responding to a Report
The NPDB sends a letter to health care practitioners when an organization submits a report about the practitioner. The letter has the report number and a password is required to view the report.2 Health care practitioners also can order a self-query online to view any reports on them in the NPDB.
The subject of the report can also add a statement and dispute the report. The statement is an opportunity to provide additional information the subject would like to have included in the report. If the subject disagrees with the accuracy of a report or believes it does not meet NPDB reporting requirements, it can be disputed. The dispute will become part of the report. When the subject adds a statement or dispute, the NPDB notifies the reporting organization and all organizations that received the report within the previous 3 years of the report activity.
Health care practitioners must contact the reporting organization to try to resolve their dispute. If the subject of the report has contacted or tried to contact the reporting organization and could not resolve the dispute after 60 days, or if, within the 60-day period, the organization informs the subject that it will not modify the report, that individual may request dispute resolution.Requesting dispute resolution does not remove the report from the NPDB.
Dispute Resolution
Dispute resolution is a request for the HHS secretary to review the report. The secretary authorizes the Division of Practitioner Data Bank (DPDB) to conduct this review. The DPDB is responsible for oversight of the NPDB. The subject of the report will need to submit relevant supporting documentation to request dispute resolution. This documentation should show that the information in the report is not accurate or that the action is not reportable. Also, proof should be included that the subject contacted or attempted to contact the reporting organization. Submitting large volumes or extraneous documentation can delay the review process.
A dispute resolution manager will review the case and send the reporting organization a request for information if needed. The DPDB will send the subject of the report a courtesy copy of all correspondence. The dispute resolution timeline varies, as the DPDB reviews disputes in the order they are received. It completes a fair and thorough review based on the unique circumstances of each case and will review the case as soon as possible. Once the DPDB receives documentation from the subject and the reporting organization, it reviews the documentation to determine whether the report accurately reflects the record.
The DPDB decides to either maintain the report as is, correct it, or remove it from the NPDB. Once the process is complete, the dispute resolution manager sends a decision letter to the subject of the report and the reporting organization. The dispute resolution decision will appear in the report.
Regulations strictly limit the DPDB’s jurisdiction for reviewing disputed reports. It may only review the following: whether the report was submitted in accordance with reporting requirements, whether the reporting organization was eligible to report the information, and whether the report accurately depicts the action taken by the reporting organization and the basis for the action the reporting organization cited, as shown in the organization’s written record. The subject of the report must resolve any other issues with the reporting organization.
Under the dispute resolution review process, the DPDB cannot conduct an independent review of the merits of the action taken by the reporting organization, review the due process provided by the organization, or substitute its judgment for that of the reporting organization.2 The DPDB does not examine whether the subject of a report was informed of an ongoing investigation. The DPDB does not examine civil rights issues such as claims of discrimination or harassment in the work environment. Practitioners can find additional information at www.npdb.hrsa.gov.
1. US Department of Health and Human Services, National Practitioner Data Bank. NPDB guidebook. Updated October 2018. Accessed December 16, 2021. https://www.npdb.hrsa.gov/resources/aboutGuidebooks.jsp
2. US Department of Health and Human Services, National Practitioner Data Bank. A practitioner’s guide to the NPDB. Updated February 2021. Accessed December 16, 2021. https://www.npdb.hrsa.gov/pract/practGuide.jsp
3. US Department of Health and Human Services, National Practitioner Data Bank. Federal hospitals and federal government agencies. Accessed December 16, 2021. https://www.npdb.hrsa.gov/orgs/federalAgencies.jsp
4. US Department of Health and Human Services, National Practitioner Data Bank. Federal hospitals. Accessed December 16, 2021. https://www.npdb.hrsa.gov/orgs/federalHospitals.jsp
1. US Department of Health and Human Services, National Practitioner Data Bank. NPDB guidebook. Updated October 2018. Accessed December 16, 2021. https://www.npdb.hrsa.gov/resources/aboutGuidebooks.jsp
2. US Department of Health and Human Services, National Practitioner Data Bank. A practitioner’s guide to the NPDB. Updated February 2021. Accessed December 16, 2021. https://www.npdb.hrsa.gov/pract/practGuide.jsp
3. US Department of Health and Human Services, National Practitioner Data Bank. Federal hospitals and federal government agencies. Accessed December 16, 2021. https://www.npdb.hrsa.gov/orgs/federalAgencies.jsp
4. US Department of Health and Human Services, National Practitioner Data Bank. Federal hospitals. Accessed December 16, 2021. https://www.npdb.hrsa.gov/orgs/federalHospitals.jsp
Naloxone Dispensing in Patients at Risk for Opioid Overdose After Total Knee Arthroplasty Within the Veterans Health Administration
Opioid overdose is a major public health challenge, with recent reports estimating 41 deaths per day in the United States from prescription opioid overdose.1,2 Prescribing naloxone has increasingly been advocated to reduce the risk of opioid overdose for patients identified as high risk. Naloxone distribution has been shown to decrease the incidence of opioid overdoses in the general population.3,4 The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) Guideline for Prescribing Opioids for Chronic Pain recommends considering naloxone prescription for patients with a history of overdose or substance use disorder, opioid dosages ≥ 50 morphine equivalent daily dose (MEDD), and concurrent use of benzodiazepines.5
Although the CDC guidelines are intended for primary care clinicians in outpatient settings, naloxone prescribing is also relevant in the postsurgical setting.5 Many surgical patients are at risk for opioid overdose and data from the Veterans Health Administration (VHA) has shown that risk of opioid overdose is 11-fold higher in the 30 days following discharge from a surgical admission, when compared with the subsequent calendar year.6,7 This likely occurs due to new prescriptions or escalated doses of opioids following surgery. Overdose risk may be particularly relevant to orthopedic surgery as postoperative opioids are commonly prescribed.8 Patients undergoing total knee arthroplasty (TKA) may represent a vulnerable population to overdose as it is one of the most commonly performed surgeries for the treatment of chronic pain, and is frequently performed in older adults with medical comorbidities.9,10
Identifying patients at high risk for opioid overdose is important for targeted naloxone dispensing.5 A risk index for overdose or serious opioid-induced respiratory depression (RIOSORD) tool has been developed and validated in veteran and other populations to identify such patients.11 The RIOSORD tool classifies patients by risk level (1-10) and predicts probability of overdose or serious opioid-induced respiratory depression (OSORD). A patient’s level of risk is based on a weighted combination of the 15 independent risk factors most highly associated with OSORD, including comorbid conditions, prescription drug use, and health care utilization.12 Using the RIOSORD tool, the VHA Opioid Education and Naloxone Distribution (OEND) program is a risk mitigation initiative that aims to decrease opioid-related overdose morbidity and mortality. This is achieved via opioid overdose education for prevention, recognition, and response and includes outpatient naloxone prescription.13,14
Despite the comprehensive OEND program, there exists very little data to guide postsurgical naloxone prescribing. The prevalence of known risk factors for overdose in surgical patients remains unknown, as does the prevalence of perioperative naloxone distribution. Understanding overdose risk factors and naloxone prescribing patterns in surgical patients may identify potential targets for OEND efforts. This study retrospectively estimated RIOSORD scores for TKA patients between 2013 to 2016 and described naloxone distribution based on RIOSORD scores and risk factors.
Methods
We identified patients who had undergone primary TKA at VHA hospitals using Current Procedural Terminology (CPT), International Classification of Diseases, Ninth Revision (ICD-9) procedure codes, and data extracted from the VHA Corporate Data Warehouse (CDW) of electronic health records (EHRs). Our study was granted approval with exemption from informed consent by the Durham Veteran Affairs Healthcare System Institutional Review Board.
This retrospective cohort study included all veterans who underwent elective primary TKA from January 1, 2013 through December 31, 2016. We excluded patients who died before discharge.
Outcomes
Our primary outcome was being dispensed an outpatient naloxone prescription following TKA. Naloxone dispensing was identified by examining CDW outpatient pharmacy records with a final dispense date from 1 year before surgery through 7 days after discharge following TKA. To exclude naloxone administration that may have been given in a clinic, prescription data included only records with an outpatient prescription copay. Naloxone dispensing in the year before surgery was chosen to estimate likely preoperative possession of naloxone which could be available in the postoperative period. Naloxone dispensing until 7 days after discharge was chosen to identify any new dispensing that would be available in the postoperative period. These outcomes were examined over the study time frame on an annual basis.
Patient Factors
Demographic variables included age, sex, and race/ethnicity. Independent risk factors for overdose from RIOSORD were identified for each patient.15 These risk factors included comorbidities (opioid use disorder, schizophrenia, bipolar disorder, liver disease, chronic kidney disease, sleep apnea, or lung disease) and prescription drug use (use of opioids, benzodiazepines, long-acting opioids, ≥ 50 MEDD or ≥ 100 MEDD). ICD-9 and ICD-10 diagnosis codes were used to identify comorbidities. Risk classes on day of surgery were identified using a RIOSORD algorithm code. Consistent with the display of RIOSORD risk classes on the VHA Academic Detailing Service OEND risk report, patients were grouped into 3 groups based on their RIOSORD score: classes 1 to 4 (low risk), 5 to 7 (moderate risk), and 8 to 10 (high risk).
Descriptive statistics were used to summarize data on patient demographics, RIOSORD risk factors, overdose events, and naloxone dispensing over time.
Results
The study cohort included 38,011 veterans who underwent primary TKA in the VHA between January 1, 2013 and December 30, 2016. In this cohort, the mean age was 65 years, 93% were male, and 77% were White patients (Table 1). The most common comorbidities were lung disease in 9170 (24.1%) patients, sleep apnea in 6630 (17.4%) patients, chronic kidney disease in 4036 (10.6%) patients, liver disease in 2822 (7.4%) patients, and bipolar disorder in 1748 (4.6%) patients.
In 2013, 63.1% of patients presenting for surgery were actively prescribed opioids. By 2016, this decreased to 50.5%. Benzodiazepine use decreased from 13.2 to 8.8% and long-acting opioid use decreased from 8.5 to 5.8% over the same period. Patients taking ≥ 50 MEDD decreased from 8.0 to 5.3% and patients taking ≥ 100 MEDD decreased from 3.3 to 2.2%. The prevalence of moderate-risk patients decreased from 2.5 to 1.6% and high-risk patients decreased from 0.8 to 0.6% (Figure 1). Cumulatively, the prevalence of presenting with either moderate or high risk of overdose decreased from 3.3 to 2.2% between 2013 to 2016.
Naloxone Dispensing
In 2013, naloxone was not dispensed to any patients at moderate or high risk for overdose between 365 days prior to surgery until 7 days after discharge (Table 2 and Figure 2). Low-risk group naloxone dispensing increased to 2 (0.0%) in 2014, to 13 (0.1%), in 2015, and to 86 (0.9%) in 2016. Moderate-risk group naloxone dispensing remained at 0 (0.0%) in 2014, but increased to 8 (3.5%) in 2015, and to 18 (10.9%) in 2016. High-risk group naloxone dispensing remained at 0 (0.0%) in 2014, but increased to 5 (5.8%) in 2015, and to 8 (12.7%) in 2016 (Figure 3).
Discussion
Our data demonstrate that patients presenting for TKA between 2013 and 2016 routinely had individual risk factors for overdose related to either prescription drug use or comorbidities. We also show that, although the number of patients at moderate and high risk for opioid overdose is decreasing, 2.2% of TKA patients remain at moderate or high risk for opioid overdose based on a weighted combination of these individual risk factors using RIOSORD. As demand for primary TKA is projected to grow to 3.5 million procedures by 2030, using prevalence from 2016, we estimate that 76,560 patients may present for TKA across the US with moderate or high risk for opioid overdose.9 Following discharge, this risk may be even higher as this estimate does not yet account for postoperative opioid use. We demonstrate that through a VHA OEND initiative, naloxone distribution increased and appeared to be targeted to those most at risk using a simple validated tool like RIOSORD.
Presence of an individual risk factor for overdose was present in as many as 63.1% of patients presenting for TKA, as was seen in 2013 with preoperative opioid use. The 3 highest scoring prescription use–related risk factors in RIOSORD are use of opioids ≥ 100 MEDD (16 points), ≥ 50 MEDD (9 points), and long-acting formulations (9 points). All 3 decreased in prevalence over the study period but by 2016 were still seen in 2.2% for ≥ 100 MEDD, 5.3% for ≥ 50 MEDD, and 5.8% for long-acting opioids. This decrease was not surprising given implementation of a VHA-wide opioid safety initiative and the OEND program, but this could also be related to changes in patient selection for surgery in the context of increased awareness of the opioid epidemic. Despite the trend toward safer opioid prescribing, by 2016 over half of patients (50.5%) who presented for TKA were already taking opioids, with 10.6% (543 of 5127) on doses ≥ 50 MEDD.
We observed a decrease in RIOSORD risk each year, consistent with decreasing prescription-related risk factors over time. This was most obvious in the moderate-risk group. It is unclear why a similar decrease was not as obvious in the high-risk group, but this in part may be due to the already low numbers of patients in the high-risk group. This may also represent the high-risk group being somewhat resistant to the initiatives that shifted moderate-risk patients to the low-risk group. There were proportionately more patients in the moderate- and high-risk groups in the original RIOSORD population than in our surgical population, which may be attributed to the fewer comorbidities seen in our surgical population, as well as the higher opioid-prescribing patterns seen prior to the VA OEND initiative.12
Naloxone prescribing was rare prior to the OEND initiative and increased from 2013 to 2016. Increases were most marked in those in moderate- and high-risk groups, although naloxone prescribing also increased among the low-risk group. Integration of RIOSORD stratification into the OEND initiative likely played a role in targeting increased access to naloxone among those at highest risk of overdose. Naloxone dispensing increased for every group, although a significant proportion of moderate- and high-risk patients, 89.1% and 87.3%, respectively, were still not dispensed naloxone by 2016. Moreover, our estimates of perioperative naloxone access were likely an overestimate by including patients dispensed naloxone up to 1 year before surgery until 7 days after surgery. The aim was to include patients who may not have been prescribed naloxone postoperatively because of an existing naloxone prescription at home. Perioperative naloxone access estimates would have been even lower if a narrower window had been used to approximate perioperative access. This identifies an important gap between those who may benefit from naloxone dispensing and those who received naloxone. This in part may be because OEND has not been implemented as routinely in surgical settings as other settings (eg, primary care). OEND efforts may more effectively increase naloxone prescribing among surgical patients if these efforts were targeted at surgical and anesthesia departments. Given that the Comprehensive Addiction and Recovery Act of 2016 requires an assessment of patient risk prior to opioid prescribing and VHA efforts to increase utilization of tools like the Stratification Tool for Opioid Risk Mitigation (STORM), which estimates patient risk when initiating an opioid prescription and includes naloxone as one of many risk mitigation strategies, we anticipate that rates of naloxone prescribing will increase over time.
Limitations
Our study captures a large number of patients across VHA hospitals of varying size nationwide, including a mix of those with and without academic medical center affiliations. This veteran population may not represent the US commercially insured population (CIP). Zedler and colleagues highlighted the differences in prevalence of individual risk factors: notably, the CIP had a substantially higher proportion of females and younger patients.11 VHA had a greater prevalence of common chronic conditions associated with older age. The frequency of opioid dependence was similar among CIP and VHA. However, substance abuse and nonopioid substance dependence diagnoses were 4-fold more frequent among VHA controls as CIP controls. Prescribing of all opioids, except morphine and methadone, was substantially greater in CIP than in VHA.11 Despite a difference in individual risk factors, a CIP-specific RIOSORD has been validated and can be used outside of the VHA to obviate the limitations of the VHA-specific RIOSORD.11
Other limitations include our estimation of naloxone access. We do not know whether naloxone was administered or have a reliable estimate of overdose incidence in this postoperative TKA population. Also, it is important to note that RIOSORD was not developed for surgical patients. The use of RIOSORD in a postoperative population likely underestimates risk of opioid overdose due to the frequent prescriptions of new opioids or escalation of existing MEDD to the postoperative patient. Our study was also retrospective in nature and reliant on accurate coding of patient risk factors. It is possible that comorbidities were not accurately identified by EHR and therefore subject to inconsistency.
Conclusions
Veterans presenting for TKA routinely have risk factors for opioid overdose. We observed a trend toward decreasing overdose risk which coincided with the Opioid Safety and OEND initiatives within the VHA. We also observed an increase in naloxone prescription for moderate- and high-risk patients undergoing TKA, although most of these patients still did not receive naloxone as of 2016. More research is needed to refine and validate the RIOSORD score for surgical populations. Expanding initiatives such as OEND to include surgical patients presents an opportunity to improve access to naloxone for postoperative patients that may help reduce opioid overdose in this population.
1. Rudd RA, Seth P, David F, Scholl L. Increases in drug and opioid-involved overdose deaths - United States, 2010-2015. MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep. 2016;65(50-51):1445-1452. Published 2016 Dec 30. doi:10.15585/mmwr.mm655051e1
2. Wilson N, Kariisa M, Seth P, Smith H, Davis NL. Drug and opioid-involved overdose deaths - United States, 2017-2018. MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep. 2020;69(11):290-297. doi:10.15585/mmwr.mm6911a4
3. Walley AY, Xuan Z, Hackman HH, et al. Opioid overdose rates and implementation of overdose education and nasal naloxone distribution in Massachusetts: interrupted time series analysis. BMJ. Jan 30 2013;346:f174. doi:10.1136/bmj.f174
4. McClellan C, Lambdin BH, Ali MM, et al. Opioid-overdose laws association with opioid use and overdose mortality. Addict Behav. 2018;86:90-95. doi:10.1016/j.addbeh.2018.03.014
5. Dowell D, Haegerich TM, Chou R. CDC Guideline for prescribing opioids for chronic pain--United States, 2016. JAMA. 2016;315(15):1624-1645. doi:10.1001/jama.2016.1464
6. Brat GA, Agniel D, Beam A, et al. Postsurgical prescriptions for opioid naive patients and association with overdose and misuse: retrospective cohort study. BMJ. 2018;360:j5790. Published 2018 Jan 17. doi:10.1136/bmj.j5790
7. Mudumbai SC, Lewis ET, Oliva EM, et al. Overdose risk associated with opioid use upon hospital discharge in Veterans Health Administration surgical patients. Pain Med. 2019;20(5):1020-1031. doi:10.1093/pm/pny150
8. Hsia HL, Takemoto S, van de Ven T, et al. Acute pain is associated with chronic opioid use after total knee arthroplasty. Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2018;43(7):705-711. doi:10.1097/AAP.0000000000000831
9. Kurtz S, Ong K, Lau E, Mowat F, Halpern M. Projections of primary and revision hip and knee arthroplasty in the United States from 2005 to 2030. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2007;89(4):780-785. doi:10.2106/JBJS.F.00222
10. Kurtz SM, Ong KL, Lau E, Bozic KJ. Impact of the economic downturn on total joint replacement demand in the United States: updated projections to 2021. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2014;96(8):624-630. doi:10.2106/JBJS.M.00285
11. Zedler BK, Saunders WB, Joyce AR, Vick CC, Murrelle EL. Validation of a screening risk index for serious prescription opioid-induced respiratory depression or overdose in a US commercial health plan claims database. Pain Med. 2018;19(1):68-78. doi:10.1093/pm/pnx009
12. Zedler B, Xie L, Wang L, et al. Development of a risk index for serious prescription opioid-induced respiratory depression or overdose in Veterans Health Administration patients. Pain Med. 2015;16(8):1566-79. doi:10.1111/pme.12777
13. Oliva EM, Bowe T, Tavakoli S, et al. Development and applications of the Veterans Health Administration’s Stratification Tool for Opioid Risk Mitigation (STORM) to improve opioid safety and prevent overdose and suicide. Psychol Serv. 2017;14(1):34-49. doi:10.1037/ser0000099
14. Oliva EM, Christopher MLD, Wells D, et al. Opioid overdose education and naloxone distribution: development of the Veterans Health Administration’s national program. J Am Pharm Assoc (2003). 2017;57(2S):S168-S179.e4. doi:10.1016/j.japh.2017.01.022
15. Noël PH, Copeland LA, Perrin RA, et al. VHA Corporate Data Warehouse height and weight data: opportunities and challenges for health services research. J Rehabil Res Dev. 2010;47(8):739-750. doi:10.1682/jrrd.2009.08.0110
Opioid overdose is a major public health challenge, with recent reports estimating 41 deaths per day in the United States from prescription opioid overdose.1,2 Prescribing naloxone has increasingly been advocated to reduce the risk of opioid overdose for patients identified as high risk. Naloxone distribution has been shown to decrease the incidence of opioid overdoses in the general population.3,4 The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) Guideline for Prescribing Opioids for Chronic Pain recommends considering naloxone prescription for patients with a history of overdose or substance use disorder, opioid dosages ≥ 50 morphine equivalent daily dose (MEDD), and concurrent use of benzodiazepines.5
Although the CDC guidelines are intended for primary care clinicians in outpatient settings, naloxone prescribing is also relevant in the postsurgical setting.5 Many surgical patients are at risk for opioid overdose and data from the Veterans Health Administration (VHA) has shown that risk of opioid overdose is 11-fold higher in the 30 days following discharge from a surgical admission, when compared with the subsequent calendar year.6,7 This likely occurs due to new prescriptions or escalated doses of opioids following surgery. Overdose risk may be particularly relevant to orthopedic surgery as postoperative opioids are commonly prescribed.8 Patients undergoing total knee arthroplasty (TKA) may represent a vulnerable population to overdose as it is one of the most commonly performed surgeries for the treatment of chronic pain, and is frequently performed in older adults with medical comorbidities.9,10
Identifying patients at high risk for opioid overdose is important for targeted naloxone dispensing.5 A risk index for overdose or serious opioid-induced respiratory depression (RIOSORD) tool has been developed and validated in veteran and other populations to identify such patients.11 The RIOSORD tool classifies patients by risk level (1-10) and predicts probability of overdose or serious opioid-induced respiratory depression (OSORD). A patient’s level of risk is based on a weighted combination of the 15 independent risk factors most highly associated with OSORD, including comorbid conditions, prescription drug use, and health care utilization.12 Using the RIOSORD tool, the VHA Opioid Education and Naloxone Distribution (OEND) program is a risk mitigation initiative that aims to decrease opioid-related overdose morbidity and mortality. This is achieved via opioid overdose education for prevention, recognition, and response and includes outpatient naloxone prescription.13,14
Despite the comprehensive OEND program, there exists very little data to guide postsurgical naloxone prescribing. The prevalence of known risk factors for overdose in surgical patients remains unknown, as does the prevalence of perioperative naloxone distribution. Understanding overdose risk factors and naloxone prescribing patterns in surgical patients may identify potential targets for OEND efforts. This study retrospectively estimated RIOSORD scores for TKA patients between 2013 to 2016 and described naloxone distribution based on RIOSORD scores and risk factors.
Methods
We identified patients who had undergone primary TKA at VHA hospitals using Current Procedural Terminology (CPT), International Classification of Diseases, Ninth Revision (ICD-9) procedure codes, and data extracted from the VHA Corporate Data Warehouse (CDW) of electronic health records (EHRs). Our study was granted approval with exemption from informed consent by the Durham Veteran Affairs Healthcare System Institutional Review Board.
This retrospective cohort study included all veterans who underwent elective primary TKA from January 1, 2013 through December 31, 2016. We excluded patients who died before discharge.
Outcomes
Our primary outcome was being dispensed an outpatient naloxone prescription following TKA. Naloxone dispensing was identified by examining CDW outpatient pharmacy records with a final dispense date from 1 year before surgery through 7 days after discharge following TKA. To exclude naloxone administration that may have been given in a clinic, prescription data included only records with an outpatient prescription copay. Naloxone dispensing in the year before surgery was chosen to estimate likely preoperative possession of naloxone which could be available in the postoperative period. Naloxone dispensing until 7 days after discharge was chosen to identify any new dispensing that would be available in the postoperative period. These outcomes were examined over the study time frame on an annual basis.
Patient Factors
Demographic variables included age, sex, and race/ethnicity. Independent risk factors for overdose from RIOSORD were identified for each patient.15 These risk factors included comorbidities (opioid use disorder, schizophrenia, bipolar disorder, liver disease, chronic kidney disease, sleep apnea, or lung disease) and prescription drug use (use of opioids, benzodiazepines, long-acting opioids, ≥ 50 MEDD or ≥ 100 MEDD). ICD-9 and ICD-10 diagnosis codes were used to identify comorbidities. Risk classes on day of surgery were identified using a RIOSORD algorithm code. Consistent with the display of RIOSORD risk classes on the VHA Academic Detailing Service OEND risk report, patients were grouped into 3 groups based on their RIOSORD score: classes 1 to 4 (low risk), 5 to 7 (moderate risk), and 8 to 10 (high risk).
Descriptive statistics were used to summarize data on patient demographics, RIOSORD risk factors, overdose events, and naloxone dispensing over time.
Results
The study cohort included 38,011 veterans who underwent primary TKA in the VHA between January 1, 2013 and December 30, 2016. In this cohort, the mean age was 65 years, 93% were male, and 77% were White patients (Table 1). The most common comorbidities were lung disease in 9170 (24.1%) patients, sleep apnea in 6630 (17.4%) patients, chronic kidney disease in 4036 (10.6%) patients, liver disease in 2822 (7.4%) patients, and bipolar disorder in 1748 (4.6%) patients.
In 2013, 63.1% of patients presenting for surgery were actively prescribed opioids. By 2016, this decreased to 50.5%. Benzodiazepine use decreased from 13.2 to 8.8% and long-acting opioid use decreased from 8.5 to 5.8% over the same period. Patients taking ≥ 50 MEDD decreased from 8.0 to 5.3% and patients taking ≥ 100 MEDD decreased from 3.3 to 2.2%. The prevalence of moderate-risk patients decreased from 2.5 to 1.6% and high-risk patients decreased from 0.8 to 0.6% (Figure 1). Cumulatively, the prevalence of presenting with either moderate or high risk of overdose decreased from 3.3 to 2.2% between 2013 to 2016.
Naloxone Dispensing
In 2013, naloxone was not dispensed to any patients at moderate or high risk for overdose between 365 days prior to surgery until 7 days after discharge (Table 2 and Figure 2). Low-risk group naloxone dispensing increased to 2 (0.0%) in 2014, to 13 (0.1%), in 2015, and to 86 (0.9%) in 2016. Moderate-risk group naloxone dispensing remained at 0 (0.0%) in 2014, but increased to 8 (3.5%) in 2015, and to 18 (10.9%) in 2016. High-risk group naloxone dispensing remained at 0 (0.0%) in 2014, but increased to 5 (5.8%) in 2015, and to 8 (12.7%) in 2016 (Figure 3).
Discussion
Our data demonstrate that patients presenting for TKA between 2013 and 2016 routinely had individual risk factors for overdose related to either prescription drug use or comorbidities. We also show that, although the number of patients at moderate and high risk for opioid overdose is decreasing, 2.2% of TKA patients remain at moderate or high risk for opioid overdose based on a weighted combination of these individual risk factors using RIOSORD. As demand for primary TKA is projected to grow to 3.5 million procedures by 2030, using prevalence from 2016, we estimate that 76,560 patients may present for TKA across the US with moderate or high risk for opioid overdose.9 Following discharge, this risk may be even higher as this estimate does not yet account for postoperative opioid use. We demonstrate that through a VHA OEND initiative, naloxone distribution increased and appeared to be targeted to those most at risk using a simple validated tool like RIOSORD.
Presence of an individual risk factor for overdose was present in as many as 63.1% of patients presenting for TKA, as was seen in 2013 with preoperative opioid use. The 3 highest scoring prescription use–related risk factors in RIOSORD are use of opioids ≥ 100 MEDD (16 points), ≥ 50 MEDD (9 points), and long-acting formulations (9 points). All 3 decreased in prevalence over the study period but by 2016 were still seen in 2.2% for ≥ 100 MEDD, 5.3% for ≥ 50 MEDD, and 5.8% for long-acting opioids. This decrease was not surprising given implementation of a VHA-wide opioid safety initiative and the OEND program, but this could also be related to changes in patient selection for surgery in the context of increased awareness of the opioid epidemic. Despite the trend toward safer opioid prescribing, by 2016 over half of patients (50.5%) who presented for TKA were already taking opioids, with 10.6% (543 of 5127) on doses ≥ 50 MEDD.
We observed a decrease in RIOSORD risk each year, consistent with decreasing prescription-related risk factors over time. This was most obvious in the moderate-risk group. It is unclear why a similar decrease was not as obvious in the high-risk group, but this in part may be due to the already low numbers of patients in the high-risk group. This may also represent the high-risk group being somewhat resistant to the initiatives that shifted moderate-risk patients to the low-risk group. There were proportionately more patients in the moderate- and high-risk groups in the original RIOSORD population than in our surgical population, which may be attributed to the fewer comorbidities seen in our surgical population, as well as the higher opioid-prescribing patterns seen prior to the VA OEND initiative.12
Naloxone prescribing was rare prior to the OEND initiative and increased from 2013 to 2016. Increases were most marked in those in moderate- and high-risk groups, although naloxone prescribing also increased among the low-risk group. Integration of RIOSORD stratification into the OEND initiative likely played a role in targeting increased access to naloxone among those at highest risk of overdose. Naloxone dispensing increased for every group, although a significant proportion of moderate- and high-risk patients, 89.1% and 87.3%, respectively, were still not dispensed naloxone by 2016. Moreover, our estimates of perioperative naloxone access were likely an overestimate by including patients dispensed naloxone up to 1 year before surgery until 7 days after surgery. The aim was to include patients who may not have been prescribed naloxone postoperatively because of an existing naloxone prescription at home. Perioperative naloxone access estimates would have been even lower if a narrower window had been used to approximate perioperative access. This identifies an important gap between those who may benefit from naloxone dispensing and those who received naloxone. This in part may be because OEND has not been implemented as routinely in surgical settings as other settings (eg, primary care). OEND efforts may more effectively increase naloxone prescribing among surgical patients if these efforts were targeted at surgical and anesthesia departments. Given that the Comprehensive Addiction and Recovery Act of 2016 requires an assessment of patient risk prior to opioid prescribing and VHA efforts to increase utilization of tools like the Stratification Tool for Opioid Risk Mitigation (STORM), which estimates patient risk when initiating an opioid prescription and includes naloxone as one of many risk mitigation strategies, we anticipate that rates of naloxone prescribing will increase over time.
Limitations
Our study captures a large number of patients across VHA hospitals of varying size nationwide, including a mix of those with and without academic medical center affiliations. This veteran population may not represent the US commercially insured population (CIP). Zedler and colleagues highlighted the differences in prevalence of individual risk factors: notably, the CIP had a substantially higher proportion of females and younger patients.11 VHA had a greater prevalence of common chronic conditions associated with older age. The frequency of opioid dependence was similar among CIP and VHA. However, substance abuse and nonopioid substance dependence diagnoses were 4-fold more frequent among VHA controls as CIP controls. Prescribing of all opioids, except morphine and methadone, was substantially greater in CIP than in VHA.11 Despite a difference in individual risk factors, a CIP-specific RIOSORD has been validated and can be used outside of the VHA to obviate the limitations of the VHA-specific RIOSORD.11
Other limitations include our estimation of naloxone access. We do not know whether naloxone was administered or have a reliable estimate of overdose incidence in this postoperative TKA population. Also, it is important to note that RIOSORD was not developed for surgical patients. The use of RIOSORD in a postoperative population likely underestimates risk of opioid overdose due to the frequent prescriptions of new opioids or escalation of existing MEDD to the postoperative patient. Our study was also retrospective in nature and reliant on accurate coding of patient risk factors. It is possible that comorbidities were not accurately identified by EHR and therefore subject to inconsistency.
Conclusions
Veterans presenting for TKA routinely have risk factors for opioid overdose. We observed a trend toward decreasing overdose risk which coincided with the Opioid Safety and OEND initiatives within the VHA. We also observed an increase in naloxone prescription for moderate- and high-risk patients undergoing TKA, although most of these patients still did not receive naloxone as of 2016. More research is needed to refine and validate the RIOSORD score for surgical populations. Expanding initiatives such as OEND to include surgical patients presents an opportunity to improve access to naloxone for postoperative patients that may help reduce opioid overdose in this population.
Opioid overdose is a major public health challenge, with recent reports estimating 41 deaths per day in the United States from prescription opioid overdose.1,2 Prescribing naloxone has increasingly been advocated to reduce the risk of opioid overdose for patients identified as high risk. Naloxone distribution has been shown to decrease the incidence of opioid overdoses in the general population.3,4 The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) Guideline for Prescribing Opioids for Chronic Pain recommends considering naloxone prescription for patients with a history of overdose or substance use disorder, opioid dosages ≥ 50 morphine equivalent daily dose (MEDD), and concurrent use of benzodiazepines.5
Although the CDC guidelines are intended for primary care clinicians in outpatient settings, naloxone prescribing is also relevant in the postsurgical setting.5 Many surgical patients are at risk for opioid overdose and data from the Veterans Health Administration (VHA) has shown that risk of opioid overdose is 11-fold higher in the 30 days following discharge from a surgical admission, when compared with the subsequent calendar year.6,7 This likely occurs due to new prescriptions or escalated doses of opioids following surgery. Overdose risk may be particularly relevant to orthopedic surgery as postoperative opioids are commonly prescribed.8 Patients undergoing total knee arthroplasty (TKA) may represent a vulnerable population to overdose as it is one of the most commonly performed surgeries for the treatment of chronic pain, and is frequently performed in older adults with medical comorbidities.9,10
Identifying patients at high risk for opioid overdose is important for targeted naloxone dispensing.5 A risk index for overdose or serious opioid-induced respiratory depression (RIOSORD) tool has been developed and validated in veteran and other populations to identify such patients.11 The RIOSORD tool classifies patients by risk level (1-10) and predicts probability of overdose or serious opioid-induced respiratory depression (OSORD). A patient’s level of risk is based on a weighted combination of the 15 independent risk factors most highly associated with OSORD, including comorbid conditions, prescription drug use, and health care utilization.12 Using the RIOSORD tool, the VHA Opioid Education and Naloxone Distribution (OEND) program is a risk mitigation initiative that aims to decrease opioid-related overdose morbidity and mortality. This is achieved via opioid overdose education for prevention, recognition, and response and includes outpatient naloxone prescription.13,14
Despite the comprehensive OEND program, there exists very little data to guide postsurgical naloxone prescribing. The prevalence of known risk factors for overdose in surgical patients remains unknown, as does the prevalence of perioperative naloxone distribution. Understanding overdose risk factors and naloxone prescribing patterns in surgical patients may identify potential targets for OEND efforts. This study retrospectively estimated RIOSORD scores for TKA patients between 2013 to 2016 and described naloxone distribution based on RIOSORD scores and risk factors.
Methods
We identified patients who had undergone primary TKA at VHA hospitals using Current Procedural Terminology (CPT), International Classification of Diseases, Ninth Revision (ICD-9) procedure codes, and data extracted from the VHA Corporate Data Warehouse (CDW) of electronic health records (EHRs). Our study was granted approval with exemption from informed consent by the Durham Veteran Affairs Healthcare System Institutional Review Board.
This retrospective cohort study included all veterans who underwent elective primary TKA from January 1, 2013 through December 31, 2016. We excluded patients who died before discharge.
Outcomes
Our primary outcome was being dispensed an outpatient naloxone prescription following TKA. Naloxone dispensing was identified by examining CDW outpatient pharmacy records with a final dispense date from 1 year before surgery through 7 days after discharge following TKA. To exclude naloxone administration that may have been given in a clinic, prescription data included only records with an outpatient prescription copay. Naloxone dispensing in the year before surgery was chosen to estimate likely preoperative possession of naloxone which could be available in the postoperative period. Naloxone dispensing until 7 days after discharge was chosen to identify any new dispensing that would be available in the postoperative period. These outcomes were examined over the study time frame on an annual basis.
Patient Factors
Demographic variables included age, sex, and race/ethnicity. Independent risk factors for overdose from RIOSORD were identified for each patient.15 These risk factors included comorbidities (opioid use disorder, schizophrenia, bipolar disorder, liver disease, chronic kidney disease, sleep apnea, or lung disease) and prescription drug use (use of opioids, benzodiazepines, long-acting opioids, ≥ 50 MEDD or ≥ 100 MEDD). ICD-9 and ICD-10 diagnosis codes were used to identify comorbidities. Risk classes on day of surgery were identified using a RIOSORD algorithm code. Consistent with the display of RIOSORD risk classes on the VHA Academic Detailing Service OEND risk report, patients were grouped into 3 groups based on their RIOSORD score: classes 1 to 4 (low risk), 5 to 7 (moderate risk), and 8 to 10 (high risk).
Descriptive statistics were used to summarize data on patient demographics, RIOSORD risk factors, overdose events, and naloxone dispensing over time.
Results
The study cohort included 38,011 veterans who underwent primary TKA in the VHA between January 1, 2013 and December 30, 2016. In this cohort, the mean age was 65 years, 93% were male, and 77% were White patients (Table 1). The most common comorbidities were lung disease in 9170 (24.1%) patients, sleep apnea in 6630 (17.4%) patients, chronic kidney disease in 4036 (10.6%) patients, liver disease in 2822 (7.4%) patients, and bipolar disorder in 1748 (4.6%) patients.
In 2013, 63.1% of patients presenting for surgery were actively prescribed opioids. By 2016, this decreased to 50.5%. Benzodiazepine use decreased from 13.2 to 8.8% and long-acting opioid use decreased from 8.5 to 5.8% over the same period. Patients taking ≥ 50 MEDD decreased from 8.0 to 5.3% and patients taking ≥ 100 MEDD decreased from 3.3 to 2.2%. The prevalence of moderate-risk patients decreased from 2.5 to 1.6% and high-risk patients decreased from 0.8 to 0.6% (Figure 1). Cumulatively, the prevalence of presenting with either moderate or high risk of overdose decreased from 3.3 to 2.2% between 2013 to 2016.
Naloxone Dispensing
In 2013, naloxone was not dispensed to any patients at moderate or high risk for overdose between 365 days prior to surgery until 7 days after discharge (Table 2 and Figure 2). Low-risk group naloxone dispensing increased to 2 (0.0%) in 2014, to 13 (0.1%), in 2015, and to 86 (0.9%) in 2016. Moderate-risk group naloxone dispensing remained at 0 (0.0%) in 2014, but increased to 8 (3.5%) in 2015, and to 18 (10.9%) in 2016. High-risk group naloxone dispensing remained at 0 (0.0%) in 2014, but increased to 5 (5.8%) in 2015, and to 8 (12.7%) in 2016 (Figure 3).
Discussion
Our data demonstrate that patients presenting for TKA between 2013 and 2016 routinely had individual risk factors for overdose related to either prescription drug use or comorbidities. We also show that, although the number of patients at moderate and high risk for opioid overdose is decreasing, 2.2% of TKA patients remain at moderate or high risk for opioid overdose based on a weighted combination of these individual risk factors using RIOSORD. As demand for primary TKA is projected to grow to 3.5 million procedures by 2030, using prevalence from 2016, we estimate that 76,560 patients may present for TKA across the US with moderate or high risk for opioid overdose.9 Following discharge, this risk may be even higher as this estimate does not yet account for postoperative opioid use. We demonstrate that through a VHA OEND initiative, naloxone distribution increased and appeared to be targeted to those most at risk using a simple validated tool like RIOSORD.
Presence of an individual risk factor for overdose was present in as many as 63.1% of patients presenting for TKA, as was seen in 2013 with preoperative opioid use. The 3 highest scoring prescription use–related risk factors in RIOSORD are use of opioids ≥ 100 MEDD (16 points), ≥ 50 MEDD (9 points), and long-acting formulations (9 points). All 3 decreased in prevalence over the study period but by 2016 were still seen in 2.2% for ≥ 100 MEDD, 5.3% for ≥ 50 MEDD, and 5.8% for long-acting opioids. This decrease was not surprising given implementation of a VHA-wide opioid safety initiative and the OEND program, but this could also be related to changes in patient selection for surgery in the context of increased awareness of the opioid epidemic. Despite the trend toward safer opioid prescribing, by 2016 over half of patients (50.5%) who presented for TKA were already taking opioids, with 10.6% (543 of 5127) on doses ≥ 50 MEDD.
We observed a decrease in RIOSORD risk each year, consistent with decreasing prescription-related risk factors over time. This was most obvious in the moderate-risk group. It is unclear why a similar decrease was not as obvious in the high-risk group, but this in part may be due to the already low numbers of patients in the high-risk group. This may also represent the high-risk group being somewhat resistant to the initiatives that shifted moderate-risk patients to the low-risk group. There were proportionately more patients in the moderate- and high-risk groups in the original RIOSORD population than in our surgical population, which may be attributed to the fewer comorbidities seen in our surgical population, as well as the higher opioid-prescribing patterns seen prior to the VA OEND initiative.12
Naloxone prescribing was rare prior to the OEND initiative and increased from 2013 to 2016. Increases were most marked in those in moderate- and high-risk groups, although naloxone prescribing also increased among the low-risk group. Integration of RIOSORD stratification into the OEND initiative likely played a role in targeting increased access to naloxone among those at highest risk of overdose. Naloxone dispensing increased for every group, although a significant proportion of moderate- and high-risk patients, 89.1% and 87.3%, respectively, were still not dispensed naloxone by 2016. Moreover, our estimates of perioperative naloxone access were likely an overestimate by including patients dispensed naloxone up to 1 year before surgery until 7 days after surgery. The aim was to include patients who may not have been prescribed naloxone postoperatively because of an existing naloxone prescription at home. Perioperative naloxone access estimates would have been even lower if a narrower window had been used to approximate perioperative access. This identifies an important gap between those who may benefit from naloxone dispensing and those who received naloxone. This in part may be because OEND has not been implemented as routinely in surgical settings as other settings (eg, primary care). OEND efforts may more effectively increase naloxone prescribing among surgical patients if these efforts were targeted at surgical and anesthesia departments. Given that the Comprehensive Addiction and Recovery Act of 2016 requires an assessment of patient risk prior to opioid prescribing and VHA efforts to increase utilization of tools like the Stratification Tool for Opioid Risk Mitigation (STORM), which estimates patient risk when initiating an opioid prescription and includes naloxone as one of many risk mitigation strategies, we anticipate that rates of naloxone prescribing will increase over time.
Limitations
Our study captures a large number of patients across VHA hospitals of varying size nationwide, including a mix of those with and without academic medical center affiliations. This veteran population may not represent the US commercially insured population (CIP). Zedler and colleagues highlighted the differences in prevalence of individual risk factors: notably, the CIP had a substantially higher proportion of females and younger patients.11 VHA had a greater prevalence of common chronic conditions associated with older age. The frequency of opioid dependence was similar among CIP and VHA. However, substance abuse and nonopioid substance dependence diagnoses were 4-fold more frequent among VHA controls as CIP controls. Prescribing of all opioids, except morphine and methadone, was substantially greater in CIP than in VHA.11 Despite a difference in individual risk factors, a CIP-specific RIOSORD has been validated and can be used outside of the VHA to obviate the limitations of the VHA-specific RIOSORD.11
Other limitations include our estimation of naloxone access. We do not know whether naloxone was administered or have a reliable estimate of overdose incidence in this postoperative TKA population. Also, it is important to note that RIOSORD was not developed for surgical patients. The use of RIOSORD in a postoperative population likely underestimates risk of opioid overdose due to the frequent prescriptions of new opioids or escalation of existing MEDD to the postoperative patient. Our study was also retrospective in nature and reliant on accurate coding of patient risk factors. It is possible that comorbidities were not accurately identified by EHR and therefore subject to inconsistency.
Conclusions
Veterans presenting for TKA routinely have risk factors for opioid overdose. We observed a trend toward decreasing overdose risk which coincided with the Opioid Safety and OEND initiatives within the VHA. We also observed an increase in naloxone prescription for moderate- and high-risk patients undergoing TKA, although most of these patients still did not receive naloxone as of 2016. More research is needed to refine and validate the RIOSORD score for surgical populations. Expanding initiatives such as OEND to include surgical patients presents an opportunity to improve access to naloxone for postoperative patients that may help reduce opioid overdose in this population.
1. Rudd RA, Seth P, David F, Scholl L. Increases in drug and opioid-involved overdose deaths - United States, 2010-2015. MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep. 2016;65(50-51):1445-1452. Published 2016 Dec 30. doi:10.15585/mmwr.mm655051e1
2. Wilson N, Kariisa M, Seth P, Smith H, Davis NL. Drug and opioid-involved overdose deaths - United States, 2017-2018. MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep. 2020;69(11):290-297. doi:10.15585/mmwr.mm6911a4
3. Walley AY, Xuan Z, Hackman HH, et al. Opioid overdose rates and implementation of overdose education and nasal naloxone distribution in Massachusetts: interrupted time series analysis. BMJ. Jan 30 2013;346:f174. doi:10.1136/bmj.f174
4. McClellan C, Lambdin BH, Ali MM, et al. Opioid-overdose laws association with opioid use and overdose mortality. Addict Behav. 2018;86:90-95. doi:10.1016/j.addbeh.2018.03.014
5. Dowell D, Haegerich TM, Chou R. CDC Guideline for prescribing opioids for chronic pain--United States, 2016. JAMA. 2016;315(15):1624-1645. doi:10.1001/jama.2016.1464
6. Brat GA, Agniel D, Beam A, et al. Postsurgical prescriptions for opioid naive patients and association with overdose and misuse: retrospective cohort study. BMJ. 2018;360:j5790. Published 2018 Jan 17. doi:10.1136/bmj.j5790
7. Mudumbai SC, Lewis ET, Oliva EM, et al. Overdose risk associated with opioid use upon hospital discharge in Veterans Health Administration surgical patients. Pain Med. 2019;20(5):1020-1031. doi:10.1093/pm/pny150
8. Hsia HL, Takemoto S, van de Ven T, et al. Acute pain is associated with chronic opioid use after total knee arthroplasty. Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2018;43(7):705-711. doi:10.1097/AAP.0000000000000831
9. Kurtz S, Ong K, Lau E, Mowat F, Halpern M. Projections of primary and revision hip and knee arthroplasty in the United States from 2005 to 2030. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2007;89(4):780-785. doi:10.2106/JBJS.F.00222
10. Kurtz SM, Ong KL, Lau E, Bozic KJ. Impact of the economic downturn on total joint replacement demand in the United States: updated projections to 2021. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2014;96(8):624-630. doi:10.2106/JBJS.M.00285
11. Zedler BK, Saunders WB, Joyce AR, Vick CC, Murrelle EL. Validation of a screening risk index for serious prescription opioid-induced respiratory depression or overdose in a US commercial health plan claims database. Pain Med. 2018;19(1):68-78. doi:10.1093/pm/pnx009
12. Zedler B, Xie L, Wang L, et al. Development of a risk index for serious prescription opioid-induced respiratory depression or overdose in Veterans Health Administration patients. Pain Med. 2015;16(8):1566-79. doi:10.1111/pme.12777
13. Oliva EM, Bowe T, Tavakoli S, et al. Development and applications of the Veterans Health Administration’s Stratification Tool for Opioid Risk Mitigation (STORM) to improve opioid safety and prevent overdose and suicide. Psychol Serv. 2017;14(1):34-49. doi:10.1037/ser0000099
14. Oliva EM, Christopher MLD, Wells D, et al. Opioid overdose education and naloxone distribution: development of the Veterans Health Administration’s national program. J Am Pharm Assoc (2003). 2017;57(2S):S168-S179.e4. doi:10.1016/j.japh.2017.01.022
15. Noël PH, Copeland LA, Perrin RA, et al. VHA Corporate Data Warehouse height and weight data: opportunities and challenges for health services research. J Rehabil Res Dev. 2010;47(8):739-750. doi:10.1682/jrrd.2009.08.0110
1. Rudd RA, Seth P, David F, Scholl L. Increases in drug and opioid-involved overdose deaths - United States, 2010-2015. MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep. 2016;65(50-51):1445-1452. Published 2016 Dec 30. doi:10.15585/mmwr.mm655051e1
2. Wilson N, Kariisa M, Seth P, Smith H, Davis NL. Drug and opioid-involved overdose deaths - United States, 2017-2018. MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep. 2020;69(11):290-297. doi:10.15585/mmwr.mm6911a4
3. Walley AY, Xuan Z, Hackman HH, et al. Opioid overdose rates and implementation of overdose education and nasal naloxone distribution in Massachusetts: interrupted time series analysis. BMJ. Jan 30 2013;346:f174. doi:10.1136/bmj.f174
4. McClellan C, Lambdin BH, Ali MM, et al. Opioid-overdose laws association with opioid use and overdose mortality. Addict Behav. 2018;86:90-95. doi:10.1016/j.addbeh.2018.03.014
5. Dowell D, Haegerich TM, Chou R. CDC Guideline for prescribing opioids for chronic pain--United States, 2016. JAMA. 2016;315(15):1624-1645. doi:10.1001/jama.2016.1464
6. Brat GA, Agniel D, Beam A, et al. Postsurgical prescriptions for opioid naive patients and association with overdose and misuse: retrospective cohort study. BMJ. 2018;360:j5790. Published 2018 Jan 17. doi:10.1136/bmj.j5790
7. Mudumbai SC, Lewis ET, Oliva EM, et al. Overdose risk associated with opioid use upon hospital discharge in Veterans Health Administration surgical patients. Pain Med. 2019;20(5):1020-1031. doi:10.1093/pm/pny150
8. Hsia HL, Takemoto S, van de Ven T, et al. Acute pain is associated with chronic opioid use after total knee arthroplasty. Reg Anesth Pain Med. 2018;43(7):705-711. doi:10.1097/AAP.0000000000000831
9. Kurtz S, Ong K, Lau E, Mowat F, Halpern M. Projections of primary and revision hip and knee arthroplasty in the United States from 2005 to 2030. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2007;89(4):780-785. doi:10.2106/JBJS.F.00222
10. Kurtz SM, Ong KL, Lau E, Bozic KJ. Impact of the economic downturn on total joint replacement demand in the United States: updated projections to 2021. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2014;96(8):624-630. doi:10.2106/JBJS.M.00285
11. Zedler BK, Saunders WB, Joyce AR, Vick CC, Murrelle EL. Validation of a screening risk index for serious prescription opioid-induced respiratory depression or overdose in a US commercial health plan claims database. Pain Med. 2018;19(1):68-78. doi:10.1093/pm/pnx009
12. Zedler B, Xie L, Wang L, et al. Development of a risk index for serious prescription opioid-induced respiratory depression or overdose in Veterans Health Administration patients. Pain Med. 2015;16(8):1566-79. doi:10.1111/pme.12777
13. Oliva EM, Bowe T, Tavakoli S, et al. Development and applications of the Veterans Health Administration’s Stratification Tool for Opioid Risk Mitigation (STORM) to improve opioid safety and prevent overdose and suicide. Psychol Serv. 2017;14(1):34-49. doi:10.1037/ser0000099
14. Oliva EM, Christopher MLD, Wells D, et al. Opioid overdose education and naloxone distribution: development of the Veterans Health Administration’s national program. J Am Pharm Assoc (2003). 2017;57(2S):S168-S179.e4. doi:10.1016/j.japh.2017.01.022
15. Noël PH, Copeland LA, Perrin RA, et al. VHA Corporate Data Warehouse height and weight data: opportunities and challenges for health services research. J Rehabil Res Dev. 2010;47(8):739-750. doi:10.1682/jrrd.2009.08.0110
Integrating Massage Therapy Into the Health Care of Female Veterans
There are approximately 2 million female veterans in the United States, representing about 10% of the veteran population.1 In 2015, 456,000 female veterans used the US Department of Veterans Affairs (VA) health care services. The VA predicts an increase in utilization over the next 20 years.2
Female veterans are more likely to have musculoskeletal disorder multimorbidity compared with male veterans and have higher rates of depressive and bipolar disorders, anxiety, and posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD).3,4 Compared with male veterans, female veterans are younger, more likely to be unmarried and to have served during the wars in Iraq and Afghanistan.3 Fifty-five percent of women veterans vs 41% of men veterans have a service-connected disability, and a greater percentage of women veterans have a service connection rating > 50%.5 The top service-connected disabilities for women veterans are PTSD, major depressive disorder, migraines, and lumbosacral or cervical strain.2 In addition, one-third of women veterans using VA health care report experiencing military sexual trauma (MST).6 Military service may impact the health of female veterans both physically and mentally. Providing treatments and programs to improve their health and their health care experience are current VA priorities.
The VA is changing the way health care is conceptualized and delivered by implementing a holistic model of care known as Whole Health, which seeks to empower and equip patients to take charge of their health, blending conventional medicine with self-care and complementary and integrative health (CIH) approaches, such as massage therapy, yoga, acupuncture, and meditation.7 CIH therapies can help improve physical and mental health with little to no adverse effects.8-10
As part of the Whole Health initiative at the VA Ann Arbor Healthcare System (VAAAHS) in Michigan, the massage program was expanded in 2017 to offer relaxation massages to female veterans attending the women’s health clinic, which provides gynecologic care. Patients visiting a gynecology clinic often experience anxiety and pain related to invasive procedures and examinations. This is especially true for female veterans who experienced MST.11
VAAAHS has 1 staff massage therapist (MT). To expand the program to the women’s health clinic, volunteer licensed MTs were recruited and trained in specific procedures by the staff MT.
Several studies have demonstrated the effect of therapeutic massage on pain and anxiety in predominantly male veteran study populations, including veterans needing postsurgical and palliative care as well as those experiencing chronic pain and knee osteoarthritis.12-16 Little is known about the effects of massage therapy on female veterans. The purpose of this pilot study was to examine the effects of massage therapy among female veterans participating in the women’s health massage program.
Methods
The setting for this pre-post intervention study was VAAAHS. Veterans were called in advance by clinic staff and scheduled for 60-minute appointments either before or after their clinic appointment, depending on availability. MTs were instructed to provide relaxation massage using Swedish massage techniques with moderate pressure, avoiding deep pressure techniques.
The volunteer MTs gave the participants a survey to provide comments and to rate baseline pain and other symptoms prior to and following the massage. The MT left the room to provide privacy while completing the survey. The staff included the symptom data in the massage note as clinical outcomes and entered them into the electronic health record. Massages were given from October 1, 2017 to June 30, 2018. Data including symptom scores, demographics, the presence of chronic pain, mental health diagnoses, patient comments, and opioid use were abstracted from the electronic health record by 2 members of the study team and entered into an Excel database. This study was approved by the VAAAHS Institutional Review Board.
Study Measures
Pain intensity, pain unpleasantness (the affective component of pain), anxiety, shortness of breath, relaxation, and inner peace were rated pre- and postmassage on a 0 to 10 scale. Shortness of breath was included due to the relationship between breathing and anxiety. Inner peace was assessed to measure the calming effects of massage therapy. Beck and colleagues found the concept of inner peace was an important outcome of massage therapy.17 The scale anchors for pain intensity were “no pain” and “severe pain”; and “not at all unpleasant” and “as unpleasant as it can be” for pain unpleasantness. For anxiety, the anchors were “no anxiety” and “as anxious as I can be.” Anchors for relaxation and inner peace were reversed so that a 0 indicated low relaxation and inner peace while a 10 indicated the highest state of relaxation and inner peace.
Chronic pain was defined as pain existing for > 3 months. A history of chronic pain was determined from a review and synthesis of primary care and specialty care recorded diagnoses, patient concerns, and service-connected disabilities. The diagnoses included lumbosacral or cervical strain, chronic low back, joint (knee, shoulder, hip, ankle), neck, or pelvic pain, fibromyalgia, headache, migraine, osteoarthritis, and myofascial pain syndrome. The presence of mental health conditions, including depression, anxiety, bipolar disorders, and PTSD, were similarly determined by a review of mental health clinical notes. Sex was determined from the gynecology note.
Statistical Analysis
Means and medians were calculated for short-term changes in symptom scores. Due to skewness in the short-term changes, significance was tested using a nonparametric sign test. Significance was adjusted using the Bonferroni correction to protect the overall type I error level at 5% from multiple testing. We also assessed for differences in symptom changes in 4 subgroups, using an unadjusted general linear model: those with (1) chronic pain vs without; (2) an anxiety diagnosis vs without; (3) depression vs without; and (4) a PTSD diagnosis vs without. Data were analyzed using SPSS 25 and SAS 9.4.
Results
Results are based on the first massage received by 96 unique individuals (Table 1). Fifty-one (53%) patients were aged 21 to 40 years, and 45 (47%) were aged ≥ 41 years. Most participants (80%) had had a previous massage. Seven (7%) participants were currently on prescription opioids; 76 (79%) participants had a history of one or more chronic pain diagnoses (eg, back pain, migraine headaches, fibromyalgia) and 78 (81%) had a history of a mental health diagnosis (eg, depression, anxiety, PTSD). Massage sessions ranged from 30 to 60 minutes; most patients received massage therapy for 50 minutes.
Prior to massage, mean scores were 3.9 pain intensity, 3.7 pain unpleasantness, 3.8 anxiety, 1.0 shortness of breath, 4.0 relaxation, and 4.2 inner peace. Short-term changes in symptom scores are shown in Table 2. The mean score for pain intensity decreased by 1.9 points, pain unpleasantness by 2.0 points, anxiety by 2.4 points. The greatest change occurred for relaxation, which increased by 4.3 points. All changes in symptoms were statistically significant (P < .001). For subgroup comparisons
Verbal feedback and written comments about the massage experience were all favorable: No adverse events were reported.
Discussion
Massage therapy may be a useful treatment for female veterans experiencing chronic pain, anxiety disorders, depression, or situational anxiety related to gynecologic procedures. After receiving a relaxation massage, female veterans reported decreased pain intensity, pain unpleasantness, and anxiety while reporting increased relaxation and feelings of inner peace. The effects of massage were consistent for all the symptoms or characteristics assessed, suggesting that massage may act on the body in multiple ways.
These changes parallel those seen in a palliative care population primarily composed of male veterans.14 However, the female veterans in this cohort experienced greater changes in relaxation and feelings of inner peace, which may be partly due to relief of tension related to an upcoming stressful appointment. The large mean decrease in anxiety level among female veterans with PTSD is notable as well as the larger increase in inner peace in those with chronic pain.
Many patients expressed their gratitude for the massage and interest in having access to more massage therapy. Female patients who have experienced sexual trauma or other trauma may especially benefit from massage prior to painful, invasive gynecologic procedures. Anecdotally, 2 nurse chaperones in the clinic mentioned separately to the massage program supervisor that the massages helped some very anxious women better tolerate an invasive procedure that would have been otherwise extremely difficult.
Female veterans are more likely to have musculoskeletal issues after deployment and have higher rates of anxiety, PTSD, and depression compared with those of male veterans.3,4,18,19 Determining relationships between and causes of chronic pain, depression, and PTSD is very challenging but the increased prevalence of chronic pain and comorbid mental health conditions in female veterans may be partially related to MST or other trauma experiences.20-22 Female veterans are most likely to have more than one source of chronic pain.23-25 Female patients with chronic musculoskeletal pain report more pain-related disability.26 Furthermore, greater disability in the context of depression is reported by women with pain compared with those of men.27 Most (78%) female veterans in a primary care population reported chronic pain.23 Similarly, 79% of the female veterans in this study population had chronic pain and 81% had a history of mental health disorders, including depression, anxiety, and PTSD.
Studies have shown that massage therapy improves pain in populations experiencing chronic low back, neck, and knee pain.28-32 A 2020 Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality review determined there is some evidence that massage therapy is helpful for chronic low back and neck pain and fibromyalgia.33 Research also has demonstrated that massage reduces anxiety and depression in several different population types.13,34,35 Li and colleagues showed that foot massage increased oxytocin levels in healthy males.36 Although further research is needed to determine the mechanisms of massage therapy, there are important physiologic effects. Unlike most medications, massage therapy is unique in that it can impact health and well-being through multiple mechanisms; for example, by reducing pain, improving mood, providing a sense of social connection and/or improving mobility.
Patients using CIH therapies report greater awareness of the need for ongoing engagement in their own care and health behavior changes.37,38
Driscoll and colleagues reported that women veterans are interested in conservative treatment for their chronic musculoskeletal pain and are open to using CIH therapies.39 Research suggests that veterans are interested in and, in some cases, already using massage therapy.23,40-43 Access to massage therapy and other CIH therapies offers patients choice and control over the types and timing of therapy they receive, exemplified by the 80% of patients in our study who previously received a massage and sought another before a potentially stressful situation.
Access to massage therapy or other CIH therapies may reduce the need for more expensive procedures. Although research on the cost-effectiveness of massage therapy is limited, Herman and colleagues did an economic evaluation of CIH therapies in a veteran population, finding that CIH users had lower annual health care costs and lower pain in the year after CIH started. Sensitivity analyses indicated similar results for acupuncture, chiropractic care, and massage but higher costs for those with 8 or more visits.44
The prevalence of comorbid mental health conditions with MSD suggests that female veterans may benefit from multidisciplinary treatment of pain and depression.3,26 Women-centered programs would be both encouraging and validating to women.39 Massage therapy can be combined with physical therapy, yoga, tai chi, and meditation programs to improve pain, anxiety, strength, and flexibility and can be incorporated into a multimodal treatment plan. Likewise, other subpopulations of female veterans with chronic pain, mental health conditions, or cancer could be targeted with multidisciplinary programs that include massage therapy.
Limitations
This study has several limitations including lack of a control group, a self-selected population, the lack of objective biochemical measurements, and possible respondent bias to please the MTs. Eighty percent had previously experienced massage therapy and may have been biased toward the effects of massage before receiving the intervention. The first report of the effects of massage therapy in an exclusively female veteran population is a major strength of this study.
Further research including randomized controlled trials is needed, especially in populations with coexisting chronic pain and mental health disorders, as is exploring the acceptability of massage therapy for female veterans with MST. Finding viable alternatives to medications has become even more important as the nation addresses the challenge of the opioid crisis.45,46
Conclusions
Female veterans are increasingly seeking VA health care.
Acknowledgments
The authors express our gratitude to the Women Veteran Program Manager, Cheryl Allen, RN; Massage Therapists Denise McGee and Kimberly Morro; Dara Ganoczy, MPH, for help with statistical analysis; and Mark Hausman, MD, for leadership support.
1. US Department of Veteran Affairs, National Center for Veterans Analysis and Statistics. Veteran population. Updated April 14, 2021. Accessed January 6, 2022. https://www.va.gov/vetdata/veteran_population.asp
2. US Department of Veteran Affairs. Women veterans report: the past, present, and future of women veterans. Published February 2017. Accessed January 6, 2022. https://www.va.gov/vetdata/docs/specialreports/women_veterans_2015_final.pdf
3. Higgins DM, Fenton BT, Driscoll MA, et al. Gender differences in demographic and clinical correlates among veterans with musculoskeletal disorders. Womens Health Issues. 2017;27(4):463-470. doi:10.1016/j.whi.2017.01.008
4. Lehavot K, Goldberg SB, Chen JA, et al. Do trauma type, stressful life events, and social support explain women veterans’ high prevalence of PTSD?. Soc Psychiatry Psychiatr Epidemiol. 2018;53(9):943-953. doi:10.1007/s00127-018-1550-x
5. Levander XA, Overland MK. Care of women veterans. Med Clin North Am. 2015;99(3):651-662. doi:10.1016/j.mcna.2015.01.013
6. US Department of Veteran Affairs. Facts and statistics about women veterans. Updated May 28. 2020. Accessed January 6, 2022. https://www.womenshealth.va.gov/womenshealth/latestinformation/facts.asp
7. Krejci LP, Carter K, Gaudet T. Whole health: the vision and implementation of personalized, proactive, patient-driven health care for veterans. Med Care. 2014;52(12)(suppl 5):S5-S8. doi:10.1097/MLR.0000000000000226
8. Elwy AR, Taylor SL, Zhao S, et al. Participating in complementary and integrative health approaches is associated with veterans’ patient-reported outcomes over time. Med Care. 2020;58:S125-S132. doi:10.1097/MLR.0000000000001357
9. Smeeding SJ, Bradshaw DH, Kumpfer K, Trevithick S, Stoddard GJ. Outcome evaluation of the Veterans Affairs Salt Lake City Integrative Health Clinic for chronic pain and stress-related depression, anxiety, and post-traumatic stress disorder. J Altern Complement Med. 2010;16(8):823-835. doi:10.1089/acm.2009.0510
10. Hull A, Brooks Holliday S, Eickhoff C, et al. Veteran participation in the integrative health and wellness program: impact on self-reported mental and physical health outcomes. Psychol Serv. 2019;16(3):475-483. doi:10.1037/ser0000192
11. Zephyrin LC. Reproductive health management for the care of women veterans [published correction appears in Obstet Gynecol. 2016 Mar;127(3):605]. Obstet Gynecol. 2016;127(2):383-392. doi:10.1097/AOG.0000000000001252
12. Piotrowski MM, Paterson C, Mitchinson A, Kim HM, Kirsh M, Hinshaw DB. Massage as adjuvant therapy in the management of acute postoperative pain: a preliminary study in men. J Am Coll Surg. 2003;197(6):1037-1046. doi:10.1016/j.jamcollsurg.2003.07.020
13. Mitchinson AR, Kim HM, Rosenberg JM, et al. Acute postoperative pain management using massage as an adjuvant therapy: a randomized trial. Arch Surg. 2007;142(12):1158-1167. doi:10.1001/archsurg.142.12.1158
14. Mitchinson A, Fletcher CE, Kim HM, Montagnini M, Hinshaw DB. Integrating massage therapy within the palliative care of veterans with advanced illnesses: an outcome study. Am J Hosp Palliat Care. 2014;31(1):6-12. doi:10.1177/1049909113476568
15. Fletcher CE, Mitchinson AR, Trumble EL, Hinshaw DB, Dusek JA. Perceptions of other integrative health therapies by veterans with pain who are receiving massage. J Rehabil Res Dev. 2016;53(1):117-126. doi:10.1682/JRRD.2015.01.0015
16. Juberg M, Jerger KK, Allen KD, Dmitrieva NO, Keever T, Perlman AI. Pilot study of massage in veterans with knee osteoarthritis. J Altern Complement Med. 2015;21(6):333-338. doi:10.1089/acm.2014.0254
17. Beck I, Runeson I, Blomqvist K. To find inner peace: soft massage as an established and integrated part of palliative care. Int J Palliate Nurse. 2009;15(11):541-545. doi: 10.12968/ijpn.2009.15.11.45493
18. Haskell SG, Ning Y, Krebs E, et al. Prevalence of painful musculoskeletal conditions in female and male veterans in 7 years after return from deployment in Operation Enduring Freedom/Operation Iraqi Freedom. Clin J Pain. 2012;28(2):163-167. doi:10.1097/AJP.0b013e318223d951
19. Maguen S, Ren L, Bosch JO, Marmar CR, Seal KH. Gender differences in mental health diagnoses among Iraq and Afghanistan veterans enrolled in veterans affairs health care. Am J Public Health. 2010;100(12):2450-2456. doi:10.2105/AJPH.2009.166165
20. Outcalt SD, Kroenke K, Krebs EE, et al. Chronic pain and comorbid mental health conditions: independent associations of posttraumatic stress disorder and depression with pain, disability, and quality of life. J Behav Med. 2015;38(3):535-543. doi:10.1007/s10865-015-9628-3
21. Gibson CJ, Maguen S, Xia F, Barnes DE, Peltz CB, Yaffe K. Military sexual trauma in older women veterans: prevalence and comorbidities. J Gen Intern Med. 2020;35(1):207-213. doi:10.1007/s11606-019-05342-7
22. Tan G, Teo I, Srivastava D, et al. Improving access to care for women veterans suffering from chronic pain and depression associated with trauma. Pain Med. 2013;14(7):1010-1020. doi:10.1111/pme.12131
23. Haskell SG, Heapy A, Reid MC, Papas RK, Kerns RD. The prevalence and age-related characteristics of pain in a sample of women veterans receiving primary care. J Womens Health (Larchmt). 2006;15(7):862-869. doi:10.1089/jwh.2006.15.862
24. Driscoll MA, Higgins D, Shamaskin-Garroway A, et al. Examining gender as a correlate of self-reported pain treatment use among recent service veterans with deployment-related musculoskeletal disorders. Pain Med. 2017;18(9):1767-1777. doi:10.1093/pm/pnx023
25. Weimer MB, Macey TA, Nicolaidis C, Dobscha SK, Duckart JP, Morasco BJ. Sex differences in the medical care of VA patients with chronic non-cancer pain. Pain Med. 2013;14(12):1839-1847. doi:10.1111/pme.12177
26. Stubbs D, Krebs E, Bair M, et al. Sex differences in pain and pain-related disability among primary care patients with chronic musculoskeletal pain. Pain Med. 2010;11(2):232-239. doi:10.1111/j.1526-4637.2009.00760.x
27. Keogh E, McCracken LM, Eccleston C. Gender moderates the association between depression and disability in chronic pain patients. Eur J Pain. 2006;10(5):413-422. doi:10.1016/j.ejpain.2005.05.007
28. Miake-Lye IM, Mak S, Lee J, et al. Massage for pain: an evidence map. J Altern Complement Med. 2019;25(5):475-502. doi:10.1089/acm.2018.0282
29. Cherkin DC, Sherman KJ, Kahn J, et al. A comparison of the effects of 2 types of massage and usual care on chronic low back pain: a randomized, controlled trial. Ann Intern Med. 2011;155(1):1-9. doi:10.7326/0003-4819-155-1-201107050-00002
30. Sherman KJ, Cook AJ, Wellman RD, et al. Five-week outcomes from a dosing trial of therapeutic massage for chronic neck pain. Ann Fam Med. 2014;12(2):112-120. doi:10.1370/afm.1602
31. Perlman AI, Sabina A, Williams AL, Njike VY, Katz DL. Massage therapy for osteoarthritis of the knee: a randomized controlled trial. Arch Intern Med. 2006;166(22):2533-2538. doi:10.1001/archinte.166.22.2533
32. Perlman A, Fogerite SG, Glass O, et al. Efficacy and safety of massage for osteoarthritis of the knee: a randomized clinical trial. J Gen Intern Med. 2019;34(3):379-386. doi:10.1007/s11606-018-4763-5
33. Skelly AC, Chou R, Dettori JR, et al. Noninvasive Nonpharmacological Treatment for Chronic Pain: A Systematic Review Update. Comparative Effectiveness Review. No. 227. Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality; 2020. doi:10.23970/AHRQEPCCER227
34. Moyer CA, Rounds J, Hannum JW. A meta-analysis of massage therapy research. Psychol Bull. 2004;130(1):3-18. doi:10.1037/0033-2909.130.1.3
35. Field T, Hernandez-Reif M, Diego M, Schanberg S, Kuhn C. Cortisol decreases and serotonin and dopamine increase following massage therapy. Int J Neurosci. 2005;115(10):1397-1413. doi:10.1080/ 00207450590956459
36. Li Q, Becker B, Wernicke J, et al. Foot massage evokes oxytocin release and activation of orbitofrontal cortex and superior temporal sulcus. Psychoneuroendocrinology. 2019;101:193-203. doi:10.1016/j.psyneuen.2018.11.016
37. Eaves ER, Sherman KJ, Ritenbaugh C, et al. A qualitative study of changes in expectations over time among patients with chronic low back pain seeking four CAM therapies. BMC Complement Altern Med. 2015;15:12. Published 2015 Feb 5. doi:10.1186/s12906-015-0531-9
38. Bishop FL, Lauche R, Cramer H, et al. Health behavior change and complementary medicine use: National Health Interview Survey 2012. Medicina (Kaunas). 2019;55(10):632. Published 2019 Sep 24. doi:10.3390/medicina55100632
39. Driscoll MA, Knobf MT, Higgins DM, Heapy A, Lee A, Haskell S. Patient experiences navigating chronic pain management in an integrated health care system: a qualitative investigation of women and men. Pain Med. 2018;19(suppl 1):S19-S29. doi:10.1093/pm/pny139
40. Denneson LM, Corson K, Dobscha SK. Complementary and alternative medicine use among veterans with chronic noncancer pain. J Rehabil Res Dev. 2011;48(9):1119-1128. doi:10.1682/jrrd.2010.12.0243
41. Taylor SL, Herman PM, Marshall NJ, et al. Use of complementary and integrated health: a retrospective analysis of U.S. veterans with chronic musculoskeletal pain nationally. J Altern Complement Med. 2019;25(1):32-39. doi:10.1089/acm.2018.0276
42. Evans EA, Herman PM, Washington DL, et al. Gender differences in use of complementary and integrative health by U.S. military veterans with chronic musculoskeletal pain. Womens Health Issues. 2018;28(5):379-386. doi:10.1016/j.whi.2018.07.003
43. Reinhard MJ, Nassif TH, Bloeser K, et al. CAM utilization among OEF/OIF veterans: findings from the National Health Study for a New Generation of US Veterans. Med Care. 2014;52(12)(suppl 5):S45-S49. doi:10.1097/MLR.0000000000000229
44. Herman PM, Yuan AH, Cefalu MS, et al. The use of complementary and integrative health approaches for chronic musculoskeletal pain in younger US Veterans: An economic evaluation. PLoS One. 2019;14(6):e0217831. Published 2019 Jun 5. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0217831
45. Jonas WB, Schoomaker EB. Pain and opioids in the military: we must do better. JAMA Intern Med. 2014;174(8):1402-1403. doi:10.1001/jamainternmed.2014.2114
46. Han B, Compton WM, Blanco C, Crane E, Lee J, Jones CM. Prescription opioid use, misuse, and use disorders in U.S. adults: 2015 National Survey on Drug Use and Health. Ann Intern Med. 2017;167(5):293-301. doi:10.7326/M17-0865
There are approximately 2 million female veterans in the United States, representing about 10% of the veteran population.1 In 2015, 456,000 female veterans used the US Department of Veterans Affairs (VA) health care services. The VA predicts an increase in utilization over the next 20 years.2
Female veterans are more likely to have musculoskeletal disorder multimorbidity compared with male veterans and have higher rates of depressive and bipolar disorders, anxiety, and posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD).3,4 Compared with male veterans, female veterans are younger, more likely to be unmarried and to have served during the wars in Iraq and Afghanistan.3 Fifty-five percent of women veterans vs 41% of men veterans have a service-connected disability, and a greater percentage of women veterans have a service connection rating > 50%.5 The top service-connected disabilities for women veterans are PTSD, major depressive disorder, migraines, and lumbosacral or cervical strain.2 In addition, one-third of women veterans using VA health care report experiencing military sexual trauma (MST).6 Military service may impact the health of female veterans both physically and mentally. Providing treatments and programs to improve their health and their health care experience are current VA priorities.
The VA is changing the way health care is conceptualized and delivered by implementing a holistic model of care known as Whole Health, which seeks to empower and equip patients to take charge of their health, blending conventional medicine with self-care and complementary and integrative health (CIH) approaches, such as massage therapy, yoga, acupuncture, and meditation.7 CIH therapies can help improve physical and mental health with little to no adverse effects.8-10
As part of the Whole Health initiative at the VA Ann Arbor Healthcare System (VAAAHS) in Michigan, the massage program was expanded in 2017 to offer relaxation massages to female veterans attending the women’s health clinic, which provides gynecologic care. Patients visiting a gynecology clinic often experience anxiety and pain related to invasive procedures and examinations. This is especially true for female veterans who experienced MST.11
VAAAHS has 1 staff massage therapist (MT). To expand the program to the women’s health clinic, volunteer licensed MTs were recruited and trained in specific procedures by the staff MT.
Several studies have demonstrated the effect of therapeutic massage on pain and anxiety in predominantly male veteran study populations, including veterans needing postsurgical and palliative care as well as those experiencing chronic pain and knee osteoarthritis.12-16 Little is known about the effects of massage therapy on female veterans. The purpose of this pilot study was to examine the effects of massage therapy among female veterans participating in the women’s health massage program.
Methods
The setting for this pre-post intervention study was VAAAHS. Veterans were called in advance by clinic staff and scheduled for 60-minute appointments either before or after their clinic appointment, depending on availability. MTs were instructed to provide relaxation massage using Swedish massage techniques with moderate pressure, avoiding deep pressure techniques.
The volunteer MTs gave the participants a survey to provide comments and to rate baseline pain and other symptoms prior to and following the massage. The MT left the room to provide privacy while completing the survey. The staff included the symptom data in the massage note as clinical outcomes and entered them into the electronic health record. Massages were given from October 1, 2017 to June 30, 2018. Data including symptom scores, demographics, the presence of chronic pain, mental health diagnoses, patient comments, and opioid use were abstracted from the electronic health record by 2 members of the study team and entered into an Excel database. This study was approved by the VAAAHS Institutional Review Board.
Study Measures
Pain intensity, pain unpleasantness (the affective component of pain), anxiety, shortness of breath, relaxation, and inner peace were rated pre- and postmassage on a 0 to 10 scale. Shortness of breath was included due to the relationship between breathing and anxiety. Inner peace was assessed to measure the calming effects of massage therapy. Beck and colleagues found the concept of inner peace was an important outcome of massage therapy.17 The scale anchors for pain intensity were “no pain” and “severe pain”; and “not at all unpleasant” and “as unpleasant as it can be” for pain unpleasantness. For anxiety, the anchors were “no anxiety” and “as anxious as I can be.” Anchors for relaxation and inner peace were reversed so that a 0 indicated low relaxation and inner peace while a 10 indicated the highest state of relaxation and inner peace.
Chronic pain was defined as pain existing for > 3 months. A history of chronic pain was determined from a review and synthesis of primary care and specialty care recorded diagnoses, patient concerns, and service-connected disabilities. The diagnoses included lumbosacral or cervical strain, chronic low back, joint (knee, shoulder, hip, ankle), neck, or pelvic pain, fibromyalgia, headache, migraine, osteoarthritis, and myofascial pain syndrome. The presence of mental health conditions, including depression, anxiety, bipolar disorders, and PTSD, were similarly determined by a review of mental health clinical notes. Sex was determined from the gynecology note.
Statistical Analysis
Means and medians were calculated for short-term changes in symptom scores. Due to skewness in the short-term changes, significance was tested using a nonparametric sign test. Significance was adjusted using the Bonferroni correction to protect the overall type I error level at 5% from multiple testing. We also assessed for differences in symptom changes in 4 subgroups, using an unadjusted general linear model: those with (1) chronic pain vs without; (2) an anxiety diagnosis vs without; (3) depression vs without; and (4) a PTSD diagnosis vs without. Data were analyzed using SPSS 25 and SAS 9.4.
Results
Results are based on the first massage received by 96 unique individuals (Table 1). Fifty-one (53%) patients were aged 21 to 40 years, and 45 (47%) were aged ≥ 41 years. Most participants (80%) had had a previous massage. Seven (7%) participants were currently on prescription opioids; 76 (79%) participants had a history of one or more chronic pain diagnoses (eg, back pain, migraine headaches, fibromyalgia) and 78 (81%) had a history of a mental health diagnosis (eg, depression, anxiety, PTSD). Massage sessions ranged from 30 to 60 minutes; most patients received massage therapy for 50 minutes.
Prior to massage, mean scores were 3.9 pain intensity, 3.7 pain unpleasantness, 3.8 anxiety, 1.0 shortness of breath, 4.0 relaxation, and 4.2 inner peace. Short-term changes in symptom scores are shown in Table 2. The mean score for pain intensity decreased by 1.9 points, pain unpleasantness by 2.0 points, anxiety by 2.4 points. The greatest change occurred for relaxation, which increased by 4.3 points. All changes in symptoms were statistically significant (P < .001). For subgroup comparisons
Verbal feedback and written comments about the massage experience were all favorable: No adverse events were reported.
Discussion
Massage therapy may be a useful treatment for female veterans experiencing chronic pain, anxiety disorders, depression, or situational anxiety related to gynecologic procedures. After receiving a relaxation massage, female veterans reported decreased pain intensity, pain unpleasantness, and anxiety while reporting increased relaxation and feelings of inner peace. The effects of massage were consistent for all the symptoms or characteristics assessed, suggesting that massage may act on the body in multiple ways.
These changes parallel those seen in a palliative care population primarily composed of male veterans.14 However, the female veterans in this cohort experienced greater changes in relaxation and feelings of inner peace, which may be partly due to relief of tension related to an upcoming stressful appointment. The large mean decrease in anxiety level among female veterans with PTSD is notable as well as the larger increase in inner peace in those with chronic pain.
Many patients expressed their gratitude for the massage and interest in having access to more massage therapy. Female patients who have experienced sexual trauma or other trauma may especially benefit from massage prior to painful, invasive gynecologic procedures. Anecdotally, 2 nurse chaperones in the clinic mentioned separately to the massage program supervisor that the massages helped some very anxious women better tolerate an invasive procedure that would have been otherwise extremely difficult.
Female veterans are more likely to have musculoskeletal issues after deployment and have higher rates of anxiety, PTSD, and depression compared with those of male veterans.3,4,18,19 Determining relationships between and causes of chronic pain, depression, and PTSD is very challenging but the increased prevalence of chronic pain and comorbid mental health conditions in female veterans may be partially related to MST or other trauma experiences.20-22 Female veterans are most likely to have more than one source of chronic pain.23-25 Female patients with chronic musculoskeletal pain report more pain-related disability.26 Furthermore, greater disability in the context of depression is reported by women with pain compared with those of men.27 Most (78%) female veterans in a primary care population reported chronic pain.23 Similarly, 79% of the female veterans in this study population had chronic pain and 81% had a history of mental health disorders, including depression, anxiety, and PTSD.
Studies have shown that massage therapy improves pain in populations experiencing chronic low back, neck, and knee pain.28-32 A 2020 Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality review determined there is some evidence that massage therapy is helpful for chronic low back and neck pain and fibromyalgia.33 Research also has demonstrated that massage reduces anxiety and depression in several different population types.13,34,35 Li and colleagues showed that foot massage increased oxytocin levels in healthy males.36 Although further research is needed to determine the mechanisms of massage therapy, there are important physiologic effects. Unlike most medications, massage therapy is unique in that it can impact health and well-being through multiple mechanisms; for example, by reducing pain, improving mood, providing a sense of social connection and/or improving mobility.
Patients using CIH therapies report greater awareness of the need for ongoing engagement in their own care and health behavior changes.37,38
Driscoll and colleagues reported that women veterans are interested in conservative treatment for their chronic musculoskeletal pain and are open to using CIH therapies.39 Research suggests that veterans are interested in and, in some cases, already using massage therapy.23,40-43 Access to massage therapy and other CIH therapies offers patients choice and control over the types and timing of therapy they receive, exemplified by the 80% of patients in our study who previously received a massage and sought another before a potentially stressful situation.
Access to massage therapy or other CIH therapies may reduce the need for more expensive procedures. Although research on the cost-effectiveness of massage therapy is limited, Herman and colleagues did an economic evaluation of CIH therapies in a veteran population, finding that CIH users had lower annual health care costs and lower pain in the year after CIH started. Sensitivity analyses indicated similar results for acupuncture, chiropractic care, and massage but higher costs for those with 8 or more visits.44
The prevalence of comorbid mental health conditions with MSD suggests that female veterans may benefit from multidisciplinary treatment of pain and depression.3,26 Women-centered programs would be both encouraging and validating to women.39 Massage therapy can be combined with physical therapy, yoga, tai chi, and meditation programs to improve pain, anxiety, strength, and flexibility and can be incorporated into a multimodal treatment plan. Likewise, other subpopulations of female veterans with chronic pain, mental health conditions, or cancer could be targeted with multidisciplinary programs that include massage therapy.
Limitations
This study has several limitations including lack of a control group, a self-selected population, the lack of objective biochemical measurements, and possible respondent bias to please the MTs. Eighty percent had previously experienced massage therapy and may have been biased toward the effects of massage before receiving the intervention. The first report of the effects of massage therapy in an exclusively female veteran population is a major strength of this study.
Further research including randomized controlled trials is needed, especially in populations with coexisting chronic pain and mental health disorders, as is exploring the acceptability of massage therapy for female veterans with MST. Finding viable alternatives to medications has become even more important as the nation addresses the challenge of the opioid crisis.45,46
Conclusions
Female veterans are increasingly seeking VA health care.
Acknowledgments
The authors express our gratitude to the Women Veteran Program Manager, Cheryl Allen, RN; Massage Therapists Denise McGee and Kimberly Morro; Dara Ganoczy, MPH, for help with statistical analysis; and Mark Hausman, MD, for leadership support.
There are approximately 2 million female veterans in the United States, representing about 10% of the veteran population.1 In 2015, 456,000 female veterans used the US Department of Veterans Affairs (VA) health care services. The VA predicts an increase in utilization over the next 20 years.2
Female veterans are more likely to have musculoskeletal disorder multimorbidity compared with male veterans and have higher rates of depressive and bipolar disorders, anxiety, and posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD).3,4 Compared with male veterans, female veterans are younger, more likely to be unmarried and to have served during the wars in Iraq and Afghanistan.3 Fifty-five percent of women veterans vs 41% of men veterans have a service-connected disability, and a greater percentage of women veterans have a service connection rating > 50%.5 The top service-connected disabilities for women veterans are PTSD, major depressive disorder, migraines, and lumbosacral or cervical strain.2 In addition, one-third of women veterans using VA health care report experiencing military sexual trauma (MST).6 Military service may impact the health of female veterans both physically and mentally. Providing treatments and programs to improve their health and their health care experience are current VA priorities.
The VA is changing the way health care is conceptualized and delivered by implementing a holistic model of care known as Whole Health, which seeks to empower and equip patients to take charge of their health, blending conventional medicine with self-care and complementary and integrative health (CIH) approaches, such as massage therapy, yoga, acupuncture, and meditation.7 CIH therapies can help improve physical and mental health with little to no adverse effects.8-10
As part of the Whole Health initiative at the VA Ann Arbor Healthcare System (VAAAHS) in Michigan, the massage program was expanded in 2017 to offer relaxation massages to female veterans attending the women’s health clinic, which provides gynecologic care. Patients visiting a gynecology clinic often experience anxiety and pain related to invasive procedures and examinations. This is especially true for female veterans who experienced MST.11
VAAAHS has 1 staff massage therapist (MT). To expand the program to the women’s health clinic, volunteer licensed MTs were recruited and trained in specific procedures by the staff MT.
Several studies have demonstrated the effect of therapeutic massage on pain and anxiety in predominantly male veteran study populations, including veterans needing postsurgical and palliative care as well as those experiencing chronic pain and knee osteoarthritis.12-16 Little is known about the effects of massage therapy on female veterans. The purpose of this pilot study was to examine the effects of massage therapy among female veterans participating in the women’s health massage program.
Methods
The setting for this pre-post intervention study was VAAAHS. Veterans were called in advance by clinic staff and scheduled for 60-minute appointments either before or after their clinic appointment, depending on availability. MTs were instructed to provide relaxation massage using Swedish massage techniques with moderate pressure, avoiding deep pressure techniques.
The volunteer MTs gave the participants a survey to provide comments and to rate baseline pain and other symptoms prior to and following the massage. The MT left the room to provide privacy while completing the survey. The staff included the symptom data in the massage note as clinical outcomes and entered them into the electronic health record. Massages were given from October 1, 2017 to June 30, 2018. Data including symptom scores, demographics, the presence of chronic pain, mental health diagnoses, patient comments, and opioid use were abstracted from the electronic health record by 2 members of the study team and entered into an Excel database. This study was approved by the VAAAHS Institutional Review Board.
Study Measures
Pain intensity, pain unpleasantness (the affective component of pain), anxiety, shortness of breath, relaxation, and inner peace were rated pre- and postmassage on a 0 to 10 scale. Shortness of breath was included due to the relationship between breathing and anxiety. Inner peace was assessed to measure the calming effects of massage therapy. Beck and colleagues found the concept of inner peace was an important outcome of massage therapy.17 The scale anchors for pain intensity were “no pain” and “severe pain”; and “not at all unpleasant” and “as unpleasant as it can be” for pain unpleasantness. For anxiety, the anchors were “no anxiety” and “as anxious as I can be.” Anchors for relaxation and inner peace were reversed so that a 0 indicated low relaxation and inner peace while a 10 indicated the highest state of relaxation and inner peace.
Chronic pain was defined as pain existing for > 3 months. A history of chronic pain was determined from a review and synthesis of primary care and specialty care recorded diagnoses, patient concerns, and service-connected disabilities. The diagnoses included lumbosacral or cervical strain, chronic low back, joint (knee, shoulder, hip, ankle), neck, or pelvic pain, fibromyalgia, headache, migraine, osteoarthritis, and myofascial pain syndrome. The presence of mental health conditions, including depression, anxiety, bipolar disorders, and PTSD, were similarly determined by a review of mental health clinical notes. Sex was determined from the gynecology note.
Statistical Analysis
Means and medians were calculated for short-term changes in symptom scores. Due to skewness in the short-term changes, significance was tested using a nonparametric sign test. Significance was adjusted using the Bonferroni correction to protect the overall type I error level at 5% from multiple testing. We also assessed for differences in symptom changes in 4 subgroups, using an unadjusted general linear model: those with (1) chronic pain vs without; (2) an anxiety diagnosis vs without; (3) depression vs without; and (4) a PTSD diagnosis vs without. Data were analyzed using SPSS 25 and SAS 9.4.
Results
Results are based on the first massage received by 96 unique individuals (Table 1). Fifty-one (53%) patients were aged 21 to 40 years, and 45 (47%) were aged ≥ 41 years. Most participants (80%) had had a previous massage. Seven (7%) participants were currently on prescription opioids; 76 (79%) participants had a history of one or more chronic pain diagnoses (eg, back pain, migraine headaches, fibromyalgia) and 78 (81%) had a history of a mental health diagnosis (eg, depression, anxiety, PTSD). Massage sessions ranged from 30 to 60 minutes; most patients received massage therapy for 50 minutes.
Prior to massage, mean scores were 3.9 pain intensity, 3.7 pain unpleasantness, 3.8 anxiety, 1.0 shortness of breath, 4.0 relaxation, and 4.2 inner peace. Short-term changes in symptom scores are shown in Table 2. The mean score for pain intensity decreased by 1.9 points, pain unpleasantness by 2.0 points, anxiety by 2.4 points. The greatest change occurred for relaxation, which increased by 4.3 points. All changes in symptoms were statistically significant (P < .001). For subgroup comparisons
Verbal feedback and written comments about the massage experience were all favorable: No adverse events were reported.
Discussion
Massage therapy may be a useful treatment for female veterans experiencing chronic pain, anxiety disorders, depression, or situational anxiety related to gynecologic procedures. After receiving a relaxation massage, female veterans reported decreased pain intensity, pain unpleasantness, and anxiety while reporting increased relaxation and feelings of inner peace. The effects of massage were consistent for all the symptoms or characteristics assessed, suggesting that massage may act on the body in multiple ways.
These changes parallel those seen in a palliative care population primarily composed of male veterans.14 However, the female veterans in this cohort experienced greater changes in relaxation and feelings of inner peace, which may be partly due to relief of tension related to an upcoming stressful appointment. The large mean decrease in anxiety level among female veterans with PTSD is notable as well as the larger increase in inner peace in those with chronic pain.
Many patients expressed their gratitude for the massage and interest in having access to more massage therapy. Female patients who have experienced sexual trauma or other trauma may especially benefit from massage prior to painful, invasive gynecologic procedures. Anecdotally, 2 nurse chaperones in the clinic mentioned separately to the massage program supervisor that the massages helped some very anxious women better tolerate an invasive procedure that would have been otherwise extremely difficult.
Female veterans are more likely to have musculoskeletal issues after deployment and have higher rates of anxiety, PTSD, and depression compared with those of male veterans.3,4,18,19 Determining relationships between and causes of chronic pain, depression, and PTSD is very challenging but the increased prevalence of chronic pain and comorbid mental health conditions in female veterans may be partially related to MST or other trauma experiences.20-22 Female veterans are most likely to have more than one source of chronic pain.23-25 Female patients with chronic musculoskeletal pain report more pain-related disability.26 Furthermore, greater disability in the context of depression is reported by women with pain compared with those of men.27 Most (78%) female veterans in a primary care population reported chronic pain.23 Similarly, 79% of the female veterans in this study population had chronic pain and 81% had a history of mental health disorders, including depression, anxiety, and PTSD.
Studies have shown that massage therapy improves pain in populations experiencing chronic low back, neck, and knee pain.28-32 A 2020 Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality review determined there is some evidence that massage therapy is helpful for chronic low back and neck pain and fibromyalgia.33 Research also has demonstrated that massage reduces anxiety and depression in several different population types.13,34,35 Li and colleagues showed that foot massage increased oxytocin levels in healthy males.36 Although further research is needed to determine the mechanisms of massage therapy, there are important physiologic effects. Unlike most medications, massage therapy is unique in that it can impact health and well-being through multiple mechanisms; for example, by reducing pain, improving mood, providing a sense of social connection and/or improving mobility.
Patients using CIH therapies report greater awareness of the need for ongoing engagement in their own care and health behavior changes.37,38
Driscoll and colleagues reported that women veterans are interested in conservative treatment for their chronic musculoskeletal pain and are open to using CIH therapies.39 Research suggests that veterans are interested in and, in some cases, already using massage therapy.23,40-43 Access to massage therapy and other CIH therapies offers patients choice and control over the types and timing of therapy they receive, exemplified by the 80% of patients in our study who previously received a massage and sought another before a potentially stressful situation.
Access to massage therapy or other CIH therapies may reduce the need for more expensive procedures. Although research on the cost-effectiveness of massage therapy is limited, Herman and colleagues did an economic evaluation of CIH therapies in a veteran population, finding that CIH users had lower annual health care costs and lower pain in the year after CIH started. Sensitivity analyses indicated similar results for acupuncture, chiropractic care, and massage but higher costs for those with 8 or more visits.44
The prevalence of comorbid mental health conditions with MSD suggests that female veterans may benefit from multidisciplinary treatment of pain and depression.3,26 Women-centered programs would be both encouraging and validating to women.39 Massage therapy can be combined with physical therapy, yoga, tai chi, and meditation programs to improve pain, anxiety, strength, and flexibility and can be incorporated into a multimodal treatment plan. Likewise, other subpopulations of female veterans with chronic pain, mental health conditions, or cancer could be targeted with multidisciplinary programs that include massage therapy.
Limitations
This study has several limitations including lack of a control group, a self-selected population, the lack of objective biochemical measurements, and possible respondent bias to please the MTs. Eighty percent had previously experienced massage therapy and may have been biased toward the effects of massage before receiving the intervention. The first report of the effects of massage therapy in an exclusively female veteran population is a major strength of this study.
Further research including randomized controlled trials is needed, especially in populations with coexisting chronic pain and mental health disorders, as is exploring the acceptability of massage therapy for female veterans with MST. Finding viable alternatives to medications has become even more important as the nation addresses the challenge of the opioid crisis.45,46
Conclusions
Female veterans are increasingly seeking VA health care.
Acknowledgments
The authors express our gratitude to the Women Veteran Program Manager, Cheryl Allen, RN; Massage Therapists Denise McGee and Kimberly Morro; Dara Ganoczy, MPH, for help with statistical analysis; and Mark Hausman, MD, for leadership support.
1. US Department of Veteran Affairs, National Center for Veterans Analysis and Statistics. Veteran population. Updated April 14, 2021. Accessed January 6, 2022. https://www.va.gov/vetdata/veteran_population.asp
2. US Department of Veteran Affairs. Women veterans report: the past, present, and future of women veterans. Published February 2017. Accessed January 6, 2022. https://www.va.gov/vetdata/docs/specialreports/women_veterans_2015_final.pdf
3. Higgins DM, Fenton BT, Driscoll MA, et al. Gender differences in demographic and clinical correlates among veterans with musculoskeletal disorders. Womens Health Issues. 2017;27(4):463-470. doi:10.1016/j.whi.2017.01.008
4. Lehavot K, Goldberg SB, Chen JA, et al. Do trauma type, stressful life events, and social support explain women veterans’ high prevalence of PTSD?. Soc Psychiatry Psychiatr Epidemiol. 2018;53(9):943-953. doi:10.1007/s00127-018-1550-x
5. Levander XA, Overland MK. Care of women veterans. Med Clin North Am. 2015;99(3):651-662. doi:10.1016/j.mcna.2015.01.013
6. US Department of Veteran Affairs. Facts and statistics about women veterans. Updated May 28. 2020. Accessed January 6, 2022. https://www.womenshealth.va.gov/womenshealth/latestinformation/facts.asp
7. Krejci LP, Carter K, Gaudet T. Whole health: the vision and implementation of personalized, proactive, patient-driven health care for veterans. Med Care. 2014;52(12)(suppl 5):S5-S8. doi:10.1097/MLR.0000000000000226
8. Elwy AR, Taylor SL, Zhao S, et al. Participating in complementary and integrative health approaches is associated with veterans’ patient-reported outcomes over time. Med Care. 2020;58:S125-S132. doi:10.1097/MLR.0000000000001357
9. Smeeding SJ, Bradshaw DH, Kumpfer K, Trevithick S, Stoddard GJ. Outcome evaluation of the Veterans Affairs Salt Lake City Integrative Health Clinic for chronic pain and stress-related depression, anxiety, and post-traumatic stress disorder. J Altern Complement Med. 2010;16(8):823-835. doi:10.1089/acm.2009.0510
10. Hull A, Brooks Holliday S, Eickhoff C, et al. Veteran participation in the integrative health and wellness program: impact on self-reported mental and physical health outcomes. Psychol Serv. 2019;16(3):475-483. doi:10.1037/ser0000192
11. Zephyrin LC. Reproductive health management for the care of women veterans [published correction appears in Obstet Gynecol. 2016 Mar;127(3):605]. Obstet Gynecol. 2016;127(2):383-392. doi:10.1097/AOG.0000000000001252
12. Piotrowski MM, Paterson C, Mitchinson A, Kim HM, Kirsh M, Hinshaw DB. Massage as adjuvant therapy in the management of acute postoperative pain: a preliminary study in men. J Am Coll Surg. 2003;197(6):1037-1046. doi:10.1016/j.jamcollsurg.2003.07.020
13. Mitchinson AR, Kim HM, Rosenberg JM, et al. Acute postoperative pain management using massage as an adjuvant therapy: a randomized trial. Arch Surg. 2007;142(12):1158-1167. doi:10.1001/archsurg.142.12.1158
14. Mitchinson A, Fletcher CE, Kim HM, Montagnini M, Hinshaw DB. Integrating massage therapy within the palliative care of veterans with advanced illnesses: an outcome study. Am J Hosp Palliat Care. 2014;31(1):6-12. doi:10.1177/1049909113476568
15. Fletcher CE, Mitchinson AR, Trumble EL, Hinshaw DB, Dusek JA. Perceptions of other integrative health therapies by veterans with pain who are receiving massage. J Rehabil Res Dev. 2016;53(1):117-126. doi:10.1682/JRRD.2015.01.0015
16. Juberg M, Jerger KK, Allen KD, Dmitrieva NO, Keever T, Perlman AI. Pilot study of massage in veterans with knee osteoarthritis. J Altern Complement Med. 2015;21(6):333-338. doi:10.1089/acm.2014.0254
17. Beck I, Runeson I, Blomqvist K. To find inner peace: soft massage as an established and integrated part of palliative care. Int J Palliate Nurse. 2009;15(11):541-545. doi: 10.12968/ijpn.2009.15.11.45493
18. Haskell SG, Ning Y, Krebs E, et al. Prevalence of painful musculoskeletal conditions in female and male veterans in 7 years after return from deployment in Operation Enduring Freedom/Operation Iraqi Freedom. Clin J Pain. 2012;28(2):163-167. doi:10.1097/AJP.0b013e318223d951
19. Maguen S, Ren L, Bosch JO, Marmar CR, Seal KH. Gender differences in mental health diagnoses among Iraq and Afghanistan veterans enrolled in veterans affairs health care. Am J Public Health. 2010;100(12):2450-2456. doi:10.2105/AJPH.2009.166165
20. Outcalt SD, Kroenke K, Krebs EE, et al. Chronic pain and comorbid mental health conditions: independent associations of posttraumatic stress disorder and depression with pain, disability, and quality of life. J Behav Med. 2015;38(3):535-543. doi:10.1007/s10865-015-9628-3
21. Gibson CJ, Maguen S, Xia F, Barnes DE, Peltz CB, Yaffe K. Military sexual trauma in older women veterans: prevalence and comorbidities. J Gen Intern Med. 2020;35(1):207-213. doi:10.1007/s11606-019-05342-7
22. Tan G, Teo I, Srivastava D, et al. Improving access to care for women veterans suffering from chronic pain and depression associated with trauma. Pain Med. 2013;14(7):1010-1020. doi:10.1111/pme.12131
23. Haskell SG, Heapy A, Reid MC, Papas RK, Kerns RD. The prevalence and age-related characteristics of pain in a sample of women veterans receiving primary care. J Womens Health (Larchmt). 2006;15(7):862-869. doi:10.1089/jwh.2006.15.862
24. Driscoll MA, Higgins D, Shamaskin-Garroway A, et al. Examining gender as a correlate of self-reported pain treatment use among recent service veterans with deployment-related musculoskeletal disorders. Pain Med. 2017;18(9):1767-1777. doi:10.1093/pm/pnx023
25. Weimer MB, Macey TA, Nicolaidis C, Dobscha SK, Duckart JP, Morasco BJ. Sex differences in the medical care of VA patients with chronic non-cancer pain. Pain Med. 2013;14(12):1839-1847. doi:10.1111/pme.12177
26. Stubbs D, Krebs E, Bair M, et al. Sex differences in pain and pain-related disability among primary care patients with chronic musculoskeletal pain. Pain Med. 2010;11(2):232-239. doi:10.1111/j.1526-4637.2009.00760.x
27. Keogh E, McCracken LM, Eccleston C. Gender moderates the association between depression and disability in chronic pain patients. Eur J Pain. 2006;10(5):413-422. doi:10.1016/j.ejpain.2005.05.007
28. Miake-Lye IM, Mak S, Lee J, et al. Massage for pain: an evidence map. J Altern Complement Med. 2019;25(5):475-502. doi:10.1089/acm.2018.0282
29. Cherkin DC, Sherman KJ, Kahn J, et al. A comparison of the effects of 2 types of massage and usual care on chronic low back pain: a randomized, controlled trial. Ann Intern Med. 2011;155(1):1-9. doi:10.7326/0003-4819-155-1-201107050-00002
30. Sherman KJ, Cook AJ, Wellman RD, et al. Five-week outcomes from a dosing trial of therapeutic massage for chronic neck pain. Ann Fam Med. 2014;12(2):112-120. doi:10.1370/afm.1602
31. Perlman AI, Sabina A, Williams AL, Njike VY, Katz DL. Massage therapy for osteoarthritis of the knee: a randomized controlled trial. Arch Intern Med. 2006;166(22):2533-2538. doi:10.1001/archinte.166.22.2533
32. Perlman A, Fogerite SG, Glass O, et al. Efficacy and safety of massage for osteoarthritis of the knee: a randomized clinical trial. J Gen Intern Med. 2019;34(3):379-386. doi:10.1007/s11606-018-4763-5
33. Skelly AC, Chou R, Dettori JR, et al. Noninvasive Nonpharmacological Treatment for Chronic Pain: A Systematic Review Update. Comparative Effectiveness Review. No. 227. Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality; 2020. doi:10.23970/AHRQEPCCER227
34. Moyer CA, Rounds J, Hannum JW. A meta-analysis of massage therapy research. Psychol Bull. 2004;130(1):3-18. doi:10.1037/0033-2909.130.1.3
35. Field T, Hernandez-Reif M, Diego M, Schanberg S, Kuhn C. Cortisol decreases and serotonin and dopamine increase following massage therapy. Int J Neurosci. 2005;115(10):1397-1413. doi:10.1080/ 00207450590956459
36. Li Q, Becker B, Wernicke J, et al. Foot massage evokes oxytocin release and activation of orbitofrontal cortex and superior temporal sulcus. Psychoneuroendocrinology. 2019;101:193-203. doi:10.1016/j.psyneuen.2018.11.016
37. Eaves ER, Sherman KJ, Ritenbaugh C, et al. A qualitative study of changes in expectations over time among patients with chronic low back pain seeking four CAM therapies. BMC Complement Altern Med. 2015;15:12. Published 2015 Feb 5. doi:10.1186/s12906-015-0531-9
38. Bishop FL, Lauche R, Cramer H, et al. Health behavior change and complementary medicine use: National Health Interview Survey 2012. Medicina (Kaunas). 2019;55(10):632. Published 2019 Sep 24. doi:10.3390/medicina55100632
39. Driscoll MA, Knobf MT, Higgins DM, Heapy A, Lee A, Haskell S. Patient experiences navigating chronic pain management in an integrated health care system: a qualitative investigation of women and men. Pain Med. 2018;19(suppl 1):S19-S29. doi:10.1093/pm/pny139
40. Denneson LM, Corson K, Dobscha SK. Complementary and alternative medicine use among veterans with chronic noncancer pain. J Rehabil Res Dev. 2011;48(9):1119-1128. doi:10.1682/jrrd.2010.12.0243
41. Taylor SL, Herman PM, Marshall NJ, et al. Use of complementary and integrated health: a retrospective analysis of U.S. veterans with chronic musculoskeletal pain nationally. J Altern Complement Med. 2019;25(1):32-39. doi:10.1089/acm.2018.0276
42. Evans EA, Herman PM, Washington DL, et al. Gender differences in use of complementary and integrative health by U.S. military veterans with chronic musculoskeletal pain. Womens Health Issues. 2018;28(5):379-386. doi:10.1016/j.whi.2018.07.003
43. Reinhard MJ, Nassif TH, Bloeser K, et al. CAM utilization among OEF/OIF veterans: findings from the National Health Study for a New Generation of US Veterans. Med Care. 2014;52(12)(suppl 5):S45-S49. doi:10.1097/MLR.0000000000000229
44. Herman PM, Yuan AH, Cefalu MS, et al. The use of complementary and integrative health approaches for chronic musculoskeletal pain in younger US Veterans: An economic evaluation. PLoS One. 2019;14(6):e0217831. Published 2019 Jun 5. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0217831
45. Jonas WB, Schoomaker EB. Pain and opioids in the military: we must do better. JAMA Intern Med. 2014;174(8):1402-1403. doi:10.1001/jamainternmed.2014.2114
46. Han B, Compton WM, Blanco C, Crane E, Lee J, Jones CM. Prescription opioid use, misuse, and use disorders in U.S. adults: 2015 National Survey on Drug Use and Health. Ann Intern Med. 2017;167(5):293-301. doi:10.7326/M17-0865
1. US Department of Veteran Affairs, National Center for Veterans Analysis and Statistics. Veteran population. Updated April 14, 2021. Accessed January 6, 2022. https://www.va.gov/vetdata/veteran_population.asp
2. US Department of Veteran Affairs. Women veterans report: the past, present, and future of women veterans. Published February 2017. Accessed January 6, 2022. https://www.va.gov/vetdata/docs/specialreports/women_veterans_2015_final.pdf
3. Higgins DM, Fenton BT, Driscoll MA, et al. Gender differences in demographic and clinical correlates among veterans with musculoskeletal disorders. Womens Health Issues. 2017;27(4):463-470. doi:10.1016/j.whi.2017.01.008
4. Lehavot K, Goldberg SB, Chen JA, et al. Do trauma type, stressful life events, and social support explain women veterans’ high prevalence of PTSD?. Soc Psychiatry Psychiatr Epidemiol. 2018;53(9):943-953. doi:10.1007/s00127-018-1550-x
5. Levander XA, Overland MK. Care of women veterans. Med Clin North Am. 2015;99(3):651-662. doi:10.1016/j.mcna.2015.01.013
6. US Department of Veteran Affairs. Facts and statistics about women veterans. Updated May 28. 2020. Accessed January 6, 2022. https://www.womenshealth.va.gov/womenshealth/latestinformation/facts.asp
7. Krejci LP, Carter K, Gaudet T. Whole health: the vision and implementation of personalized, proactive, patient-driven health care for veterans. Med Care. 2014;52(12)(suppl 5):S5-S8. doi:10.1097/MLR.0000000000000226
8. Elwy AR, Taylor SL, Zhao S, et al. Participating in complementary and integrative health approaches is associated with veterans’ patient-reported outcomes over time. Med Care. 2020;58:S125-S132. doi:10.1097/MLR.0000000000001357
9. Smeeding SJ, Bradshaw DH, Kumpfer K, Trevithick S, Stoddard GJ. Outcome evaluation of the Veterans Affairs Salt Lake City Integrative Health Clinic for chronic pain and stress-related depression, anxiety, and post-traumatic stress disorder. J Altern Complement Med. 2010;16(8):823-835. doi:10.1089/acm.2009.0510
10. Hull A, Brooks Holliday S, Eickhoff C, et al. Veteran participation in the integrative health and wellness program: impact on self-reported mental and physical health outcomes. Psychol Serv. 2019;16(3):475-483. doi:10.1037/ser0000192
11. Zephyrin LC. Reproductive health management for the care of women veterans [published correction appears in Obstet Gynecol. 2016 Mar;127(3):605]. Obstet Gynecol. 2016;127(2):383-392. doi:10.1097/AOG.0000000000001252
12. Piotrowski MM, Paterson C, Mitchinson A, Kim HM, Kirsh M, Hinshaw DB. Massage as adjuvant therapy in the management of acute postoperative pain: a preliminary study in men. J Am Coll Surg. 2003;197(6):1037-1046. doi:10.1016/j.jamcollsurg.2003.07.020
13. Mitchinson AR, Kim HM, Rosenberg JM, et al. Acute postoperative pain management using massage as an adjuvant therapy: a randomized trial. Arch Surg. 2007;142(12):1158-1167. doi:10.1001/archsurg.142.12.1158
14. Mitchinson A, Fletcher CE, Kim HM, Montagnini M, Hinshaw DB. Integrating massage therapy within the palliative care of veterans with advanced illnesses: an outcome study. Am J Hosp Palliat Care. 2014;31(1):6-12. doi:10.1177/1049909113476568
15. Fletcher CE, Mitchinson AR, Trumble EL, Hinshaw DB, Dusek JA. Perceptions of other integrative health therapies by veterans with pain who are receiving massage. J Rehabil Res Dev. 2016;53(1):117-126. doi:10.1682/JRRD.2015.01.0015
16. Juberg M, Jerger KK, Allen KD, Dmitrieva NO, Keever T, Perlman AI. Pilot study of massage in veterans with knee osteoarthritis. J Altern Complement Med. 2015;21(6):333-338. doi:10.1089/acm.2014.0254
17. Beck I, Runeson I, Blomqvist K. To find inner peace: soft massage as an established and integrated part of palliative care. Int J Palliate Nurse. 2009;15(11):541-545. doi: 10.12968/ijpn.2009.15.11.45493
18. Haskell SG, Ning Y, Krebs E, et al. Prevalence of painful musculoskeletal conditions in female and male veterans in 7 years after return from deployment in Operation Enduring Freedom/Operation Iraqi Freedom. Clin J Pain. 2012;28(2):163-167. doi:10.1097/AJP.0b013e318223d951
19. Maguen S, Ren L, Bosch JO, Marmar CR, Seal KH. Gender differences in mental health diagnoses among Iraq and Afghanistan veterans enrolled in veterans affairs health care. Am J Public Health. 2010;100(12):2450-2456. doi:10.2105/AJPH.2009.166165
20. Outcalt SD, Kroenke K, Krebs EE, et al. Chronic pain and comorbid mental health conditions: independent associations of posttraumatic stress disorder and depression with pain, disability, and quality of life. J Behav Med. 2015;38(3):535-543. doi:10.1007/s10865-015-9628-3
21. Gibson CJ, Maguen S, Xia F, Barnes DE, Peltz CB, Yaffe K. Military sexual trauma in older women veterans: prevalence and comorbidities. J Gen Intern Med. 2020;35(1):207-213. doi:10.1007/s11606-019-05342-7
22. Tan G, Teo I, Srivastava D, et al. Improving access to care for women veterans suffering from chronic pain and depression associated with trauma. Pain Med. 2013;14(7):1010-1020. doi:10.1111/pme.12131
23. Haskell SG, Heapy A, Reid MC, Papas RK, Kerns RD. The prevalence and age-related characteristics of pain in a sample of women veterans receiving primary care. J Womens Health (Larchmt). 2006;15(7):862-869. doi:10.1089/jwh.2006.15.862
24. Driscoll MA, Higgins D, Shamaskin-Garroway A, et al. Examining gender as a correlate of self-reported pain treatment use among recent service veterans with deployment-related musculoskeletal disorders. Pain Med. 2017;18(9):1767-1777. doi:10.1093/pm/pnx023
25. Weimer MB, Macey TA, Nicolaidis C, Dobscha SK, Duckart JP, Morasco BJ. Sex differences in the medical care of VA patients with chronic non-cancer pain. Pain Med. 2013;14(12):1839-1847. doi:10.1111/pme.12177
26. Stubbs D, Krebs E, Bair M, et al. Sex differences in pain and pain-related disability among primary care patients with chronic musculoskeletal pain. Pain Med. 2010;11(2):232-239. doi:10.1111/j.1526-4637.2009.00760.x
27. Keogh E, McCracken LM, Eccleston C. Gender moderates the association between depression and disability in chronic pain patients. Eur J Pain. 2006;10(5):413-422. doi:10.1016/j.ejpain.2005.05.007
28. Miake-Lye IM, Mak S, Lee J, et al. Massage for pain: an evidence map. J Altern Complement Med. 2019;25(5):475-502. doi:10.1089/acm.2018.0282
29. Cherkin DC, Sherman KJ, Kahn J, et al. A comparison of the effects of 2 types of massage and usual care on chronic low back pain: a randomized, controlled trial. Ann Intern Med. 2011;155(1):1-9. doi:10.7326/0003-4819-155-1-201107050-00002
30. Sherman KJ, Cook AJ, Wellman RD, et al. Five-week outcomes from a dosing trial of therapeutic massage for chronic neck pain. Ann Fam Med. 2014;12(2):112-120. doi:10.1370/afm.1602
31. Perlman AI, Sabina A, Williams AL, Njike VY, Katz DL. Massage therapy for osteoarthritis of the knee: a randomized controlled trial. Arch Intern Med. 2006;166(22):2533-2538. doi:10.1001/archinte.166.22.2533
32. Perlman A, Fogerite SG, Glass O, et al. Efficacy and safety of massage for osteoarthritis of the knee: a randomized clinical trial. J Gen Intern Med. 2019;34(3):379-386. doi:10.1007/s11606-018-4763-5
33. Skelly AC, Chou R, Dettori JR, et al. Noninvasive Nonpharmacological Treatment for Chronic Pain: A Systematic Review Update. Comparative Effectiveness Review. No. 227. Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality; 2020. doi:10.23970/AHRQEPCCER227
34. Moyer CA, Rounds J, Hannum JW. A meta-analysis of massage therapy research. Psychol Bull. 2004;130(1):3-18. doi:10.1037/0033-2909.130.1.3
35. Field T, Hernandez-Reif M, Diego M, Schanberg S, Kuhn C. Cortisol decreases and serotonin and dopamine increase following massage therapy. Int J Neurosci. 2005;115(10):1397-1413. doi:10.1080/ 00207450590956459
36. Li Q, Becker B, Wernicke J, et al. Foot massage evokes oxytocin release and activation of orbitofrontal cortex and superior temporal sulcus. Psychoneuroendocrinology. 2019;101:193-203. doi:10.1016/j.psyneuen.2018.11.016
37. Eaves ER, Sherman KJ, Ritenbaugh C, et al. A qualitative study of changes in expectations over time among patients with chronic low back pain seeking four CAM therapies. BMC Complement Altern Med. 2015;15:12. Published 2015 Feb 5. doi:10.1186/s12906-015-0531-9
38. Bishop FL, Lauche R, Cramer H, et al. Health behavior change and complementary medicine use: National Health Interview Survey 2012. Medicina (Kaunas). 2019;55(10):632. Published 2019 Sep 24. doi:10.3390/medicina55100632
39. Driscoll MA, Knobf MT, Higgins DM, Heapy A, Lee A, Haskell S. Patient experiences navigating chronic pain management in an integrated health care system: a qualitative investigation of women and men. Pain Med. 2018;19(suppl 1):S19-S29. doi:10.1093/pm/pny139
40. Denneson LM, Corson K, Dobscha SK. Complementary and alternative medicine use among veterans with chronic noncancer pain. J Rehabil Res Dev. 2011;48(9):1119-1128. doi:10.1682/jrrd.2010.12.0243
41. Taylor SL, Herman PM, Marshall NJ, et al. Use of complementary and integrated health: a retrospective analysis of U.S. veterans with chronic musculoskeletal pain nationally. J Altern Complement Med. 2019;25(1):32-39. doi:10.1089/acm.2018.0276
42. Evans EA, Herman PM, Washington DL, et al. Gender differences in use of complementary and integrative health by U.S. military veterans with chronic musculoskeletal pain. Womens Health Issues. 2018;28(5):379-386. doi:10.1016/j.whi.2018.07.003
43. Reinhard MJ, Nassif TH, Bloeser K, et al. CAM utilization among OEF/OIF veterans: findings from the National Health Study for a New Generation of US Veterans. Med Care. 2014;52(12)(suppl 5):S45-S49. doi:10.1097/MLR.0000000000000229
44. Herman PM, Yuan AH, Cefalu MS, et al. The use of complementary and integrative health approaches for chronic musculoskeletal pain in younger US Veterans: An economic evaluation. PLoS One. 2019;14(6):e0217831. Published 2019 Jun 5. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0217831
45. Jonas WB, Schoomaker EB. Pain and opioids in the military: we must do better. JAMA Intern Med. 2014;174(8):1402-1403. doi:10.1001/jamainternmed.2014.2114
46. Han B, Compton WM, Blanco C, Crane E, Lee J, Jones CM. Prescription opioid use, misuse, and use disorders in U.S. adults: 2015 National Survey on Drug Use and Health. Ann Intern Med. 2017;167(5):293-301. doi:10.7326/M17-0865
PTSD Disability Examination Reports: A Comparison of Veterans Health Administration and Contract Examiners
Updated June 17, 2022
The US Department of Veterans Affairs (VA) provides health care for > 9 million military veterans, nearly half of all former service members.1 Over the past 15 years, there has been a steady and substantial increase in the frequency of disability awards for veterans with post-9/11 military service. Recent data from the Bureau of Labor Statistics indicate that 41% of veterans who served after 9/11 receive service-connected disability benefits compared with 28% of veterans overall.2 More than 5 million veterans receive VA service-related disability benefits.2,3 More than half of the VA $243 billion budget for fiscal year (FY) 2021 ($135.5 billion) was allocated to the Veterans Benefits Administration (VBA), of which $115.7 billion (85%) was allocated specifically for service-related compensation claims payments.4
The VA predicted that VBA will have completed 1.4 million ratings for disability claims in 2021.5 A substantial percentage of these claims will be for mental disorders, specifically posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD). VA officials testifying before Congress in 2017 noted that the number of PTSD claims had nearly tripled in the previous 10 years.6 As far back as 2013, McNally and Frueh analyzed “the skyrocketing of disability claims,” particularly for PTSD, among veterans who served in Iraq and Afghanistan.7
This large increase has placed an unprecedented burden on the VBA to expand its capacity to conduct initial PTSD disability evaluations that by regulations are completed by psychologists or psychiatrists. This need has led the VBA to make significant changes in the compensation and pension (C&P) process, including a reduced role for Veterans Health Administration (VHA) examiners and increased reliance on non-VA (contract) examiners through the Contract Medical Disability Examination (MDE) program. In 2019, the MDE budget was $1.23 billion; in 2020, it was increased to $1.79 billion, and for 2021, it was $2.23 billion, reflecting the increasing investment of resources in non-VA examiners, ostensibly to both increase capacity and save costs.5
Anecdotally, concerns have been raised regarding inadequate training of contract examiners as well as inadequate reports by these examiners. A 2018 Government Accountability Office (GAO) report concluded that VA lacked the data to determine whether contract examiners were meeting standards for quality, timeliness, and accuracy.8 The GAO report noted that VA required 92% of contractor reports contained no obvious errors, a relatively low target; however, in the first half of 2017, only 1 contractor group met that target. The report noted further that “VBA does not verify if examiners have completed training nor does it collect information to assess training effectiveness in preparing examiners.”8 A subsequent analysis of contract examinations completed by the VA Office of the Inspector General (OIG) in 2019 concluded that the MDE program was “hampered in their ability to provide oversight because of limitations with VBA’s electronic examination management systems, the lack of reliable data, and inadequate staffing of the program.”9
These reports have focused almost exclusively on simple performance metrics, such as timeliness of examination completion. However, the 2018 GAO report referenced isolated “focused reviews” of complaints about the quality of examinations by contract examiners and gave as an example an isolated “review of one contracted examiner who had high rates of diagnosing severe posttraumatic stress disorder.”8 After review indicated the examiner’s reports were of poor quality, the VBA discontinued the examiner’s contract.
Unfortunately, despite such anecdotal reports and isolated actions, to date there are no published reports examining and comparing the quality of PTSD examination reports completed by VHA and contract examiners or the subsequent disability determinations made by the VBA as a result of these evaluations. In a November 2020 letter to the VA Secretary, 11 US Senators expressed “grave concerns” regarding the VA decision to privatize C&P programs noting, among other concerns, that there were “no clinical quality measurement for, or evaluation of, contractor examinations.”10 The letter cited anecdotal evidence of contract examiners not reviewing veteran’s medical records and diagnosing conditions “without supporting evidence.”10
The purpose of the present evaluation was to provide a systematic comparison of the content and quality of initial PTSD disability examinations conducted by VHA and non-VA contract examiners. In addition, this study compared the disability rating decisions resulting from VHA and contract examinations.
Methods
A random sample of 100 Initial PTSD Disability Benefits Questionnaires (DBQs)—structured forms completed by all examiners—were obtained from a list supplied by the VA Office of Performance Analysis and Integrity. All examinations were from the Veterans Integrated Service Network (VISN) 1, encompassing the New England region and were conducted in 2019 and 2020. Two of the 100 cases were excluded for technical reasons, resulting in 98 examination reports. However, the final pool yielded 62 contract examinations and only 36 VHA examinations. To make the sample sizes more comparable, an additional 15 examinations were randomly selected from the local examination database (also VISN 1) to complement the original examination pool.
Once DBQs were retrieved, all identifying information was deleted, and cases were analyzed using assigned record numbers. All coding was completed by the 2 principal investigators, both VA psychologists with extensive training and experience in C&P evaluation and treatment of veterans with PTSD. Due to inherent structural differences between the forms used for VA and contract examinations, raters could not be masked/blinded to the source of the report.
A number of measures were taken to reduce bias and enhance objectivity of rating. First, objectively coded variables (eg, age and sex of veteran, period of service, trauma type, diagnoses rendered by the examiner, impairment category endorsed, number and type of symptoms) were transcribed directly from the DBQ as recorded by the examiner. Second, to rate report quality, an initial categorical rating scale was developed based on predetermined elements of examination quality that were considered essential. After refinement and preliminary analysis of interrater reliabilities, 3 quality-related indices were identified: (1) level of detail in description of key content areas (history before service, service trauma, after service social and vocational history, mental health history, substance use); (2) synthesis of history and findings in explaining opinion rendered; and (3) clarity of opinion regarding causation required “at least as likely as not” degree of confidence. The first 2 quality ratings were based on a 3-point scale (poor, fair, good), and the third variable was coded as yes or no. (eAppendix available at doi:10.12788/fp.0225). Interrater reliabilities calculated based on a subsample of 18 cases, randomly selected and rated by both raters, yielded Cohen κ in the acceptable range (.61, .72, and .89 for detail, synthesis, and clarity, respectively). Finally, for information regarding VBA decision making, rating decision documents contained in the Veterans Benefit Management System database were reviewed to determine whether the veteran was granted service connection for PTSD or another mental disorder based on the examination report in question and, if so, the disability rating percentage awarded. These were recorded independently after all other coding had been completed.
Results
Comparison of VHA and contract examinations revealed no significant differences between groups on relevant sociodemographic and other measures (Table). Missing data were not obtained from other records or sources, and for this study, reflect only what is recorded in the examination reports except for age, which was calculated using veteran’s date of birth and the date of examination.
To examine differences between VHA and contract examinations, the groups were first compared on a set of predetermined objectively coded variables taken directly from the DBQ. The frequency of PTSD diagnoses by VHA (57%) and contract (71%) examiners was not significantly different nor were rates of non-PTSD diagnoses by VHA (51%) and contract (73%) examiners. There also was no difference in the mean number of PTSD symptoms endorsed across PTSD diagnostic criteria B, C, D, and E (maximum of 20) recorded by VHA (9.4) and contract (10.9) examiners.
Contract examiners recorded a significantly greater mean number of “other symptoms” on a checklist of 31 possible symptoms as compared to VHA examiners: 7.3 vs 5.8, respectively (t[104] = 2.27, P < .05). An initial analysis of overall social/vocational impairment ratings coded by examiners did not reveal significant differences between examiner groups. However, when the 2 most severe impairment categories were combined to create a pooled “severe” category, 31% of contract examiners rated veterans as severely impaired compared with only 12% of VHA examiners (χ2 = 5.79, 1 df, P < .05) (Figure 1).
VHA and contract examinations were compared on 3 measures of report quality. Significant differences were found for both level of detail (χ2 = 16.44, 2 df, P < .01) and synthesis (χ2 = 6.68, 2 df, P < .05). Contract examinations were more likely to be rated as poor and less likely to be rated good, with a similar proportion of fair ratings for the 2 examination types (Figures 2 and 3). There was no significant difference in the proportion of VHA and contract examinations providing clear statement of opinion regarding causation (ie, whether or not the diagnosed condition was service related), with the majority rendering an adequate opinion in both examiner groups (VHA, 78%; contract, 79%).
Qualitative review revealed examples of markedly deficient examinations among contract examinations, including several reports that contained no review of records, no report of relevant background, and no mention or assessment of social and vocational function needed to inform opinions about diagnosis and impairment.
Finally, the VBA database was used to compare the resulting disability award decisions made by VBA based on the examination reports in question. Examination by contractors resulted in significantly higher mean service-connected disability ratings for examinees compared with VHA examiners (46.8 vs 33.5, respectively; t[108] = 2.3, P < .05).
Discussion
The present study provides the first reported systematic comparison of VA disability examinations for PTSD completed by examiners employed by the VHA and those hired as contract examiners through the MDE program. Although the frequency of PTSD diagnoses by contract examiners was higher than that of VHA examiners (71% vs 57%, respectively), the difference was not statistically significant. However, contract examiners recorded significantly more symptoms for examinees and rated them as severely impaired more frequently than did their VHA counterparts. In keeping with rating guidelines used by the VBA, these differences in examination content resulted in higher disability ratings for veterans seen by contract examiners.
Along with these elevated reports in symptom and severity ratings, contract examiners were less likely to provide adequate detail in the narrative sections of their reports and less frequently provided a satisfactory explanation and synthesis of relevant history and findings in support of their conclusions. Although not reflected in the statistical analysis, case-by-case review revealed some startlingly inadequate examination reports by contract examiners, several of which contained no review of records, no report or discussion of relevant background, and no discussion or analysis of social and vocational function to inform and support their opinion about level of impairment. None of the VHA examination reports reviewed lacked information to that degree.
Such deficiencies in detail and synthesis run counter to accepted guidelines for the adequate assessment of psychological injury in general and in VA disability claims specifically.11,12 For example, Watson and colleagues proposed that a minimum of 3 hours was required to conduct an initial PTSD examination, with more complex cases possibly taking longer.11 There is no information available about how long contract examiners take to complete their examinations and how that compares with the time taken by VA examiners. The VBA failure to monitor whether or not examiners follow accepted guidelines for PTSD examination has not previously been evaluated. Historically, a large number of clinicians, researchers, and policy critics have raised concerns about the potential for exaggeration or malingering among VA PTSD disability claimants and have urged the need to adequately assess for unreliable reporting and presentation.13,14 However, the possibility of systematic examiner deficiency and/or bias increasing the frequency of false or inflated claims being approved has received little empirical attention.
Although contract examiners did not diagnose PTSD significantly more frequently than VHA examiners (71% vs 57%, respectively), the overall frequency of PTSD diagnosis across both groups (65%) was substantially higher than previous figures that have, on average, estimated the lifetime prevalence of PTSD in trauma-exposed veterans to be about 31%.15 A re-analysis of the same National Vietnam Veterans Readjustment Survey data, but applying more conservative diagnostic criteria, reduced the lifetime prevalence to just under 19%, with point prevalence estimates even lower.15,16
In a study of concordance rates between service connection for PTSD and both current and lifetime diagnosis by independent, structured assessment, Marx and colleagues found that a “significant minority” of veterans who were already receiving service-connected disability for PTSD did not meet lifetime and/or current diagnostic criteria.17 Although it is possible that the group of veterans who were applying for disability benefits in our study had a higher rate of PTSD, it also is possible if not likely that the PTSD examination process overall yields inflated rates of diagnosis and levels of impairment. This speaks to the concern raised by Marx and colleagues who found that veterans with service connection for PTSD who received related benefits “may not have the disorder.”17
Limitations
A methodological limitation of the present study was that, due to structural differences in the DBQ forms used for VHA and contract examinations, the reports could not be de-identified as to examiner type and thus raters could not be masked/blinded. To mitigate bias, a predetermined, piloted, and refined coding and rating plan for report quality metrics was adhered to strictly, and interrater reliabilities were acceptable. Future study is suggested in which all report content is standardized for coding using the same format, which at present would require a complete rewriting of the entire report; this problem could be resolved by having the VBA adopt a more coherent system in which all reports, regardless of examiner type, use a single, standardized template. Further study using larger data sets and expanding to other VA regions also is needed.
Conclusions
The present study suggests that poor examination and report quality—by contract examiners and to a lesser degree VHA examiners—are not uncommon. The findings confirm and extend previous anecdotal reports of deficiencies in PTSD examinations performed by contract examiners and provide empirical support for concerns raised of global deficiencies in the VBA oversight of the MDE program. Such deficiencies have significant implications for the quality and integrity of the VA disability determination process for veterans claiming PTSD related to military service.
The current findings support and strengthen the call for development and management of a structured and enforced training and quality assurance/improvement program for VA PTSD disability examinations. Such training and oversight will be critical to improve the quality and integrity of these examinations, reduce error and waste in VBA’s Compensation and Pension process, and in doing so optimize VA financial resources to best serve veterans’ benefits and health care needs.
1. US Department of Veterans Affairs, Veterans Health Adminstration. About VHA. Updated April 23, 2021. Accessed January 6, 2022. www.va.gov/health/aboutvha.asp
2. US Department of Labor, Bureau of Labor Statistics. News release. Employment situation of veterans—2020. Published March 18, 2020. Accessed January 6, 2022. https://www.bls.gov/news.release/pdf/vet.pdf
3. US Department of Veterans Affairs, National Center for Veterans Analysis and Statistics. Department of Veterans Affairs statistics at a glance. Updated December 31, 2020. Accessed January 6, 2022. https://www.va.gov/vetdata/docs/Quickfacts/Stats_at_a_glance_12_31_20.PDF
4. US Department of Veterans Affairs. FY 2021 Budget submission: budget in brief. Published February 2020. Accessed January 6, 2022. https://www.va.gov/budget/docs/summary/archive/FY-2021-VA-BudgetSubmission.zip
5. US Department of Veterans Affairs. FY 2021 budget submission: benefits and burial programs and Departmental Administration volume 3 of 4:178. Published February 2020. Accessed January 6, 2022. https://www.va.gov/budget/docs/summary/archive/FY-2021-VA-BudgetSubmission.zip
6. Statement of Ronald Burke, assistant deputy under secretary, office of field operations Veterans Benefits Administration before the Subcommittee on Disability And Memorial Affairs of the House Committee on Veterans’ Affairs. Published July 25, 2017. Accessed January 6, 2022. https://www.congress.gov/115/meeting/house/106322/witnesses/HHRG-115-VR09-Wstate-BurkeR-20170725.pdf
7. McNally RJ, Frueh BC. Why are Iraq and Afghanistan War veterans seeking PTSD disability compensation at unprecedented rates? J Anxiety Disord. 2013;27(5):520-526. doi:10.1016/j.janxdis.2013.07.002
8. US Government Accountability Office. VA disability exams: improved performance analysis and training oversight needed for contracted exams. GAO-19-13. Published October 2018. Accessed January 6, 2022. https://www.gao.gov/assets/gao-19-13.pdf
9. US Department of Veterans Affairs, Office of Inspector General. Inadequate oversight of contracted disability exam cancellations. Report #18-04266-115. Published June 10, 2019. Accessed January 6, 2022. https://www.va.gov/oig/pubs/VAOIG-18-04266-115.pdf
10. Letter to VA Secretary Wilkie. Published November 11, 2020. Accessed January 6, 2022. https://www.veterans.senate.gov/download/candp-exam-va-letter
11. Watson PW, McFall M, McBrine C, Schnurr PP, Friedman MJ, Keane TM, Hamblen JL (2005). Best practice manual for posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) compensation and pension examinations. Portland, OR: Northwest Network Mental Illness Research, Education, and Clinical Center, VA Puget Sound Healthcare System.
12. Worthen MD, Moering RG. A practical guide to conducting VA compensation and pension exams for PTSD and other mental disorders. Psychol Inj and Law. 2011;4:187-216. doi:10.1007/s12207-011-9115-2
13. DeViva JC, Bloem WD. Symptom exaggeration and compensation seeking among combat veterans with posttraumatic stress disorder. J Trauma Stress. 2003;16(5):503-507. doi:10.1023/A:1025766713188
14. Ray CL. Feigning screeners in VA PTSD compensation and pension examinations. Psychol Inj and Law. 2014;7:370-387. doi:10.1007/s12207-014-9210-2
15. Kulka RA, Schlenger WE, Fairbank JA, et al. Trauma and the Vietnam War Generation: Report of Findings From the National Vietnam Veterans Readjustment Study. Brunner Mazel Publishers; 1990.
16. Dohrenwend BP, Turner JB, Turse NA, Adams BG, Koenen KC, Marshall R. The psychological risks of Vietnam for U.S. veterans: a revisit with new data and methods. Science. 2006;313(5789):979-982. doi:10.1126/science.1128944
17. Marx BP, Bovin MJ, Szafranski DD, et al. Validity of posttraumatic stress disorder service connection status in Veterans Affairs electronic records of Iraq and Afghanistan Veterans. J Clin Psychiatry. 2016;77(4):517-522. doi:10.4088/JCP.14m09666
Updated June 17, 2022
The US Department of Veterans Affairs (VA) provides health care for > 9 million military veterans, nearly half of all former service members.1 Over the past 15 years, there has been a steady and substantial increase in the frequency of disability awards for veterans with post-9/11 military service. Recent data from the Bureau of Labor Statistics indicate that 41% of veterans who served after 9/11 receive service-connected disability benefits compared with 28% of veterans overall.2 More than 5 million veterans receive VA service-related disability benefits.2,3 More than half of the VA $243 billion budget for fiscal year (FY) 2021 ($135.5 billion) was allocated to the Veterans Benefits Administration (VBA), of which $115.7 billion (85%) was allocated specifically for service-related compensation claims payments.4
The VA predicted that VBA will have completed 1.4 million ratings for disability claims in 2021.5 A substantial percentage of these claims will be for mental disorders, specifically posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD). VA officials testifying before Congress in 2017 noted that the number of PTSD claims had nearly tripled in the previous 10 years.6 As far back as 2013, McNally and Frueh analyzed “the skyrocketing of disability claims,” particularly for PTSD, among veterans who served in Iraq and Afghanistan.7
This large increase has placed an unprecedented burden on the VBA to expand its capacity to conduct initial PTSD disability evaluations that by regulations are completed by psychologists or psychiatrists. This need has led the VBA to make significant changes in the compensation and pension (C&P) process, including a reduced role for Veterans Health Administration (VHA) examiners and increased reliance on non-VA (contract) examiners through the Contract Medical Disability Examination (MDE) program. In 2019, the MDE budget was $1.23 billion; in 2020, it was increased to $1.79 billion, and for 2021, it was $2.23 billion, reflecting the increasing investment of resources in non-VA examiners, ostensibly to both increase capacity and save costs.5
Anecdotally, concerns have been raised regarding inadequate training of contract examiners as well as inadequate reports by these examiners. A 2018 Government Accountability Office (GAO) report concluded that VA lacked the data to determine whether contract examiners were meeting standards for quality, timeliness, and accuracy.8 The GAO report noted that VA required 92% of contractor reports contained no obvious errors, a relatively low target; however, in the first half of 2017, only 1 contractor group met that target. The report noted further that “VBA does not verify if examiners have completed training nor does it collect information to assess training effectiveness in preparing examiners.”8 A subsequent analysis of contract examinations completed by the VA Office of the Inspector General (OIG) in 2019 concluded that the MDE program was “hampered in their ability to provide oversight because of limitations with VBA’s electronic examination management systems, the lack of reliable data, and inadequate staffing of the program.”9
These reports have focused almost exclusively on simple performance metrics, such as timeliness of examination completion. However, the 2018 GAO report referenced isolated “focused reviews” of complaints about the quality of examinations by contract examiners and gave as an example an isolated “review of one contracted examiner who had high rates of diagnosing severe posttraumatic stress disorder.”8 After review indicated the examiner’s reports were of poor quality, the VBA discontinued the examiner’s contract.
Unfortunately, despite such anecdotal reports and isolated actions, to date there are no published reports examining and comparing the quality of PTSD examination reports completed by VHA and contract examiners or the subsequent disability determinations made by the VBA as a result of these evaluations. In a November 2020 letter to the VA Secretary, 11 US Senators expressed “grave concerns” regarding the VA decision to privatize C&P programs noting, among other concerns, that there were “no clinical quality measurement for, or evaluation of, contractor examinations.”10 The letter cited anecdotal evidence of contract examiners not reviewing veteran’s medical records and diagnosing conditions “without supporting evidence.”10
The purpose of the present evaluation was to provide a systematic comparison of the content and quality of initial PTSD disability examinations conducted by VHA and non-VA contract examiners. In addition, this study compared the disability rating decisions resulting from VHA and contract examinations.
Methods
A random sample of 100 Initial PTSD Disability Benefits Questionnaires (DBQs)—structured forms completed by all examiners—were obtained from a list supplied by the VA Office of Performance Analysis and Integrity. All examinations were from the Veterans Integrated Service Network (VISN) 1, encompassing the New England region and were conducted in 2019 and 2020. Two of the 100 cases were excluded for technical reasons, resulting in 98 examination reports. However, the final pool yielded 62 contract examinations and only 36 VHA examinations. To make the sample sizes more comparable, an additional 15 examinations were randomly selected from the local examination database (also VISN 1) to complement the original examination pool.
Once DBQs were retrieved, all identifying information was deleted, and cases were analyzed using assigned record numbers. All coding was completed by the 2 principal investigators, both VA psychologists with extensive training and experience in C&P evaluation and treatment of veterans with PTSD. Due to inherent structural differences between the forms used for VA and contract examinations, raters could not be masked/blinded to the source of the report.
A number of measures were taken to reduce bias and enhance objectivity of rating. First, objectively coded variables (eg, age and sex of veteran, period of service, trauma type, diagnoses rendered by the examiner, impairment category endorsed, number and type of symptoms) were transcribed directly from the DBQ as recorded by the examiner. Second, to rate report quality, an initial categorical rating scale was developed based on predetermined elements of examination quality that were considered essential. After refinement and preliminary analysis of interrater reliabilities, 3 quality-related indices were identified: (1) level of detail in description of key content areas (history before service, service trauma, after service social and vocational history, mental health history, substance use); (2) synthesis of history and findings in explaining opinion rendered; and (3) clarity of opinion regarding causation required “at least as likely as not” degree of confidence. The first 2 quality ratings were based on a 3-point scale (poor, fair, good), and the third variable was coded as yes or no. (eAppendix available at doi:10.12788/fp.0225). Interrater reliabilities calculated based on a subsample of 18 cases, randomly selected and rated by both raters, yielded Cohen κ in the acceptable range (.61, .72, and .89 for detail, synthesis, and clarity, respectively). Finally, for information regarding VBA decision making, rating decision documents contained in the Veterans Benefit Management System database were reviewed to determine whether the veteran was granted service connection for PTSD or another mental disorder based on the examination report in question and, if so, the disability rating percentage awarded. These were recorded independently after all other coding had been completed.
Results
Comparison of VHA and contract examinations revealed no significant differences between groups on relevant sociodemographic and other measures (Table). Missing data were not obtained from other records or sources, and for this study, reflect only what is recorded in the examination reports except for age, which was calculated using veteran’s date of birth and the date of examination.
To examine differences between VHA and contract examinations, the groups were first compared on a set of predetermined objectively coded variables taken directly from the DBQ. The frequency of PTSD diagnoses by VHA (57%) and contract (71%) examiners was not significantly different nor were rates of non-PTSD diagnoses by VHA (51%) and contract (73%) examiners. There also was no difference in the mean number of PTSD symptoms endorsed across PTSD diagnostic criteria B, C, D, and E (maximum of 20) recorded by VHA (9.4) and contract (10.9) examiners.
Contract examiners recorded a significantly greater mean number of “other symptoms” on a checklist of 31 possible symptoms as compared to VHA examiners: 7.3 vs 5.8, respectively (t[104] = 2.27, P < .05). An initial analysis of overall social/vocational impairment ratings coded by examiners did not reveal significant differences between examiner groups. However, when the 2 most severe impairment categories were combined to create a pooled “severe” category, 31% of contract examiners rated veterans as severely impaired compared with only 12% of VHA examiners (χ2 = 5.79, 1 df, P < .05) (Figure 1).
VHA and contract examinations were compared on 3 measures of report quality. Significant differences were found for both level of detail (χ2 = 16.44, 2 df, P < .01) and synthesis (χ2 = 6.68, 2 df, P < .05). Contract examinations were more likely to be rated as poor and less likely to be rated good, with a similar proportion of fair ratings for the 2 examination types (Figures 2 and 3). There was no significant difference in the proportion of VHA and contract examinations providing clear statement of opinion regarding causation (ie, whether or not the diagnosed condition was service related), with the majority rendering an adequate opinion in both examiner groups (VHA, 78%; contract, 79%).
Qualitative review revealed examples of markedly deficient examinations among contract examinations, including several reports that contained no review of records, no report of relevant background, and no mention or assessment of social and vocational function needed to inform opinions about diagnosis and impairment.
Finally, the VBA database was used to compare the resulting disability award decisions made by VBA based on the examination reports in question. Examination by contractors resulted in significantly higher mean service-connected disability ratings for examinees compared with VHA examiners (46.8 vs 33.5, respectively; t[108] = 2.3, P < .05).
Discussion
The present study provides the first reported systematic comparison of VA disability examinations for PTSD completed by examiners employed by the VHA and those hired as contract examiners through the MDE program. Although the frequency of PTSD diagnoses by contract examiners was higher than that of VHA examiners (71% vs 57%, respectively), the difference was not statistically significant. However, contract examiners recorded significantly more symptoms for examinees and rated them as severely impaired more frequently than did their VHA counterparts. In keeping with rating guidelines used by the VBA, these differences in examination content resulted in higher disability ratings for veterans seen by contract examiners.
Along with these elevated reports in symptom and severity ratings, contract examiners were less likely to provide adequate detail in the narrative sections of their reports and less frequently provided a satisfactory explanation and synthesis of relevant history and findings in support of their conclusions. Although not reflected in the statistical analysis, case-by-case review revealed some startlingly inadequate examination reports by contract examiners, several of which contained no review of records, no report or discussion of relevant background, and no discussion or analysis of social and vocational function to inform and support their opinion about level of impairment. None of the VHA examination reports reviewed lacked information to that degree.
Such deficiencies in detail and synthesis run counter to accepted guidelines for the adequate assessment of psychological injury in general and in VA disability claims specifically.11,12 For example, Watson and colleagues proposed that a minimum of 3 hours was required to conduct an initial PTSD examination, with more complex cases possibly taking longer.11 There is no information available about how long contract examiners take to complete their examinations and how that compares with the time taken by VA examiners. The VBA failure to monitor whether or not examiners follow accepted guidelines for PTSD examination has not previously been evaluated. Historically, a large number of clinicians, researchers, and policy critics have raised concerns about the potential for exaggeration or malingering among VA PTSD disability claimants and have urged the need to adequately assess for unreliable reporting and presentation.13,14 However, the possibility of systematic examiner deficiency and/or bias increasing the frequency of false or inflated claims being approved has received little empirical attention.
Although contract examiners did not diagnose PTSD significantly more frequently than VHA examiners (71% vs 57%, respectively), the overall frequency of PTSD diagnosis across both groups (65%) was substantially higher than previous figures that have, on average, estimated the lifetime prevalence of PTSD in trauma-exposed veterans to be about 31%.15 A re-analysis of the same National Vietnam Veterans Readjustment Survey data, but applying more conservative diagnostic criteria, reduced the lifetime prevalence to just under 19%, with point prevalence estimates even lower.15,16
In a study of concordance rates between service connection for PTSD and both current and lifetime diagnosis by independent, structured assessment, Marx and colleagues found that a “significant minority” of veterans who were already receiving service-connected disability for PTSD did not meet lifetime and/or current diagnostic criteria.17 Although it is possible that the group of veterans who were applying for disability benefits in our study had a higher rate of PTSD, it also is possible if not likely that the PTSD examination process overall yields inflated rates of diagnosis and levels of impairment. This speaks to the concern raised by Marx and colleagues who found that veterans with service connection for PTSD who received related benefits “may not have the disorder.”17
Limitations
A methodological limitation of the present study was that, due to structural differences in the DBQ forms used for VHA and contract examinations, the reports could not be de-identified as to examiner type and thus raters could not be masked/blinded. To mitigate bias, a predetermined, piloted, and refined coding and rating plan for report quality metrics was adhered to strictly, and interrater reliabilities were acceptable. Future study is suggested in which all report content is standardized for coding using the same format, which at present would require a complete rewriting of the entire report; this problem could be resolved by having the VBA adopt a more coherent system in which all reports, regardless of examiner type, use a single, standardized template. Further study using larger data sets and expanding to other VA regions also is needed.
Conclusions
The present study suggests that poor examination and report quality—by contract examiners and to a lesser degree VHA examiners—are not uncommon. The findings confirm and extend previous anecdotal reports of deficiencies in PTSD examinations performed by contract examiners and provide empirical support for concerns raised of global deficiencies in the VBA oversight of the MDE program. Such deficiencies have significant implications for the quality and integrity of the VA disability determination process for veterans claiming PTSD related to military service.
The current findings support and strengthen the call for development and management of a structured and enforced training and quality assurance/improvement program for VA PTSD disability examinations. Such training and oversight will be critical to improve the quality and integrity of these examinations, reduce error and waste in VBA’s Compensation and Pension process, and in doing so optimize VA financial resources to best serve veterans’ benefits and health care needs.
Updated June 17, 2022
The US Department of Veterans Affairs (VA) provides health care for > 9 million military veterans, nearly half of all former service members.1 Over the past 15 years, there has been a steady and substantial increase in the frequency of disability awards for veterans with post-9/11 military service. Recent data from the Bureau of Labor Statistics indicate that 41% of veterans who served after 9/11 receive service-connected disability benefits compared with 28% of veterans overall.2 More than 5 million veterans receive VA service-related disability benefits.2,3 More than half of the VA $243 billion budget for fiscal year (FY) 2021 ($135.5 billion) was allocated to the Veterans Benefits Administration (VBA), of which $115.7 billion (85%) was allocated specifically for service-related compensation claims payments.4
The VA predicted that VBA will have completed 1.4 million ratings for disability claims in 2021.5 A substantial percentage of these claims will be for mental disorders, specifically posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD). VA officials testifying before Congress in 2017 noted that the number of PTSD claims had nearly tripled in the previous 10 years.6 As far back as 2013, McNally and Frueh analyzed “the skyrocketing of disability claims,” particularly for PTSD, among veterans who served in Iraq and Afghanistan.7
This large increase has placed an unprecedented burden on the VBA to expand its capacity to conduct initial PTSD disability evaluations that by regulations are completed by psychologists or psychiatrists. This need has led the VBA to make significant changes in the compensation and pension (C&P) process, including a reduced role for Veterans Health Administration (VHA) examiners and increased reliance on non-VA (contract) examiners through the Contract Medical Disability Examination (MDE) program. In 2019, the MDE budget was $1.23 billion; in 2020, it was increased to $1.79 billion, and for 2021, it was $2.23 billion, reflecting the increasing investment of resources in non-VA examiners, ostensibly to both increase capacity and save costs.5
Anecdotally, concerns have been raised regarding inadequate training of contract examiners as well as inadequate reports by these examiners. A 2018 Government Accountability Office (GAO) report concluded that VA lacked the data to determine whether contract examiners were meeting standards for quality, timeliness, and accuracy.8 The GAO report noted that VA required 92% of contractor reports contained no obvious errors, a relatively low target; however, in the first half of 2017, only 1 contractor group met that target. The report noted further that “VBA does not verify if examiners have completed training nor does it collect information to assess training effectiveness in preparing examiners.”8 A subsequent analysis of contract examinations completed by the VA Office of the Inspector General (OIG) in 2019 concluded that the MDE program was “hampered in their ability to provide oversight because of limitations with VBA’s electronic examination management systems, the lack of reliable data, and inadequate staffing of the program.”9
These reports have focused almost exclusively on simple performance metrics, such as timeliness of examination completion. However, the 2018 GAO report referenced isolated “focused reviews” of complaints about the quality of examinations by contract examiners and gave as an example an isolated “review of one contracted examiner who had high rates of diagnosing severe posttraumatic stress disorder.”8 After review indicated the examiner’s reports were of poor quality, the VBA discontinued the examiner’s contract.
Unfortunately, despite such anecdotal reports and isolated actions, to date there are no published reports examining and comparing the quality of PTSD examination reports completed by VHA and contract examiners or the subsequent disability determinations made by the VBA as a result of these evaluations. In a November 2020 letter to the VA Secretary, 11 US Senators expressed “grave concerns” regarding the VA decision to privatize C&P programs noting, among other concerns, that there were “no clinical quality measurement for, or evaluation of, contractor examinations.”10 The letter cited anecdotal evidence of contract examiners not reviewing veteran’s medical records and diagnosing conditions “without supporting evidence.”10
The purpose of the present evaluation was to provide a systematic comparison of the content and quality of initial PTSD disability examinations conducted by VHA and non-VA contract examiners. In addition, this study compared the disability rating decisions resulting from VHA and contract examinations.
Methods
A random sample of 100 Initial PTSD Disability Benefits Questionnaires (DBQs)—structured forms completed by all examiners—were obtained from a list supplied by the VA Office of Performance Analysis and Integrity. All examinations were from the Veterans Integrated Service Network (VISN) 1, encompassing the New England region and were conducted in 2019 and 2020. Two of the 100 cases were excluded for technical reasons, resulting in 98 examination reports. However, the final pool yielded 62 contract examinations and only 36 VHA examinations. To make the sample sizes more comparable, an additional 15 examinations were randomly selected from the local examination database (also VISN 1) to complement the original examination pool.
Once DBQs were retrieved, all identifying information was deleted, and cases were analyzed using assigned record numbers. All coding was completed by the 2 principal investigators, both VA psychologists with extensive training and experience in C&P evaluation and treatment of veterans with PTSD. Due to inherent structural differences between the forms used for VA and contract examinations, raters could not be masked/blinded to the source of the report.
A number of measures were taken to reduce bias and enhance objectivity of rating. First, objectively coded variables (eg, age and sex of veteran, period of service, trauma type, diagnoses rendered by the examiner, impairment category endorsed, number and type of symptoms) were transcribed directly from the DBQ as recorded by the examiner. Second, to rate report quality, an initial categorical rating scale was developed based on predetermined elements of examination quality that were considered essential. After refinement and preliminary analysis of interrater reliabilities, 3 quality-related indices were identified: (1) level of detail in description of key content areas (history before service, service trauma, after service social and vocational history, mental health history, substance use); (2) synthesis of history and findings in explaining opinion rendered; and (3) clarity of opinion regarding causation required “at least as likely as not” degree of confidence. The first 2 quality ratings were based on a 3-point scale (poor, fair, good), and the third variable was coded as yes or no. (eAppendix available at doi:10.12788/fp.0225). Interrater reliabilities calculated based on a subsample of 18 cases, randomly selected and rated by both raters, yielded Cohen κ in the acceptable range (.61, .72, and .89 for detail, synthesis, and clarity, respectively). Finally, for information regarding VBA decision making, rating decision documents contained in the Veterans Benefit Management System database were reviewed to determine whether the veteran was granted service connection for PTSD or another mental disorder based on the examination report in question and, if so, the disability rating percentage awarded. These were recorded independently after all other coding had been completed.
Results
Comparison of VHA and contract examinations revealed no significant differences between groups on relevant sociodemographic and other measures (Table). Missing data were not obtained from other records or sources, and for this study, reflect only what is recorded in the examination reports except for age, which was calculated using veteran’s date of birth and the date of examination.
To examine differences between VHA and contract examinations, the groups were first compared on a set of predetermined objectively coded variables taken directly from the DBQ. The frequency of PTSD diagnoses by VHA (57%) and contract (71%) examiners was not significantly different nor were rates of non-PTSD diagnoses by VHA (51%) and contract (73%) examiners. There also was no difference in the mean number of PTSD symptoms endorsed across PTSD diagnostic criteria B, C, D, and E (maximum of 20) recorded by VHA (9.4) and contract (10.9) examiners.
Contract examiners recorded a significantly greater mean number of “other symptoms” on a checklist of 31 possible symptoms as compared to VHA examiners: 7.3 vs 5.8, respectively (t[104] = 2.27, P < .05). An initial analysis of overall social/vocational impairment ratings coded by examiners did not reveal significant differences between examiner groups. However, when the 2 most severe impairment categories were combined to create a pooled “severe” category, 31% of contract examiners rated veterans as severely impaired compared with only 12% of VHA examiners (χ2 = 5.79, 1 df, P < .05) (Figure 1).
VHA and contract examinations were compared on 3 measures of report quality. Significant differences were found for both level of detail (χ2 = 16.44, 2 df, P < .01) and synthesis (χ2 = 6.68, 2 df, P < .05). Contract examinations were more likely to be rated as poor and less likely to be rated good, with a similar proportion of fair ratings for the 2 examination types (Figures 2 and 3). There was no significant difference in the proportion of VHA and contract examinations providing clear statement of opinion regarding causation (ie, whether or not the diagnosed condition was service related), with the majority rendering an adequate opinion in both examiner groups (VHA, 78%; contract, 79%).
Qualitative review revealed examples of markedly deficient examinations among contract examinations, including several reports that contained no review of records, no report of relevant background, and no mention or assessment of social and vocational function needed to inform opinions about diagnosis and impairment.
Finally, the VBA database was used to compare the resulting disability award decisions made by VBA based on the examination reports in question. Examination by contractors resulted in significantly higher mean service-connected disability ratings for examinees compared with VHA examiners (46.8 vs 33.5, respectively; t[108] = 2.3, P < .05).
Discussion
The present study provides the first reported systematic comparison of VA disability examinations for PTSD completed by examiners employed by the VHA and those hired as contract examiners through the MDE program. Although the frequency of PTSD diagnoses by contract examiners was higher than that of VHA examiners (71% vs 57%, respectively), the difference was not statistically significant. However, contract examiners recorded significantly more symptoms for examinees and rated them as severely impaired more frequently than did their VHA counterparts. In keeping with rating guidelines used by the VBA, these differences in examination content resulted in higher disability ratings for veterans seen by contract examiners.
Along with these elevated reports in symptom and severity ratings, contract examiners were less likely to provide adequate detail in the narrative sections of their reports and less frequently provided a satisfactory explanation and synthesis of relevant history and findings in support of their conclusions. Although not reflected in the statistical analysis, case-by-case review revealed some startlingly inadequate examination reports by contract examiners, several of which contained no review of records, no report or discussion of relevant background, and no discussion or analysis of social and vocational function to inform and support their opinion about level of impairment. None of the VHA examination reports reviewed lacked information to that degree.
Such deficiencies in detail and synthesis run counter to accepted guidelines for the adequate assessment of psychological injury in general and in VA disability claims specifically.11,12 For example, Watson and colleagues proposed that a minimum of 3 hours was required to conduct an initial PTSD examination, with more complex cases possibly taking longer.11 There is no information available about how long contract examiners take to complete their examinations and how that compares with the time taken by VA examiners. The VBA failure to monitor whether or not examiners follow accepted guidelines for PTSD examination has not previously been evaluated. Historically, a large number of clinicians, researchers, and policy critics have raised concerns about the potential for exaggeration or malingering among VA PTSD disability claimants and have urged the need to adequately assess for unreliable reporting and presentation.13,14 However, the possibility of systematic examiner deficiency and/or bias increasing the frequency of false or inflated claims being approved has received little empirical attention.
Although contract examiners did not diagnose PTSD significantly more frequently than VHA examiners (71% vs 57%, respectively), the overall frequency of PTSD diagnosis across both groups (65%) was substantially higher than previous figures that have, on average, estimated the lifetime prevalence of PTSD in trauma-exposed veterans to be about 31%.15 A re-analysis of the same National Vietnam Veterans Readjustment Survey data, but applying more conservative diagnostic criteria, reduced the lifetime prevalence to just under 19%, with point prevalence estimates even lower.15,16
In a study of concordance rates between service connection for PTSD and both current and lifetime diagnosis by independent, structured assessment, Marx and colleagues found that a “significant minority” of veterans who were already receiving service-connected disability for PTSD did not meet lifetime and/or current diagnostic criteria.17 Although it is possible that the group of veterans who were applying for disability benefits in our study had a higher rate of PTSD, it also is possible if not likely that the PTSD examination process overall yields inflated rates of diagnosis and levels of impairment. This speaks to the concern raised by Marx and colleagues who found that veterans with service connection for PTSD who received related benefits “may not have the disorder.”17
Limitations
A methodological limitation of the present study was that, due to structural differences in the DBQ forms used for VHA and contract examinations, the reports could not be de-identified as to examiner type and thus raters could not be masked/blinded. To mitigate bias, a predetermined, piloted, and refined coding and rating plan for report quality metrics was adhered to strictly, and interrater reliabilities were acceptable. Future study is suggested in which all report content is standardized for coding using the same format, which at present would require a complete rewriting of the entire report; this problem could be resolved by having the VBA adopt a more coherent system in which all reports, regardless of examiner type, use a single, standardized template. Further study using larger data sets and expanding to other VA regions also is needed.
Conclusions
The present study suggests that poor examination and report quality—by contract examiners and to a lesser degree VHA examiners—are not uncommon. The findings confirm and extend previous anecdotal reports of deficiencies in PTSD examinations performed by contract examiners and provide empirical support for concerns raised of global deficiencies in the VBA oversight of the MDE program. Such deficiencies have significant implications for the quality and integrity of the VA disability determination process for veterans claiming PTSD related to military service.
The current findings support and strengthen the call for development and management of a structured and enforced training and quality assurance/improvement program for VA PTSD disability examinations. Such training and oversight will be critical to improve the quality and integrity of these examinations, reduce error and waste in VBA’s Compensation and Pension process, and in doing so optimize VA financial resources to best serve veterans’ benefits and health care needs.
1. US Department of Veterans Affairs, Veterans Health Adminstration. About VHA. Updated April 23, 2021. Accessed January 6, 2022. www.va.gov/health/aboutvha.asp
2. US Department of Labor, Bureau of Labor Statistics. News release. Employment situation of veterans—2020. Published March 18, 2020. Accessed January 6, 2022. https://www.bls.gov/news.release/pdf/vet.pdf
3. US Department of Veterans Affairs, National Center for Veterans Analysis and Statistics. Department of Veterans Affairs statistics at a glance. Updated December 31, 2020. Accessed January 6, 2022. https://www.va.gov/vetdata/docs/Quickfacts/Stats_at_a_glance_12_31_20.PDF
4. US Department of Veterans Affairs. FY 2021 Budget submission: budget in brief. Published February 2020. Accessed January 6, 2022. https://www.va.gov/budget/docs/summary/archive/FY-2021-VA-BudgetSubmission.zip
5. US Department of Veterans Affairs. FY 2021 budget submission: benefits and burial programs and Departmental Administration volume 3 of 4:178. Published February 2020. Accessed January 6, 2022. https://www.va.gov/budget/docs/summary/archive/FY-2021-VA-BudgetSubmission.zip
6. Statement of Ronald Burke, assistant deputy under secretary, office of field operations Veterans Benefits Administration before the Subcommittee on Disability And Memorial Affairs of the House Committee on Veterans’ Affairs. Published July 25, 2017. Accessed January 6, 2022. https://www.congress.gov/115/meeting/house/106322/witnesses/HHRG-115-VR09-Wstate-BurkeR-20170725.pdf
7. McNally RJ, Frueh BC. Why are Iraq and Afghanistan War veterans seeking PTSD disability compensation at unprecedented rates? J Anxiety Disord. 2013;27(5):520-526. doi:10.1016/j.janxdis.2013.07.002
8. US Government Accountability Office. VA disability exams: improved performance analysis and training oversight needed for contracted exams. GAO-19-13. Published October 2018. Accessed January 6, 2022. https://www.gao.gov/assets/gao-19-13.pdf
9. US Department of Veterans Affairs, Office of Inspector General. Inadequate oversight of contracted disability exam cancellations. Report #18-04266-115. Published June 10, 2019. Accessed January 6, 2022. https://www.va.gov/oig/pubs/VAOIG-18-04266-115.pdf
10. Letter to VA Secretary Wilkie. Published November 11, 2020. Accessed January 6, 2022. https://www.veterans.senate.gov/download/candp-exam-va-letter
11. Watson PW, McFall M, McBrine C, Schnurr PP, Friedman MJ, Keane TM, Hamblen JL (2005). Best practice manual for posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) compensation and pension examinations. Portland, OR: Northwest Network Mental Illness Research, Education, and Clinical Center, VA Puget Sound Healthcare System.
12. Worthen MD, Moering RG. A practical guide to conducting VA compensation and pension exams for PTSD and other mental disorders. Psychol Inj and Law. 2011;4:187-216. doi:10.1007/s12207-011-9115-2
13. DeViva JC, Bloem WD. Symptom exaggeration and compensation seeking among combat veterans with posttraumatic stress disorder. J Trauma Stress. 2003;16(5):503-507. doi:10.1023/A:1025766713188
14. Ray CL. Feigning screeners in VA PTSD compensation and pension examinations. Psychol Inj and Law. 2014;7:370-387. doi:10.1007/s12207-014-9210-2
15. Kulka RA, Schlenger WE, Fairbank JA, et al. Trauma and the Vietnam War Generation: Report of Findings From the National Vietnam Veterans Readjustment Study. Brunner Mazel Publishers; 1990.
16. Dohrenwend BP, Turner JB, Turse NA, Adams BG, Koenen KC, Marshall R. The psychological risks of Vietnam for U.S. veterans: a revisit with new data and methods. Science. 2006;313(5789):979-982. doi:10.1126/science.1128944
17. Marx BP, Bovin MJ, Szafranski DD, et al. Validity of posttraumatic stress disorder service connection status in Veterans Affairs electronic records of Iraq and Afghanistan Veterans. J Clin Psychiatry. 2016;77(4):517-522. doi:10.4088/JCP.14m09666
1. US Department of Veterans Affairs, Veterans Health Adminstration. About VHA. Updated April 23, 2021. Accessed January 6, 2022. www.va.gov/health/aboutvha.asp
2. US Department of Labor, Bureau of Labor Statistics. News release. Employment situation of veterans—2020. Published March 18, 2020. Accessed January 6, 2022. https://www.bls.gov/news.release/pdf/vet.pdf
3. US Department of Veterans Affairs, National Center for Veterans Analysis and Statistics. Department of Veterans Affairs statistics at a glance. Updated December 31, 2020. Accessed January 6, 2022. https://www.va.gov/vetdata/docs/Quickfacts/Stats_at_a_glance_12_31_20.PDF
4. US Department of Veterans Affairs. FY 2021 Budget submission: budget in brief. Published February 2020. Accessed January 6, 2022. https://www.va.gov/budget/docs/summary/archive/FY-2021-VA-BudgetSubmission.zip
5. US Department of Veterans Affairs. FY 2021 budget submission: benefits and burial programs and Departmental Administration volume 3 of 4:178. Published February 2020. Accessed January 6, 2022. https://www.va.gov/budget/docs/summary/archive/FY-2021-VA-BudgetSubmission.zip
6. Statement of Ronald Burke, assistant deputy under secretary, office of field operations Veterans Benefits Administration before the Subcommittee on Disability And Memorial Affairs of the House Committee on Veterans’ Affairs. Published July 25, 2017. Accessed January 6, 2022. https://www.congress.gov/115/meeting/house/106322/witnesses/HHRG-115-VR09-Wstate-BurkeR-20170725.pdf
7. McNally RJ, Frueh BC. Why are Iraq and Afghanistan War veterans seeking PTSD disability compensation at unprecedented rates? J Anxiety Disord. 2013;27(5):520-526. doi:10.1016/j.janxdis.2013.07.002
8. US Government Accountability Office. VA disability exams: improved performance analysis and training oversight needed for contracted exams. GAO-19-13. Published October 2018. Accessed January 6, 2022. https://www.gao.gov/assets/gao-19-13.pdf
9. US Department of Veterans Affairs, Office of Inspector General. Inadequate oversight of contracted disability exam cancellations. Report #18-04266-115. Published June 10, 2019. Accessed January 6, 2022. https://www.va.gov/oig/pubs/VAOIG-18-04266-115.pdf
10. Letter to VA Secretary Wilkie. Published November 11, 2020. Accessed January 6, 2022. https://www.veterans.senate.gov/download/candp-exam-va-letter
11. Watson PW, McFall M, McBrine C, Schnurr PP, Friedman MJ, Keane TM, Hamblen JL (2005). Best practice manual for posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) compensation and pension examinations. Portland, OR: Northwest Network Mental Illness Research, Education, and Clinical Center, VA Puget Sound Healthcare System.
12. Worthen MD, Moering RG. A practical guide to conducting VA compensation and pension exams for PTSD and other mental disorders. Psychol Inj and Law. 2011;4:187-216. doi:10.1007/s12207-011-9115-2
13. DeViva JC, Bloem WD. Symptom exaggeration and compensation seeking among combat veterans with posttraumatic stress disorder. J Trauma Stress. 2003;16(5):503-507. doi:10.1023/A:1025766713188
14. Ray CL. Feigning screeners in VA PTSD compensation and pension examinations. Psychol Inj and Law. 2014;7:370-387. doi:10.1007/s12207-014-9210-2
15. Kulka RA, Schlenger WE, Fairbank JA, et al. Trauma and the Vietnam War Generation: Report of Findings From the National Vietnam Veterans Readjustment Study. Brunner Mazel Publishers; 1990.
16. Dohrenwend BP, Turner JB, Turse NA, Adams BG, Koenen KC, Marshall R. The psychological risks of Vietnam for U.S. veterans: a revisit with new data and methods. Science. 2006;313(5789):979-982. doi:10.1126/science.1128944
17. Marx BP, Bovin MJ, Szafranski DD, et al. Validity of posttraumatic stress disorder service connection status in Veterans Affairs electronic records of Iraq and Afghanistan Veterans. J Clin Psychiatry. 2016;77(4):517-522. doi:10.4088/JCP.14m09666
The Balance of Truth-Telling and Respect for Confidentiality: The Ethics of Case Reports
Medical case reports are as old as the healing profession itself.1 These ancient medical stories have a modern definition: “A case report is a narrative that describes, for medical, scientific or educational purposes, a medical problem experienced by one or more patients.”2 Case report experts describe the 3-fold purposes of this type of research: as a mainstay of education; a harbinger of emerging illnesses; and an appraiser of new interventions. Case-based education has long been a pillar of health professions education: Nurses, doctors, and allied health professionals are taught and learn through reading and discussing with their teachers and each other about cases of their own patients and of those in the literature.3 Case reports also have helped identify and raise awareness of new diseases and rare conditions, such as HIV.4 Finally, case reports have alerted regulatory agencies and the medical community about medication adverse effects, such as birth defects from thalidomide.5
Case reports also have been criticized on both scientific and ethical grounds. Critics argue that many case reports often lack the rigor and consistency of other types of research.6 Three recent trends in medical publication have strengthened the validity of these criticisms: the increase in the popularity of case reports; the corresponding increase in submissions to journals, including Federal Practitioner; and the rise of predatory publishers.7,8
The ethical scrutiny of case reports discussed in this column focuses on the tension between providing readers with adequate, accurate information to fulfil the goals of case reports while also protecting patient confidentiality. The latter issue during most of the history of medicine was not considered by health care professionals when the prevailing paternalism supported a professional-oriented approach to health care. The rise of bioethics in the 1960s and 1970s began the shift toward patient autonomy in medical decision making and patient rights to control their protected health information that rendered case reports ethically problematic.
To address both changes in ethical standards and scientific limitations, a committee of clinicians, researchers, and journal editors formed the Case Report (CARE) group.2,8 The group undertook an effort to improve the quality of case reports. From 2011 to 2012, they developed the CARE guidelines for clinical case reporting. The guidance took the form of a Statement and Checklist presented at the 2013 International Congress on Peer Review and Biomedical Publication. Since their presentation, multiple prestigious medical journals in many countries have implemented these recommendations.
As part of an overall effort to raise the ethical caliber of our own journal, Federal Practitioner will begin to implement the CARE guidelines for case reports for all future submissions. Use of the CARE recommendations will help prospective authors enhance the scientific value and ethical caliber of case reports submitted to the journal as well as assist the Federal Practitioner editorial team, editorial board, and peer reviewers to evaluate submissions more judiciously.
An essential part of the CARE guidelines is that the patient who is the subject of the case report provide informed consent for the publication of their personal narrative. The CARE group considers this an “ethical duty” of authors and editors alike. In “exceptional circumstances” such as if the patient is a minor or permanently incapacitated, a guardian or relative may grant consent. In the rare event that even with exhaustive attempts, if informed consent cannot be obtained from a patient or their representative, then the authors of the case report must submit a statement to this effect.4 Some journals may require that the authors obtain the approval of an institutional review board or the permission of an ethics or other institutional committee or a privacy officer.2
Requesting the patient’s consent is an extension of the shared decision making that is now a best practice in clinical care into the arena of research, making the patient or their representative a partner in the work. Ethicists have recommended inviting patients or relatives to read a draft of the case report and agree to its publication or request specific modifications to the manuscript. The CARE group rightly points out that with the rise of open notes in medical documentation, patients increasingly have access to their charts in near or real time.2 Gone are the days of Sir William Osler when only doctors read medical journals and all of these technical developments as well as standards of research and social changes in the practitioner-patient relationship make it imperative that writers and editors join together to make case reports more transparent, accurate, and consistent.7
An additional step to protect patient privacy is the requirement that authors either de-identify potentially identifiable health information, such as age, birth, death, admission, and discharge dates, or in some instances obtain separate consent for the release of that protected data.8 These restrictions constitute a challenge to case report authors who in some instances may consider these same facts critical to the integrity of the case presentation that have made some scholars doubt their continued viability. After all, the contribution of the case to the medical literature often lies in its very particularity. Conversely, no matter how frustrated we might become during writing a case report, we would not want to see our own protected health information or that of our family on a website or in print without our knowledge or approval. Indeed, the International Committee of Medical Journal Editors states that “If identifying characteristics are de-identified, authors should provide assurance, and editors should so note, that such changes do not distort scientific meaning.”9
However, the exponential growth of the internet, the spread of social media, and the ubiquity of a plethora of electronic devices, which prior generations of writers and readers could not even imagine, make these limitations necessary to protect patient privacy and the public’s trust in health care professionals. The CARE guidelines can help authors of case reports hone the art of anonymizing the protected health information of subjects of case reports, such as ethnicity and occupation, while accurately conveying the clinical specifics of the case that make it valuable to students and colleagues.
We at Federal Practitioner recognize there is a real tension between truth-telling in case report publication and respect for patient confidentiality that will never be perfectly achieved, but is one that is important for medical knowledge, making it worthy of the continuous efforts of authors and editors to negotiate.
1. Nissen T, Wynn R. The history of the case report: a selective review. JRSM Open. 2014;5(4):2054270414523410. Published 2014 Mar 12. doi:10.1177/2054270414523410
2. Gagnier JJ, Kienle G, Altman DG, et al. The CARE guidelines: consensus-based clinical case reporting guideline development. BMJ Case Rep. 2013;2013:bcr2013201554. Published 2013 Oct 23. doi:10.1136/bcr-2013-201554
3. McLean SF. Case-based learning and its application in medical and health-care fields: a review of worldwide literature. J Med Educ Curric Dev. 2016;3:JMECD.S20377. Published 2016 Apr 27. doi:10.4137/JMECD.S20377
4. Centers for Disease Control (CDC). Pneumocystis pneumonia—Los Angeles. MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep. 1981;30(21):250-252.
5. McBride WG. Thalidomide and congenital abnormalities. Lancet 1961;278(7216):1358. doi:10.1016/S0140-6736(61)90927-8
6. Vandenbroucke JP. In defense of case reports and case series. Ann Intern Med. 2001;134(4):330-334. doi:10.7326/0003-4819-134-4-200102200-00017
7. Rosoff PM. Can the case report withstand ethical scrutiny? Hastings Cent Rep. 2019;49(6):17-21. doi:10.1002/hast.1065
8. Riley DS, Barber MS, Kienle GS, et al. CARE guidelines for case reports: explanation and elaboration document. J Clin Epidemiol. 2017;89:218-235. doi:10.1016/j.jclinepi.2017.04.026
9. International Committee of Medical Journal Editors. Recommendations for the conduct, reporting, editing, and publication of scholarly work in medical journals. Updated December 2021. Accessed January 31, 2022. http://www.icmje.org/news-and-editorials/new_journal_dec2021.html
Medical case reports are as old as the healing profession itself.1 These ancient medical stories have a modern definition: “A case report is a narrative that describes, for medical, scientific or educational purposes, a medical problem experienced by one or more patients.”2 Case report experts describe the 3-fold purposes of this type of research: as a mainstay of education; a harbinger of emerging illnesses; and an appraiser of new interventions. Case-based education has long been a pillar of health professions education: Nurses, doctors, and allied health professionals are taught and learn through reading and discussing with their teachers and each other about cases of their own patients and of those in the literature.3 Case reports also have helped identify and raise awareness of new diseases and rare conditions, such as HIV.4 Finally, case reports have alerted regulatory agencies and the medical community about medication adverse effects, such as birth defects from thalidomide.5
Case reports also have been criticized on both scientific and ethical grounds. Critics argue that many case reports often lack the rigor and consistency of other types of research.6 Three recent trends in medical publication have strengthened the validity of these criticisms: the increase in the popularity of case reports; the corresponding increase in submissions to journals, including Federal Practitioner; and the rise of predatory publishers.7,8
The ethical scrutiny of case reports discussed in this column focuses on the tension between providing readers with adequate, accurate information to fulfil the goals of case reports while also protecting patient confidentiality. The latter issue during most of the history of medicine was not considered by health care professionals when the prevailing paternalism supported a professional-oriented approach to health care. The rise of bioethics in the 1960s and 1970s began the shift toward patient autonomy in medical decision making and patient rights to control their protected health information that rendered case reports ethically problematic.
To address both changes in ethical standards and scientific limitations, a committee of clinicians, researchers, and journal editors formed the Case Report (CARE) group.2,8 The group undertook an effort to improve the quality of case reports. From 2011 to 2012, they developed the CARE guidelines for clinical case reporting. The guidance took the form of a Statement and Checklist presented at the 2013 International Congress on Peer Review and Biomedical Publication. Since their presentation, multiple prestigious medical journals in many countries have implemented these recommendations.
As part of an overall effort to raise the ethical caliber of our own journal, Federal Practitioner will begin to implement the CARE guidelines for case reports for all future submissions. Use of the CARE recommendations will help prospective authors enhance the scientific value and ethical caliber of case reports submitted to the journal as well as assist the Federal Practitioner editorial team, editorial board, and peer reviewers to evaluate submissions more judiciously.
An essential part of the CARE guidelines is that the patient who is the subject of the case report provide informed consent for the publication of their personal narrative. The CARE group considers this an “ethical duty” of authors and editors alike. In “exceptional circumstances” such as if the patient is a minor or permanently incapacitated, a guardian or relative may grant consent. In the rare event that even with exhaustive attempts, if informed consent cannot be obtained from a patient or their representative, then the authors of the case report must submit a statement to this effect.4 Some journals may require that the authors obtain the approval of an institutional review board or the permission of an ethics or other institutional committee or a privacy officer.2
Requesting the patient’s consent is an extension of the shared decision making that is now a best practice in clinical care into the arena of research, making the patient or their representative a partner in the work. Ethicists have recommended inviting patients or relatives to read a draft of the case report and agree to its publication or request specific modifications to the manuscript. The CARE group rightly points out that with the rise of open notes in medical documentation, patients increasingly have access to their charts in near or real time.2 Gone are the days of Sir William Osler when only doctors read medical journals and all of these technical developments as well as standards of research and social changes in the practitioner-patient relationship make it imperative that writers and editors join together to make case reports more transparent, accurate, and consistent.7
An additional step to protect patient privacy is the requirement that authors either de-identify potentially identifiable health information, such as age, birth, death, admission, and discharge dates, or in some instances obtain separate consent for the release of that protected data.8 These restrictions constitute a challenge to case report authors who in some instances may consider these same facts critical to the integrity of the case presentation that have made some scholars doubt their continued viability. After all, the contribution of the case to the medical literature often lies in its very particularity. Conversely, no matter how frustrated we might become during writing a case report, we would not want to see our own protected health information or that of our family on a website or in print without our knowledge or approval. Indeed, the International Committee of Medical Journal Editors states that “If identifying characteristics are de-identified, authors should provide assurance, and editors should so note, that such changes do not distort scientific meaning.”9
However, the exponential growth of the internet, the spread of social media, and the ubiquity of a plethora of electronic devices, which prior generations of writers and readers could not even imagine, make these limitations necessary to protect patient privacy and the public’s trust in health care professionals. The CARE guidelines can help authors of case reports hone the art of anonymizing the protected health information of subjects of case reports, such as ethnicity and occupation, while accurately conveying the clinical specifics of the case that make it valuable to students and colleagues.
We at Federal Practitioner recognize there is a real tension between truth-telling in case report publication and respect for patient confidentiality that will never be perfectly achieved, but is one that is important for medical knowledge, making it worthy of the continuous efforts of authors and editors to negotiate.
Medical case reports are as old as the healing profession itself.1 These ancient medical stories have a modern definition: “A case report is a narrative that describes, for medical, scientific or educational purposes, a medical problem experienced by one or more patients.”2 Case report experts describe the 3-fold purposes of this type of research: as a mainstay of education; a harbinger of emerging illnesses; and an appraiser of new interventions. Case-based education has long been a pillar of health professions education: Nurses, doctors, and allied health professionals are taught and learn through reading and discussing with their teachers and each other about cases of their own patients and of those in the literature.3 Case reports also have helped identify and raise awareness of new diseases and rare conditions, such as HIV.4 Finally, case reports have alerted regulatory agencies and the medical community about medication adverse effects, such as birth defects from thalidomide.5
Case reports also have been criticized on both scientific and ethical grounds. Critics argue that many case reports often lack the rigor and consistency of other types of research.6 Three recent trends in medical publication have strengthened the validity of these criticisms: the increase in the popularity of case reports; the corresponding increase in submissions to journals, including Federal Practitioner; and the rise of predatory publishers.7,8
The ethical scrutiny of case reports discussed in this column focuses on the tension between providing readers with adequate, accurate information to fulfil the goals of case reports while also protecting patient confidentiality. The latter issue during most of the history of medicine was not considered by health care professionals when the prevailing paternalism supported a professional-oriented approach to health care. The rise of bioethics in the 1960s and 1970s began the shift toward patient autonomy in medical decision making and patient rights to control their protected health information that rendered case reports ethically problematic.
To address both changes in ethical standards and scientific limitations, a committee of clinicians, researchers, and journal editors formed the Case Report (CARE) group.2,8 The group undertook an effort to improve the quality of case reports. From 2011 to 2012, they developed the CARE guidelines for clinical case reporting. The guidance took the form of a Statement and Checklist presented at the 2013 International Congress on Peer Review and Biomedical Publication. Since their presentation, multiple prestigious medical journals in many countries have implemented these recommendations.
As part of an overall effort to raise the ethical caliber of our own journal, Federal Practitioner will begin to implement the CARE guidelines for case reports for all future submissions. Use of the CARE recommendations will help prospective authors enhance the scientific value and ethical caliber of case reports submitted to the journal as well as assist the Federal Practitioner editorial team, editorial board, and peer reviewers to evaluate submissions more judiciously.
An essential part of the CARE guidelines is that the patient who is the subject of the case report provide informed consent for the publication of their personal narrative. The CARE group considers this an “ethical duty” of authors and editors alike. In “exceptional circumstances” such as if the patient is a minor or permanently incapacitated, a guardian or relative may grant consent. In the rare event that even with exhaustive attempts, if informed consent cannot be obtained from a patient or their representative, then the authors of the case report must submit a statement to this effect.4 Some journals may require that the authors obtain the approval of an institutional review board or the permission of an ethics or other institutional committee or a privacy officer.2
Requesting the patient’s consent is an extension of the shared decision making that is now a best practice in clinical care into the arena of research, making the patient or their representative a partner in the work. Ethicists have recommended inviting patients or relatives to read a draft of the case report and agree to its publication or request specific modifications to the manuscript. The CARE group rightly points out that with the rise of open notes in medical documentation, patients increasingly have access to their charts in near or real time.2 Gone are the days of Sir William Osler when only doctors read medical journals and all of these technical developments as well as standards of research and social changes in the practitioner-patient relationship make it imperative that writers and editors join together to make case reports more transparent, accurate, and consistent.7
An additional step to protect patient privacy is the requirement that authors either de-identify potentially identifiable health information, such as age, birth, death, admission, and discharge dates, or in some instances obtain separate consent for the release of that protected data.8 These restrictions constitute a challenge to case report authors who in some instances may consider these same facts critical to the integrity of the case presentation that have made some scholars doubt their continued viability. After all, the contribution of the case to the medical literature often lies in its very particularity. Conversely, no matter how frustrated we might become during writing a case report, we would not want to see our own protected health information or that of our family on a website or in print without our knowledge or approval. Indeed, the International Committee of Medical Journal Editors states that “If identifying characteristics are de-identified, authors should provide assurance, and editors should so note, that such changes do not distort scientific meaning.”9
However, the exponential growth of the internet, the spread of social media, and the ubiquity of a plethora of electronic devices, which prior generations of writers and readers could not even imagine, make these limitations necessary to protect patient privacy and the public’s trust in health care professionals. The CARE guidelines can help authors of case reports hone the art of anonymizing the protected health information of subjects of case reports, such as ethnicity and occupation, while accurately conveying the clinical specifics of the case that make it valuable to students and colleagues.
We at Federal Practitioner recognize there is a real tension between truth-telling in case report publication and respect for patient confidentiality that will never be perfectly achieved, but is one that is important for medical knowledge, making it worthy of the continuous efforts of authors and editors to negotiate.
1. Nissen T, Wynn R. The history of the case report: a selective review. JRSM Open. 2014;5(4):2054270414523410. Published 2014 Mar 12. doi:10.1177/2054270414523410
2. Gagnier JJ, Kienle G, Altman DG, et al. The CARE guidelines: consensus-based clinical case reporting guideline development. BMJ Case Rep. 2013;2013:bcr2013201554. Published 2013 Oct 23. doi:10.1136/bcr-2013-201554
3. McLean SF. Case-based learning and its application in medical and health-care fields: a review of worldwide literature. J Med Educ Curric Dev. 2016;3:JMECD.S20377. Published 2016 Apr 27. doi:10.4137/JMECD.S20377
4. Centers for Disease Control (CDC). Pneumocystis pneumonia—Los Angeles. MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep. 1981;30(21):250-252.
5. McBride WG. Thalidomide and congenital abnormalities. Lancet 1961;278(7216):1358. doi:10.1016/S0140-6736(61)90927-8
6. Vandenbroucke JP. In defense of case reports and case series. Ann Intern Med. 2001;134(4):330-334. doi:10.7326/0003-4819-134-4-200102200-00017
7. Rosoff PM. Can the case report withstand ethical scrutiny? Hastings Cent Rep. 2019;49(6):17-21. doi:10.1002/hast.1065
8. Riley DS, Barber MS, Kienle GS, et al. CARE guidelines for case reports: explanation and elaboration document. J Clin Epidemiol. 2017;89:218-235. doi:10.1016/j.jclinepi.2017.04.026
9. International Committee of Medical Journal Editors. Recommendations for the conduct, reporting, editing, and publication of scholarly work in medical journals. Updated December 2021. Accessed January 31, 2022. http://www.icmje.org/news-and-editorials/new_journal_dec2021.html
1. Nissen T, Wynn R. The history of the case report: a selective review. JRSM Open. 2014;5(4):2054270414523410. Published 2014 Mar 12. doi:10.1177/2054270414523410
2. Gagnier JJ, Kienle G, Altman DG, et al. The CARE guidelines: consensus-based clinical case reporting guideline development. BMJ Case Rep. 2013;2013:bcr2013201554. Published 2013 Oct 23. doi:10.1136/bcr-2013-201554
3. McLean SF. Case-based learning and its application in medical and health-care fields: a review of worldwide literature. J Med Educ Curric Dev. 2016;3:JMECD.S20377. Published 2016 Apr 27. doi:10.4137/JMECD.S20377
4. Centers for Disease Control (CDC). Pneumocystis pneumonia—Los Angeles. MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep. 1981;30(21):250-252.
5. McBride WG. Thalidomide and congenital abnormalities. Lancet 1961;278(7216):1358. doi:10.1016/S0140-6736(61)90927-8
6. Vandenbroucke JP. In defense of case reports and case series. Ann Intern Med. 2001;134(4):330-334. doi:10.7326/0003-4819-134-4-200102200-00017
7. Rosoff PM. Can the case report withstand ethical scrutiny? Hastings Cent Rep. 2019;49(6):17-21. doi:10.1002/hast.1065
8. Riley DS, Barber MS, Kienle GS, et al. CARE guidelines for case reports: explanation and elaboration document. J Clin Epidemiol. 2017;89:218-235. doi:10.1016/j.jclinepi.2017.04.026
9. International Committee of Medical Journal Editors. Recommendations for the conduct, reporting, editing, and publication of scholarly work in medical journals. Updated December 2021. Accessed January 31, 2022. http://www.icmje.org/news-and-editorials/new_journal_dec2021.html
Evaluating the Impact of a Urinalysis to Reflex Culture Process Change in the Emergency Department at a Veterans Affairs Hospital
Automated urine cultures (UCs) following urinalysis (UA) are often used in emergency departments (EDs) to identify urinary tract infections (UTIs). The fast-paced environment of the ED makes this method of proactive collection and facilitation of UC favorable. However, results are often reported as no organism growth or the growth of clinically insignificant organisms, leading to the overdetection and overtreatment of asymptomatic bacteriuria (ASB).1-3 An estimated 30 to 60% of patients with ASB receive unwarranted antibiotic treatment, which is associated with an increased risk of developing Clostridioides difficile infection and contributes to the development of antimicrobial resistance.4-10 The costs associated with UC are an important consideration given the use of resources, the time and effort required to collect and process large numbers of negative cultures, and further efforts devoted to the follow-up of ED culture results.
Changes in traditional testing involving testing of both a UA and UC to reflex testing where urine specimens undergo culture only if they meet certain criteria have been described.11-14 This change in traditional testing aims to reduce the number of potentially unnecessary cultures performed without compromising clinical care. Leukocyte quantity in the UA has been shown to be a reliable predictor of true infection.11,15 Fok and colleagues demonstrated that reflex urine testing in ambulatory male urology patients in which cultures were done on only urine specimens with > 5 white blood cells per high-power field (WBC/HPF) would have missed only 7% of positive UCs, while avoiding 69% of cultures.11
At the Edward Hines, Jr Veterans Affairs Hospital (Hines VA), inappropriate UC ordering and treatment for ASB has been identified as an area needing improvement. An evaluation was conducted at the facility to determine the population of inpatient veterans with a positive UC who were appropriately managed. Of the 113 study patients with a positive UC included in this review, 77 (68%) had a diagnosis of ASB, with > 80% of patients with ASB (and no other suspected infections) receiving antimicrobial therapy.8 A subsequent evaluation was conducted at the Hines VA ED to evaluate UTI treatment and follow-up. Of the 173 ED patients included, 23% received antibiotic therapy for an ASB and 60% had a UA and UC collected but did not report symptoms.9 Finally, a review by the Hines VA laboratory showed that in May 2017, of 359 UCs sent from various locations of the hospital, 38% were obtained in the setting of a negative UA.
A multidisciplinary group with representation from primary care, infectious diseases, pharmacy, nursing, laboratory, and informatics was created with a goal to improve the workup and management of UTIs. In addition to periodic education for the clinicians regarding appropriate use and interpretation of UA and UC along with judicious use of antimicrobials especially in the setting of ASB, a UA to reflex culture process change was implemented. This allowed for automatic cancellation of a UC in the setting of a negative UA, which was designed to help facilitate appropriate UC ordering.
Methods
The primary objective of this study was to compare the frequency of inappropriate UC use and inappropriate antibiotic prescribing pre- and postimplementation of this UA to reflex culture process change. An inappropriate UC was defined as a UC ordered despite a negative UA in asymptomatic patients. Inappropriate antibiotic prescribing was defined as treatment of patients with ASB. The secondary objective evaluated postintervention data to assess the frequency of outpatient, ED, and hospital visits for UTI-related symptoms in the group of patients that had a UC cancelled as a result of the new process change (within a 7-day period of the initial UA) to determine whether patients with true infections were missed due to the process change.
Study Design and Setting
This pre-post quality improvement (QI) study analyzed the UC-ordering practices for UTIs sent from the ED at the Hines VA. This VA is a 483-bed tertiary care hospital in Chicago, Illinois, and serves > 57,000 veterans and about 23,000 ED visits annually. This study was approved by the Edward Hines, Jr VA Institutional Review Board as a quality assurance/QI proposal prior to data collection.
Patient Selection
All patients who
When comparing postintervention data with preintervention data for the primary study objective, the same exclusion criteria from the 2015 study were applied to the present study, which excluded ED patients who were admitted for inpatient care, concurrent antibiotic therapy for a non-UTI indication, duplicate cultures, and use of chronic bladder management devices. All patients identified as receiving a UA during the specified postintervention study period were included for evaluation of the secondary study objective.
Interventions
After physician education, an ED process change was implemented on October 3, 2017. This process change involved the creation of new order sets in the EHR that allowed clinicians to order a UA only, a UA with culture that would be cancelled by laboratory personnel if the UA did not result in > 5 WBC/HPF, and a UA with culture designated as do not cancel, where the UC was processed regardless of the UA results. The scenarios in which the latter option was considered appropriate were listed on the ordering screen and included pregnancy, a genitourinary procedure with necessary preoperative culture, and neutropenia.
Measurements
Postimplementation, all UAs were reviewed and grouped as follows: (1) positive UA with subsequent UC; (2) negative UA, culture cancelled; (3) only UA ordered (no culture); or (4) do not cancel UC ordered. Of the UAs that were analyzed, the following data were collected: demographics, comorbidities, concurrent medications for benign prostatic hyperplasia (BPH) and/or overactive bladder (OAB), documented allergies/adverse drug reactions to antibiotics, date of ED visit, documented UTI signs/symptoms (defined as frequency, urgency, dysuria, fever, suprapubic pain, or altered mental status in patients unable to verbalize urinary symptoms), UC results and susceptibilities, number of UCs repeated within 7 days after initial UA, requirement of antibiotic for UTI within 7 days of initial UA, antibiotic prescribed, duration of antibiotic therapy, and outpatient visits, ED visits, or need for hospital admission within 7 days of the initial UA for UTI-related symptoms. Other relevant UA and UC data that could not be obtained from the EHR were collected by generating a report using the Veterans Information Systems and Technology Architecture (VistA).
Analysis
Statistical analysis was performed using SAS v9.4. Independent t tests and Fisher exact tests were used to describe difference pre- and postintervention. Statistical significance was considered for P < .05. Based on results from the previous study conducted at this facility in addition to a literature review, it was determined that 92 patients in each group (pre- and postintervention) would be necessary to detect a 15% increase in percentage of patients appropriately treated for a UTI.
Results
There were 684 UAs evaluated from ED visits, 429 preintervention and 255 postintervention. The 255 patients were evaluated for the secondary objective of the study. Of the 255 patients with UAs identified postintervention, 150 were excluded based on the predefined exclusion criteria, and the remaining 105 were compared with the 173 patients from the preintervention group and were included in the analysis for the primary objective (Figure 1).
Patients in the postintervention group were younger than those in the preintervention group (P < .02): otherwise the groups were similar (Table 1). Inappropriate antibiotics for ASB decreased from 10.2% preintervention to 1.9% postintervention (odds ratio, 0.17; P = .01) (Table 2). UC processing despite a negative UA significantly decreased from 100% preintervention to 38.6% postintervention (P < .001) (Table 3). In patients with a negative UA, antibiotic prescribing decreased by 25.3% postintervention, but this difference was not statistically significant.
Postintervention, of 255 UAs evaluated, 95 (37.3%) were positive with a processed UC and 95 (37.3%) were negative with UC cancelled, 43 (16.9%) were ordered as DNC, and 22 (8.6%) were ordered without a UC (Figure 2). Twenty-eight of the 95 (29.5%) UAs with processed UCs did not meet the criteria for a positive UA and were not designated as DNC. When the UCs of this subgroup of patients were further analyzed, we found that 2 of the cultures were positive of which 1 patient was symptomatic and required antibiotic therapy.
Of the 95 patients with a negative UA, 69 (72.6%) presented without any UTI-related symptoms. In this group, there were no reports of outpatient visits, ED visits, or hospital admissions within 7 days of initial UA for UTI-related symptoms. None of the UCs ordered as DNC had a supporting reason identified. Nonetheless, the UC results from this patient subgroup also were analyzed further and resulted in 4 patients with negative UA and positive subsequent UC, 1 was symptomatic and required antibiotic therapy.
Discussion
A simple process change at the Hines VA resulted in benefits related to antimicrobial stewardship without conferring adverse outcomes on patient safety. Both UC processing despite a negative UA and inappropriate antibiotic prescribing for ASB were reduced significantly postintervention. This process change was piloted in the ED where UCs are often included as part of the initial diagnostic testing in patients who may not report UTI-related symptoms but for whom a UC is often bundled with other infectious workup, depending on the patient presentation.
Reflex testing of urine specimens has been described in the literature, both in an exploratory nature where impact of a reflex UC cancellation protocol based on certain UA criteria is measured by percent reduction of UCs processed as well as results of such interventions implemented into clinical practice.11-13 A retrospective study performed at the University of North Carolina Medical Center evaluated patients who presented to the ED during a 6-month period and had both an automated UA and UC collected. UC processing was restricted to UA that was positive for nitrites, leukocyte esterase, bacteria, or > 10 WBC/HPF. Use of this reflex culture cancellation protocol could have eliminated 604 of the 1546 (39.1%) cultures processed. However, 11 of the 314 (3.5%) positive cultures could have been missed.13 This same protocol was externally validated at another large academic ED setting, where similar results were found.14
In clinical practice, there is a natural tendency to reflexively prescribe antibiotics based on the results of a positive UC due to the hesitancy in ignoring these results, despite lack of a suspicion for a true infection. Leis and colleagues explored this in a proof-of-concept study evaluating the impact of discontinuing the routine reporting of positive UC results from noncatheterized inpatients and requesting clinicians to call the laboratory for results if a UTI was suspected.16 This intervention resulted in a statistically significant reduction in treatment of ASB in noncatheterized patients from 48 to 12% pre- and postintervention. Clinicians requested culture results only 14% of the time, and there were no adverse outcomes among untreated noncatheterized patients. More recently, a QI study conducted at a large community hospital in Toronto, Ontario, Canada, implemented a 2-step model of care for urine collection.17 UC was collected but only processed by the microbiology laboratory if the ED physicians deemed it necessary after clinical assessment.
After implementation, there was a decrease in the proportion of ED visits associated with processed UC (from 6.0% to 4.7% of visits per week; P < .001), ED visits associated with callbacks for processing UC (1.8% to 1.1% of visits per month; P < .001), and antimicrobial prescriptions for urinary symptoms among hospitalized patients (from 20.6% to 10.9%; P < .001). Equally important, despite the 937 cases in which urine was collected but cultures were not processed, no evidence of untreated UTIs was identified.17
The results from the present study similarly demonstrate minimal concern for potentially undertreating these patients. As seen in the subgroup of patients included in the positive UA group, which did not meet criteria for positive UA per protocol (n = 29), only 2 of the subsequent cultures were positive, of which only 1 patient required antibiotic therapy based on the clinical presentation. In addition, in the group of negative UAs with subsequent cancellation of the UC, there were no found reports of outpatient visits, ED visits, or hospital admissions within 7 days of the initial UA for UTI-related symptoms.
Limitations
This single-center, pre-post QI study was not without limitations. Manual chart reviews were required, and accuracy of information was dependent on clinician documentation and assessment of UTI-related symptoms. The population studied was predominately older males; thus, results may not be applicable to females or young adults. Additionally, recognition of a negative UA and subsequent cancellation of the UC was dependent on laboratory personnel. As noted in the patient group with a positive UA, some of these UAs were negative and may have been overlooked; therefore, subsequent UCs were inappropriately processed. However, this occurred infrequently and confirmed the low probability of true UTI in the setting of a negative UA. Follow-up for UTI-related symptoms may not have been captured if a patient had presented to an outside facility. Last, definitions of a positive UA differed slightly between the pre- and postintervention groups. The preintervention study defined a positive UA as a WBC count > 5 WBC/HPF and positive leukocyte esterase, whereas the present study defined a positive UA with a WBC count > 5. This may have resulted in an overestimation of positive UA in the postintervention group.
Conclusions
Better selective use of UC testing may improve stewardship resources and reduce costs impacting both ED and clinical laboratories. Furthermore, benefits can include a reduction in the use of time and resources required to collect samples for culture, use of test supplies, the time and effort required to process the large number of negative cultures, and resources devoted to the follow-up of these ED culture results. The described UA to reflex culture process change demonstrated a significant reduction in the processing of inappropriate UC and unnecessary antibiotics for ASB. There were no missed UTIs or other adverse patient outcomes noted. This process change has been implemented in all departments at the Hines VA and additional data will be collected to ensure consistent outcomes.
1. Chironda B, Clancy S, Powis JE. Optimizing urine culture collection in the emergency department using frontline ownership interventions. Clin Infect Dis. 2014;59(7):1038-1039. doi:10.1093/cid/ciu412
2. Nagurney JT, Brown DF, Chang Y, Sane S, Wang AC, Weiner JB. Use of diagnostic testing in the emergency department for patients presenting with non-traumatic abdominal pain. J Emerg Med. 2003;25(4):363-371. doi:10.1016/s0736-4679(03)00237-3
3. Lammers RL, Gibson S, Kovacs D, Sears W, Strachan G. Comparison of test characteristics of urine dipstick and urinalysis at various test cutoff points. Ann Emerg Med. 2001;38(5):505-512. doi:10.1067/mem.2001.119427
4. Nicolle LE, Gupta K, Bradley SF, et al. Clinical practice guideline for the management of asymptomatic bacteriuria: 2019 update by the Infectious Diseases Society of America. Clin Infect Dis. 2019;68(10):1611-1615. doi:10.1093/cid/ciy1121
5. Trautner BW, Grigoryan L, Petersen NJ, et al. Effectiveness of an antimicrobial stewardship approach for urinary catheter-associated asymptomatic bacteriuria. JAMA Intern Med. 2015;175(7):1120-1127. doi:10.1001/jamainternmed.2015.1878
6. Hartley S, Valley S, Kuhn L, et al. Overtreatment of asymptomatic bacteriuria: identifying targets for improvement. Infect Control Hosp Epidemiol. 2015;36(4):470-473. doi:10.1017/ice.2014.73
7. Bader MS, Loeb M, Brooks AA. An update on the management of urinary tract infections in the era of antimicrobial resistance. Postgrad Med. 2017;129(2):242-258. doi:10.1080/00325481.2017.1246055
8. Spivak ES, Burk M, Zhang R, et al. Management of bacteriuria in Veterans Affairs hospitals. Clin Infect Dis. 2017;65(6):910-917. doi:10.1093/cid/cix474
9. Kim EY, Patel U, Patel B, Suda KJ. Evaluation of bacteriuria treatment and follow-up initiated in the emergency department at a Veterans Affairs hospital. J Pharm Technol. 2017;33(5):183-188. doi:10.1177/8755122517718214
10. Brown E, Talbot GH, Axelrod P, Provencher M, Hoegg C. Risk factors for Clostridium difficile toxin-associated diarrhea. Infect Control Hosp Epidemiol. 1990;11(6):283-290. doi:10.1086/646173
11. Fok C, Fitzgerald MP, Turk T, Mueller E, Dalaza L, Schreckenberger P. Reflex testing of male urine specimens misses few positive cultures may reduce unnecessary testing of normal specimens. Urology. 2010;75(1):74-76. doi:10.1016/j.urology.2009.08.071
12. Munigala S, Jackups RR Jr, Poirier RF, et al. Impact of order set design on urine culturing practices at an academic medical centre emergency department. BMJ Qual Saf. 2018;27(8):587-592. doi:10.1136/bmjqs-2017-006899
13. Jones CW, Culbreath KD, Mehrotra A, Gilligan PH. Reflect urine culture cancellation in the emergency department. J Emerg Med. 2014;46(1):71-76. doi:10.1016/j.jemermed.2013.08.042
14. Hertz JT, Lescallette RD, Barrett TW, Ward MJ, Self WH. External validation of an ED protocol for reflex urine culture cancelation. Am J Emerg Med. 2015;33(12):1838-1839. doi:10.1016/j.ajem.2015.09.026
15. Stamm WE. Measurement of pyuria and its relation to bacteriuria. Am J Med. 1983;75(1B):53-58. doi:10.1016/0002-9343(83)90073-6
16. Leis JA, Rebick GW, Daneman N, et al. Reducing antimicrobial therapy for asymptomatic bacteriuria among noncatheterized inpatients: a proof-of-concept study. Clin Infect Dis. 2014;58(7):980-983. doi:10.1093/cid/ciu010
17. Stagg A, Lutz H, Kirpalaney S, et al. Impact of two-step urine culture ordering in the emergency department: a time series analysis. BMJ Qual Saf. 2017;27:140-147. doi:10.1136/bmjqs-2016-006250
Automated urine cultures (UCs) following urinalysis (UA) are often used in emergency departments (EDs) to identify urinary tract infections (UTIs). The fast-paced environment of the ED makes this method of proactive collection and facilitation of UC favorable. However, results are often reported as no organism growth or the growth of clinically insignificant organisms, leading to the overdetection and overtreatment of asymptomatic bacteriuria (ASB).1-3 An estimated 30 to 60% of patients with ASB receive unwarranted antibiotic treatment, which is associated with an increased risk of developing Clostridioides difficile infection and contributes to the development of antimicrobial resistance.4-10 The costs associated with UC are an important consideration given the use of resources, the time and effort required to collect and process large numbers of negative cultures, and further efforts devoted to the follow-up of ED culture results.
Changes in traditional testing involving testing of both a UA and UC to reflex testing where urine specimens undergo culture only if they meet certain criteria have been described.11-14 This change in traditional testing aims to reduce the number of potentially unnecessary cultures performed without compromising clinical care. Leukocyte quantity in the UA has been shown to be a reliable predictor of true infection.11,15 Fok and colleagues demonstrated that reflex urine testing in ambulatory male urology patients in which cultures were done on only urine specimens with > 5 white blood cells per high-power field (WBC/HPF) would have missed only 7% of positive UCs, while avoiding 69% of cultures.11
At the Edward Hines, Jr Veterans Affairs Hospital (Hines VA), inappropriate UC ordering and treatment for ASB has been identified as an area needing improvement. An evaluation was conducted at the facility to determine the population of inpatient veterans with a positive UC who were appropriately managed. Of the 113 study patients with a positive UC included in this review, 77 (68%) had a diagnosis of ASB, with > 80% of patients with ASB (and no other suspected infections) receiving antimicrobial therapy.8 A subsequent evaluation was conducted at the Hines VA ED to evaluate UTI treatment and follow-up. Of the 173 ED patients included, 23% received antibiotic therapy for an ASB and 60% had a UA and UC collected but did not report symptoms.9 Finally, a review by the Hines VA laboratory showed that in May 2017, of 359 UCs sent from various locations of the hospital, 38% were obtained in the setting of a negative UA.
A multidisciplinary group with representation from primary care, infectious diseases, pharmacy, nursing, laboratory, and informatics was created with a goal to improve the workup and management of UTIs. In addition to periodic education for the clinicians regarding appropriate use and interpretation of UA and UC along with judicious use of antimicrobials especially in the setting of ASB, a UA to reflex culture process change was implemented. This allowed for automatic cancellation of a UC in the setting of a negative UA, which was designed to help facilitate appropriate UC ordering.
Methods
The primary objective of this study was to compare the frequency of inappropriate UC use and inappropriate antibiotic prescribing pre- and postimplementation of this UA to reflex culture process change. An inappropriate UC was defined as a UC ordered despite a negative UA in asymptomatic patients. Inappropriate antibiotic prescribing was defined as treatment of patients with ASB. The secondary objective evaluated postintervention data to assess the frequency of outpatient, ED, and hospital visits for UTI-related symptoms in the group of patients that had a UC cancelled as a result of the new process change (within a 7-day period of the initial UA) to determine whether patients with true infections were missed due to the process change.
Study Design and Setting
This pre-post quality improvement (QI) study analyzed the UC-ordering practices for UTIs sent from the ED at the Hines VA. This VA is a 483-bed tertiary care hospital in Chicago, Illinois, and serves > 57,000 veterans and about 23,000 ED visits annually. This study was approved by the Edward Hines, Jr VA Institutional Review Board as a quality assurance/QI proposal prior to data collection.
Patient Selection
All patients who
When comparing postintervention data with preintervention data for the primary study objective, the same exclusion criteria from the 2015 study were applied to the present study, which excluded ED patients who were admitted for inpatient care, concurrent antibiotic therapy for a non-UTI indication, duplicate cultures, and use of chronic bladder management devices. All patients identified as receiving a UA during the specified postintervention study period were included for evaluation of the secondary study objective.
Interventions
After physician education, an ED process change was implemented on October 3, 2017. This process change involved the creation of new order sets in the EHR that allowed clinicians to order a UA only, a UA with culture that would be cancelled by laboratory personnel if the UA did not result in > 5 WBC/HPF, and a UA with culture designated as do not cancel, where the UC was processed regardless of the UA results. The scenarios in which the latter option was considered appropriate were listed on the ordering screen and included pregnancy, a genitourinary procedure with necessary preoperative culture, and neutropenia.
Measurements
Postimplementation, all UAs were reviewed and grouped as follows: (1) positive UA with subsequent UC; (2) negative UA, culture cancelled; (3) only UA ordered (no culture); or (4) do not cancel UC ordered. Of the UAs that were analyzed, the following data were collected: demographics, comorbidities, concurrent medications for benign prostatic hyperplasia (BPH) and/or overactive bladder (OAB), documented allergies/adverse drug reactions to antibiotics, date of ED visit, documented UTI signs/symptoms (defined as frequency, urgency, dysuria, fever, suprapubic pain, or altered mental status in patients unable to verbalize urinary symptoms), UC results and susceptibilities, number of UCs repeated within 7 days after initial UA, requirement of antibiotic for UTI within 7 days of initial UA, antibiotic prescribed, duration of antibiotic therapy, and outpatient visits, ED visits, or need for hospital admission within 7 days of the initial UA for UTI-related symptoms. Other relevant UA and UC data that could not be obtained from the EHR were collected by generating a report using the Veterans Information Systems and Technology Architecture (VistA).
Analysis
Statistical analysis was performed using SAS v9.4. Independent t tests and Fisher exact tests were used to describe difference pre- and postintervention. Statistical significance was considered for P < .05. Based on results from the previous study conducted at this facility in addition to a literature review, it was determined that 92 patients in each group (pre- and postintervention) would be necessary to detect a 15% increase in percentage of patients appropriately treated for a UTI.
Results
There were 684 UAs evaluated from ED visits, 429 preintervention and 255 postintervention. The 255 patients were evaluated for the secondary objective of the study. Of the 255 patients with UAs identified postintervention, 150 were excluded based on the predefined exclusion criteria, and the remaining 105 were compared with the 173 patients from the preintervention group and were included in the analysis for the primary objective (Figure 1).
Patients in the postintervention group were younger than those in the preintervention group (P < .02): otherwise the groups were similar (Table 1). Inappropriate antibiotics for ASB decreased from 10.2% preintervention to 1.9% postintervention (odds ratio, 0.17; P = .01) (Table 2). UC processing despite a negative UA significantly decreased from 100% preintervention to 38.6% postintervention (P < .001) (Table 3). In patients with a negative UA, antibiotic prescribing decreased by 25.3% postintervention, but this difference was not statistically significant.
Postintervention, of 255 UAs evaluated, 95 (37.3%) were positive with a processed UC and 95 (37.3%) were negative with UC cancelled, 43 (16.9%) were ordered as DNC, and 22 (8.6%) were ordered without a UC (Figure 2). Twenty-eight of the 95 (29.5%) UAs with processed UCs did not meet the criteria for a positive UA and were not designated as DNC. When the UCs of this subgroup of patients were further analyzed, we found that 2 of the cultures were positive of which 1 patient was symptomatic and required antibiotic therapy.
Of the 95 patients with a negative UA, 69 (72.6%) presented without any UTI-related symptoms. In this group, there were no reports of outpatient visits, ED visits, or hospital admissions within 7 days of initial UA for UTI-related symptoms. None of the UCs ordered as DNC had a supporting reason identified. Nonetheless, the UC results from this patient subgroup also were analyzed further and resulted in 4 patients with negative UA and positive subsequent UC, 1 was symptomatic and required antibiotic therapy.
Discussion
A simple process change at the Hines VA resulted in benefits related to antimicrobial stewardship without conferring adverse outcomes on patient safety. Both UC processing despite a negative UA and inappropriate antibiotic prescribing for ASB were reduced significantly postintervention. This process change was piloted in the ED where UCs are often included as part of the initial diagnostic testing in patients who may not report UTI-related symptoms but for whom a UC is often bundled with other infectious workup, depending on the patient presentation.
Reflex testing of urine specimens has been described in the literature, both in an exploratory nature where impact of a reflex UC cancellation protocol based on certain UA criteria is measured by percent reduction of UCs processed as well as results of such interventions implemented into clinical practice.11-13 A retrospective study performed at the University of North Carolina Medical Center evaluated patients who presented to the ED during a 6-month period and had both an automated UA and UC collected. UC processing was restricted to UA that was positive for nitrites, leukocyte esterase, bacteria, or > 10 WBC/HPF. Use of this reflex culture cancellation protocol could have eliminated 604 of the 1546 (39.1%) cultures processed. However, 11 of the 314 (3.5%) positive cultures could have been missed.13 This same protocol was externally validated at another large academic ED setting, where similar results were found.14
In clinical practice, there is a natural tendency to reflexively prescribe antibiotics based on the results of a positive UC due to the hesitancy in ignoring these results, despite lack of a suspicion for a true infection. Leis and colleagues explored this in a proof-of-concept study evaluating the impact of discontinuing the routine reporting of positive UC results from noncatheterized inpatients and requesting clinicians to call the laboratory for results if a UTI was suspected.16 This intervention resulted in a statistically significant reduction in treatment of ASB in noncatheterized patients from 48 to 12% pre- and postintervention. Clinicians requested culture results only 14% of the time, and there were no adverse outcomes among untreated noncatheterized patients. More recently, a QI study conducted at a large community hospital in Toronto, Ontario, Canada, implemented a 2-step model of care for urine collection.17 UC was collected but only processed by the microbiology laboratory if the ED physicians deemed it necessary after clinical assessment.
After implementation, there was a decrease in the proportion of ED visits associated with processed UC (from 6.0% to 4.7% of visits per week; P < .001), ED visits associated with callbacks for processing UC (1.8% to 1.1% of visits per month; P < .001), and antimicrobial prescriptions for urinary symptoms among hospitalized patients (from 20.6% to 10.9%; P < .001). Equally important, despite the 937 cases in which urine was collected but cultures were not processed, no evidence of untreated UTIs was identified.17
The results from the present study similarly demonstrate minimal concern for potentially undertreating these patients. As seen in the subgroup of patients included in the positive UA group, which did not meet criteria for positive UA per protocol (n = 29), only 2 of the subsequent cultures were positive, of which only 1 patient required antibiotic therapy based on the clinical presentation. In addition, in the group of negative UAs with subsequent cancellation of the UC, there were no found reports of outpatient visits, ED visits, or hospital admissions within 7 days of the initial UA for UTI-related symptoms.
Limitations
This single-center, pre-post QI study was not without limitations. Manual chart reviews were required, and accuracy of information was dependent on clinician documentation and assessment of UTI-related symptoms. The population studied was predominately older males; thus, results may not be applicable to females or young adults. Additionally, recognition of a negative UA and subsequent cancellation of the UC was dependent on laboratory personnel. As noted in the patient group with a positive UA, some of these UAs were negative and may have been overlooked; therefore, subsequent UCs were inappropriately processed. However, this occurred infrequently and confirmed the low probability of true UTI in the setting of a negative UA. Follow-up for UTI-related symptoms may not have been captured if a patient had presented to an outside facility. Last, definitions of a positive UA differed slightly between the pre- and postintervention groups. The preintervention study defined a positive UA as a WBC count > 5 WBC/HPF and positive leukocyte esterase, whereas the present study defined a positive UA with a WBC count > 5. This may have resulted in an overestimation of positive UA in the postintervention group.
Conclusions
Better selective use of UC testing may improve stewardship resources and reduce costs impacting both ED and clinical laboratories. Furthermore, benefits can include a reduction in the use of time and resources required to collect samples for culture, use of test supplies, the time and effort required to process the large number of negative cultures, and resources devoted to the follow-up of these ED culture results. The described UA to reflex culture process change demonstrated a significant reduction in the processing of inappropriate UC and unnecessary antibiotics for ASB. There were no missed UTIs or other adverse patient outcomes noted. This process change has been implemented in all departments at the Hines VA and additional data will be collected to ensure consistent outcomes.
Automated urine cultures (UCs) following urinalysis (UA) are often used in emergency departments (EDs) to identify urinary tract infections (UTIs). The fast-paced environment of the ED makes this method of proactive collection and facilitation of UC favorable. However, results are often reported as no organism growth or the growth of clinically insignificant organisms, leading to the overdetection and overtreatment of asymptomatic bacteriuria (ASB).1-3 An estimated 30 to 60% of patients with ASB receive unwarranted antibiotic treatment, which is associated with an increased risk of developing Clostridioides difficile infection and contributes to the development of antimicrobial resistance.4-10 The costs associated with UC are an important consideration given the use of resources, the time and effort required to collect and process large numbers of negative cultures, and further efforts devoted to the follow-up of ED culture results.
Changes in traditional testing involving testing of both a UA and UC to reflex testing where urine specimens undergo culture only if they meet certain criteria have been described.11-14 This change in traditional testing aims to reduce the number of potentially unnecessary cultures performed without compromising clinical care. Leukocyte quantity in the UA has been shown to be a reliable predictor of true infection.11,15 Fok and colleagues demonstrated that reflex urine testing in ambulatory male urology patients in which cultures were done on only urine specimens with > 5 white blood cells per high-power field (WBC/HPF) would have missed only 7% of positive UCs, while avoiding 69% of cultures.11
At the Edward Hines, Jr Veterans Affairs Hospital (Hines VA), inappropriate UC ordering and treatment for ASB has been identified as an area needing improvement. An evaluation was conducted at the facility to determine the population of inpatient veterans with a positive UC who were appropriately managed. Of the 113 study patients with a positive UC included in this review, 77 (68%) had a diagnosis of ASB, with > 80% of patients with ASB (and no other suspected infections) receiving antimicrobial therapy.8 A subsequent evaluation was conducted at the Hines VA ED to evaluate UTI treatment and follow-up. Of the 173 ED patients included, 23% received antibiotic therapy for an ASB and 60% had a UA and UC collected but did not report symptoms.9 Finally, a review by the Hines VA laboratory showed that in May 2017, of 359 UCs sent from various locations of the hospital, 38% were obtained in the setting of a negative UA.
A multidisciplinary group with representation from primary care, infectious diseases, pharmacy, nursing, laboratory, and informatics was created with a goal to improve the workup and management of UTIs. In addition to periodic education for the clinicians regarding appropriate use and interpretation of UA and UC along with judicious use of antimicrobials especially in the setting of ASB, a UA to reflex culture process change was implemented. This allowed for automatic cancellation of a UC in the setting of a negative UA, which was designed to help facilitate appropriate UC ordering.
Methods
The primary objective of this study was to compare the frequency of inappropriate UC use and inappropriate antibiotic prescribing pre- and postimplementation of this UA to reflex culture process change. An inappropriate UC was defined as a UC ordered despite a negative UA in asymptomatic patients. Inappropriate antibiotic prescribing was defined as treatment of patients with ASB. The secondary objective evaluated postintervention data to assess the frequency of outpatient, ED, and hospital visits for UTI-related symptoms in the group of patients that had a UC cancelled as a result of the new process change (within a 7-day period of the initial UA) to determine whether patients with true infections were missed due to the process change.
Study Design and Setting
This pre-post quality improvement (QI) study analyzed the UC-ordering practices for UTIs sent from the ED at the Hines VA. This VA is a 483-bed tertiary care hospital in Chicago, Illinois, and serves > 57,000 veterans and about 23,000 ED visits annually. This study was approved by the Edward Hines, Jr VA Institutional Review Board as a quality assurance/QI proposal prior to data collection.
Patient Selection
All patients who
When comparing postintervention data with preintervention data for the primary study objective, the same exclusion criteria from the 2015 study were applied to the present study, which excluded ED patients who were admitted for inpatient care, concurrent antibiotic therapy for a non-UTI indication, duplicate cultures, and use of chronic bladder management devices. All patients identified as receiving a UA during the specified postintervention study period were included for evaluation of the secondary study objective.
Interventions
After physician education, an ED process change was implemented on October 3, 2017. This process change involved the creation of new order sets in the EHR that allowed clinicians to order a UA only, a UA with culture that would be cancelled by laboratory personnel if the UA did not result in > 5 WBC/HPF, and a UA with culture designated as do not cancel, where the UC was processed regardless of the UA results. The scenarios in which the latter option was considered appropriate were listed on the ordering screen and included pregnancy, a genitourinary procedure with necessary preoperative culture, and neutropenia.
Measurements
Postimplementation, all UAs were reviewed and grouped as follows: (1) positive UA with subsequent UC; (2) negative UA, culture cancelled; (3) only UA ordered (no culture); or (4) do not cancel UC ordered. Of the UAs that were analyzed, the following data were collected: demographics, comorbidities, concurrent medications for benign prostatic hyperplasia (BPH) and/or overactive bladder (OAB), documented allergies/adverse drug reactions to antibiotics, date of ED visit, documented UTI signs/symptoms (defined as frequency, urgency, dysuria, fever, suprapubic pain, or altered mental status in patients unable to verbalize urinary symptoms), UC results and susceptibilities, number of UCs repeated within 7 days after initial UA, requirement of antibiotic for UTI within 7 days of initial UA, antibiotic prescribed, duration of antibiotic therapy, and outpatient visits, ED visits, or need for hospital admission within 7 days of the initial UA for UTI-related symptoms. Other relevant UA and UC data that could not be obtained from the EHR were collected by generating a report using the Veterans Information Systems and Technology Architecture (VistA).
Analysis
Statistical analysis was performed using SAS v9.4. Independent t tests and Fisher exact tests were used to describe difference pre- and postintervention. Statistical significance was considered for P < .05. Based on results from the previous study conducted at this facility in addition to a literature review, it was determined that 92 patients in each group (pre- and postintervention) would be necessary to detect a 15% increase in percentage of patients appropriately treated for a UTI.
Results
There were 684 UAs evaluated from ED visits, 429 preintervention and 255 postintervention. The 255 patients were evaluated for the secondary objective of the study. Of the 255 patients with UAs identified postintervention, 150 were excluded based on the predefined exclusion criteria, and the remaining 105 were compared with the 173 patients from the preintervention group and were included in the analysis for the primary objective (Figure 1).
Patients in the postintervention group were younger than those in the preintervention group (P < .02): otherwise the groups were similar (Table 1). Inappropriate antibiotics for ASB decreased from 10.2% preintervention to 1.9% postintervention (odds ratio, 0.17; P = .01) (Table 2). UC processing despite a negative UA significantly decreased from 100% preintervention to 38.6% postintervention (P < .001) (Table 3). In patients with a negative UA, antibiotic prescribing decreased by 25.3% postintervention, but this difference was not statistically significant.
Postintervention, of 255 UAs evaluated, 95 (37.3%) were positive with a processed UC and 95 (37.3%) were negative with UC cancelled, 43 (16.9%) were ordered as DNC, and 22 (8.6%) were ordered without a UC (Figure 2). Twenty-eight of the 95 (29.5%) UAs with processed UCs did not meet the criteria for a positive UA and were not designated as DNC. When the UCs of this subgroup of patients were further analyzed, we found that 2 of the cultures were positive of which 1 patient was symptomatic and required antibiotic therapy.
Of the 95 patients with a negative UA, 69 (72.6%) presented without any UTI-related symptoms. In this group, there were no reports of outpatient visits, ED visits, or hospital admissions within 7 days of initial UA for UTI-related symptoms. None of the UCs ordered as DNC had a supporting reason identified. Nonetheless, the UC results from this patient subgroup also were analyzed further and resulted in 4 patients with negative UA and positive subsequent UC, 1 was symptomatic and required antibiotic therapy.
Discussion
A simple process change at the Hines VA resulted in benefits related to antimicrobial stewardship without conferring adverse outcomes on patient safety. Both UC processing despite a negative UA and inappropriate antibiotic prescribing for ASB were reduced significantly postintervention. This process change was piloted in the ED where UCs are often included as part of the initial diagnostic testing in patients who may not report UTI-related symptoms but for whom a UC is often bundled with other infectious workup, depending on the patient presentation.
Reflex testing of urine specimens has been described in the literature, both in an exploratory nature where impact of a reflex UC cancellation protocol based on certain UA criteria is measured by percent reduction of UCs processed as well as results of such interventions implemented into clinical practice.11-13 A retrospective study performed at the University of North Carolina Medical Center evaluated patients who presented to the ED during a 6-month period and had both an automated UA and UC collected. UC processing was restricted to UA that was positive for nitrites, leukocyte esterase, bacteria, or > 10 WBC/HPF. Use of this reflex culture cancellation protocol could have eliminated 604 of the 1546 (39.1%) cultures processed. However, 11 of the 314 (3.5%) positive cultures could have been missed.13 This same protocol was externally validated at another large academic ED setting, where similar results were found.14
In clinical practice, there is a natural tendency to reflexively prescribe antibiotics based on the results of a positive UC due to the hesitancy in ignoring these results, despite lack of a suspicion for a true infection. Leis and colleagues explored this in a proof-of-concept study evaluating the impact of discontinuing the routine reporting of positive UC results from noncatheterized inpatients and requesting clinicians to call the laboratory for results if a UTI was suspected.16 This intervention resulted in a statistically significant reduction in treatment of ASB in noncatheterized patients from 48 to 12% pre- and postintervention. Clinicians requested culture results only 14% of the time, and there were no adverse outcomes among untreated noncatheterized patients. More recently, a QI study conducted at a large community hospital in Toronto, Ontario, Canada, implemented a 2-step model of care for urine collection.17 UC was collected but only processed by the microbiology laboratory if the ED physicians deemed it necessary after clinical assessment.
After implementation, there was a decrease in the proportion of ED visits associated with processed UC (from 6.0% to 4.7% of visits per week; P < .001), ED visits associated with callbacks for processing UC (1.8% to 1.1% of visits per month; P < .001), and antimicrobial prescriptions for urinary symptoms among hospitalized patients (from 20.6% to 10.9%; P < .001). Equally important, despite the 937 cases in which urine was collected but cultures were not processed, no evidence of untreated UTIs was identified.17
The results from the present study similarly demonstrate minimal concern for potentially undertreating these patients. As seen in the subgroup of patients included in the positive UA group, which did not meet criteria for positive UA per protocol (n = 29), only 2 of the subsequent cultures were positive, of which only 1 patient required antibiotic therapy based on the clinical presentation. In addition, in the group of negative UAs with subsequent cancellation of the UC, there were no found reports of outpatient visits, ED visits, or hospital admissions within 7 days of the initial UA for UTI-related symptoms.
Limitations
This single-center, pre-post QI study was not without limitations. Manual chart reviews were required, and accuracy of information was dependent on clinician documentation and assessment of UTI-related symptoms. The population studied was predominately older males; thus, results may not be applicable to females or young adults. Additionally, recognition of a negative UA and subsequent cancellation of the UC was dependent on laboratory personnel. As noted in the patient group with a positive UA, some of these UAs were negative and may have been overlooked; therefore, subsequent UCs were inappropriately processed. However, this occurred infrequently and confirmed the low probability of true UTI in the setting of a negative UA. Follow-up for UTI-related symptoms may not have been captured if a patient had presented to an outside facility. Last, definitions of a positive UA differed slightly between the pre- and postintervention groups. The preintervention study defined a positive UA as a WBC count > 5 WBC/HPF and positive leukocyte esterase, whereas the present study defined a positive UA with a WBC count > 5. This may have resulted in an overestimation of positive UA in the postintervention group.
Conclusions
Better selective use of UC testing may improve stewardship resources and reduce costs impacting both ED and clinical laboratories. Furthermore, benefits can include a reduction in the use of time and resources required to collect samples for culture, use of test supplies, the time and effort required to process the large number of negative cultures, and resources devoted to the follow-up of these ED culture results. The described UA to reflex culture process change demonstrated a significant reduction in the processing of inappropriate UC and unnecessary antibiotics for ASB. There were no missed UTIs or other adverse patient outcomes noted. This process change has been implemented in all departments at the Hines VA and additional data will be collected to ensure consistent outcomes.
1. Chironda B, Clancy S, Powis JE. Optimizing urine culture collection in the emergency department using frontline ownership interventions. Clin Infect Dis. 2014;59(7):1038-1039. doi:10.1093/cid/ciu412
2. Nagurney JT, Brown DF, Chang Y, Sane S, Wang AC, Weiner JB. Use of diagnostic testing in the emergency department for patients presenting with non-traumatic abdominal pain. J Emerg Med. 2003;25(4):363-371. doi:10.1016/s0736-4679(03)00237-3
3. Lammers RL, Gibson S, Kovacs D, Sears W, Strachan G. Comparison of test characteristics of urine dipstick and urinalysis at various test cutoff points. Ann Emerg Med. 2001;38(5):505-512. doi:10.1067/mem.2001.119427
4. Nicolle LE, Gupta K, Bradley SF, et al. Clinical practice guideline for the management of asymptomatic bacteriuria: 2019 update by the Infectious Diseases Society of America. Clin Infect Dis. 2019;68(10):1611-1615. doi:10.1093/cid/ciy1121
5. Trautner BW, Grigoryan L, Petersen NJ, et al. Effectiveness of an antimicrobial stewardship approach for urinary catheter-associated asymptomatic bacteriuria. JAMA Intern Med. 2015;175(7):1120-1127. doi:10.1001/jamainternmed.2015.1878
6. Hartley S, Valley S, Kuhn L, et al. Overtreatment of asymptomatic bacteriuria: identifying targets for improvement. Infect Control Hosp Epidemiol. 2015;36(4):470-473. doi:10.1017/ice.2014.73
7. Bader MS, Loeb M, Brooks AA. An update on the management of urinary tract infections in the era of antimicrobial resistance. Postgrad Med. 2017;129(2):242-258. doi:10.1080/00325481.2017.1246055
8. Spivak ES, Burk M, Zhang R, et al. Management of bacteriuria in Veterans Affairs hospitals. Clin Infect Dis. 2017;65(6):910-917. doi:10.1093/cid/cix474
9. Kim EY, Patel U, Patel B, Suda KJ. Evaluation of bacteriuria treatment and follow-up initiated in the emergency department at a Veterans Affairs hospital. J Pharm Technol. 2017;33(5):183-188. doi:10.1177/8755122517718214
10. Brown E, Talbot GH, Axelrod P, Provencher M, Hoegg C. Risk factors for Clostridium difficile toxin-associated diarrhea. Infect Control Hosp Epidemiol. 1990;11(6):283-290. doi:10.1086/646173
11. Fok C, Fitzgerald MP, Turk T, Mueller E, Dalaza L, Schreckenberger P. Reflex testing of male urine specimens misses few positive cultures may reduce unnecessary testing of normal specimens. Urology. 2010;75(1):74-76. doi:10.1016/j.urology.2009.08.071
12. Munigala S, Jackups RR Jr, Poirier RF, et al. Impact of order set design on urine culturing practices at an academic medical centre emergency department. BMJ Qual Saf. 2018;27(8):587-592. doi:10.1136/bmjqs-2017-006899
13. Jones CW, Culbreath KD, Mehrotra A, Gilligan PH. Reflect urine culture cancellation in the emergency department. J Emerg Med. 2014;46(1):71-76. doi:10.1016/j.jemermed.2013.08.042
14. Hertz JT, Lescallette RD, Barrett TW, Ward MJ, Self WH. External validation of an ED protocol for reflex urine culture cancelation. Am J Emerg Med. 2015;33(12):1838-1839. doi:10.1016/j.ajem.2015.09.026
15. Stamm WE. Measurement of pyuria and its relation to bacteriuria. Am J Med. 1983;75(1B):53-58. doi:10.1016/0002-9343(83)90073-6
16. Leis JA, Rebick GW, Daneman N, et al. Reducing antimicrobial therapy for asymptomatic bacteriuria among noncatheterized inpatients: a proof-of-concept study. Clin Infect Dis. 2014;58(7):980-983. doi:10.1093/cid/ciu010
17. Stagg A, Lutz H, Kirpalaney S, et al. Impact of two-step urine culture ordering in the emergency department: a time series analysis. BMJ Qual Saf. 2017;27:140-147. doi:10.1136/bmjqs-2016-006250
1. Chironda B, Clancy S, Powis JE. Optimizing urine culture collection in the emergency department using frontline ownership interventions. Clin Infect Dis. 2014;59(7):1038-1039. doi:10.1093/cid/ciu412
2. Nagurney JT, Brown DF, Chang Y, Sane S, Wang AC, Weiner JB. Use of diagnostic testing in the emergency department for patients presenting with non-traumatic abdominal pain. J Emerg Med. 2003;25(4):363-371. doi:10.1016/s0736-4679(03)00237-3
3. Lammers RL, Gibson S, Kovacs D, Sears W, Strachan G. Comparison of test characteristics of urine dipstick and urinalysis at various test cutoff points. Ann Emerg Med. 2001;38(5):505-512. doi:10.1067/mem.2001.119427
4. Nicolle LE, Gupta K, Bradley SF, et al. Clinical practice guideline for the management of asymptomatic bacteriuria: 2019 update by the Infectious Diseases Society of America. Clin Infect Dis. 2019;68(10):1611-1615. doi:10.1093/cid/ciy1121
5. Trautner BW, Grigoryan L, Petersen NJ, et al. Effectiveness of an antimicrobial stewardship approach for urinary catheter-associated asymptomatic bacteriuria. JAMA Intern Med. 2015;175(7):1120-1127. doi:10.1001/jamainternmed.2015.1878
6. Hartley S, Valley S, Kuhn L, et al. Overtreatment of asymptomatic bacteriuria: identifying targets for improvement. Infect Control Hosp Epidemiol. 2015;36(4):470-473. doi:10.1017/ice.2014.73
7. Bader MS, Loeb M, Brooks AA. An update on the management of urinary tract infections in the era of antimicrobial resistance. Postgrad Med. 2017;129(2):242-258. doi:10.1080/00325481.2017.1246055
8. Spivak ES, Burk M, Zhang R, et al. Management of bacteriuria in Veterans Affairs hospitals. Clin Infect Dis. 2017;65(6):910-917. doi:10.1093/cid/cix474
9. Kim EY, Patel U, Patel B, Suda KJ. Evaluation of bacteriuria treatment and follow-up initiated in the emergency department at a Veterans Affairs hospital. J Pharm Technol. 2017;33(5):183-188. doi:10.1177/8755122517718214
10. Brown E, Talbot GH, Axelrod P, Provencher M, Hoegg C. Risk factors for Clostridium difficile toxin-associated diarrhea. Infect Control Hosp Epidemiol. 1990;11(6):283-290. doi:10.1086/646173
11. Fok C, Fitzgerald MP, Turk T, Mueller E, Dalaza L, Schreckenberger P. Reflex testing of male urine specimens misses few positive cultures may reduce unnecessary testing of normal specimens. Urology. 2010;75(1):74-76. doi:10.1016/j.urology.2009.08.071
12. Munigala S, Jackups RR Jr, Poirier RF, et al. Impact of order set design on urine culturing practices at an academic medical centre emergency department. BMJ Qual Saf. 2018;27(8):587-592. doi:10.1136/bmjqs-2017-006899
13. Jones CW, Culbreath KD, Mehrotra A, Gilligan PH. Reflect urine culture cancellation in the emergency department. J Emerg Med. 2014;46(1):71-76. doi:10.1016/j.jemermed.2013.08.042
14. Hertz JT, Lescallette RD, Barrett TW, Ward MJ, Self WH. External validation of an ED protocol for reflex urine culture cancelation. Am J Emerg Med. 2015;33(12):1838-1839. doi:10.1016/j.ajem.2015.09.026
15. Stamm WE. Measurement of pyuria and its relation to bacteriuria. Am J Med. 1983;75(1B):53-58. doi:10.1016/0002-9343(83)90073-6
16. Leis JA, Rebick GW, Daneman N, et al. Reducing antimicrobial therapy for asymptomatic bacteriuria among noncatheterized inpatients: a proof-of-concept study. Clin Infect Dis. 2014;58(7):980-983. doi:10.1093/cid/ciu010
17. Stagg A, Lutz H, Kirpalaney S, et al. Impact of two-step urine culture ordering in the emergency department: a time series analysis. BMJ Qual Saf. 2017;27:140-147. doi:10.1136/bmjqs-2016-006250
Current Recommendations for the Systemic Treatment of Cutaneous Lupus Erythematosus During Pregnancy
Cutaneous lupus erythematosus (CLE) is a heterogeneous autoimmune disease that involves the skin. Cutaneous lupus erythematosus can be classified into various subtypes.1 These include, but are not limited to, acute CLE, subacute CLE, chronic CLE, intermittent CLE, lupus tumidus, and lupus profundus.1,2 The CLE subtypes have variable associations with systemic lupus erythematosus. For instance, some subtypes, such as acute CLE, are more strongly associated with systemic lupus erythematosus.
Treatment of CLE is similar to other autoimmune disorders. Although the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) has not approved any treatments for CLE,3,4 the most common therapeutic options are disease-modifying antirheumatic drugs. Unfortunately, many of these treatments carry teratogenic effects. Because CLE predominantly affects women, particularly those of childbearing age, it is imperative to understand the available treatment options for those who are pregnant or considering pregnancy for an informed discussion with patients.5
For years, the gold standard when considering a medication during pregnancy was the FDA’s classification system. According to this system, medications were classified into 5 letter categories based on their potential teratogenicity, including A (no fetal risk), B (potential animal risk but inconclusive human studies), C (risk cannot be ruled out), D (evidence of fetal risk), and X (contraindicated in pregnancy). In 2014, the FDA decided to no longer use this classification system for medications approved after 2000.6 However, because many proposed treatment options for CLE were approved prior to 2001, we have summarized the commonly prescribed medications for CLE according to their prior FDA letter categories.
Treatment Options for CLE During Pregnancy
Prior to initiating systemic medications for the treatment of CLE, topical medications should be considered. Recommended treatment options include corticosteroids and calcineurin inhibitors.7 Compared with systemic medications, topical treatments carry minimal side effects, such as skin atrophy, that typically remain localized to areas of application.8 Moreover, even with extensive application, no correlation has been found between topical corticosteroid use and fetal growth,9 which suggests that topical steroids are safe in pregnancy and should be considered as a first-line treatment option for CLE. Calcineurin inhibitors also are considered safe based on their low level of absorption through the skin and are considered second-line topical treatment options in pregnancy.10
Although topical medications are effective for the treatment of CLE, many patients require the administration of systemic therapeutics for severe or refractory disease. Based on previously published reports, Figure 1 describes the current recommended systemic treatment options for CLE.11 Unfortunately, many of these medications carry teratogenic risks during pregnancy. The risks and side effects of the medications are described in detail in the following sections and summarized in the eTable.
Category B
Systemic Steroids—Systemic steroids are one of the most prescribed medications during pregnancy.12 Oral steroids have been associated with fast symptom relief, making this class of medications particularly effective during CLE flares; however, long-term management is not recommended because of the side effects, which include osteoporosis and impaired glucose metabolism.13
With low transmission across the placenta, there are 3 glucocorticoids that carry the safest profile in pregnancy: prednisone, cortisone, and hydrocortisone.14 Dexamethasone and betamethasone should be avoided, as both readily cross the placenta and increase fetal exposure.15 Although teratogenic effects have been associated with steroid use, most studies involving pregnant patients have inconclusive results. For instance, one study described an association between cleft lip/palate with in utero glucocorticoid exposure.16 However, multiple follow-up studies found no association between the two.17,18 Studies investigating the relationship between steroids and miscarriages or steroids and low birth weight also are inconclusive. Of note, if used throughout pregnancy, administration of a loading dose of glucocorticoids prior to delivery is recommended because of the increased stress brought on during labor.19
Sulfasalazine—Sulfasalazine is an immunomodulator commonly used for the treatment of inflammatory bowel disease and rheumatoid arthritis. However, studies also have shown that sulfasalazine is an effective treatment of CLE if standard treatments have failed.20,21
During pregnancy, patients exposed to sulfasalazine experienced minimal side effects despite transportation across the placenta.22 In comparison with control, pregnant women taking sulfasalazine experienced no increased risk for low fetal weight,23 congenital abnormalities,24 or spontaneous abortions.25 Of note, sulfasalazine can affect sperm, so male patients also should be counselled.
Category C
Hydroxychloroquine—Hydroxychloroquine is considered a first-line medication for those with CLE based on a symptomatic relief rate of 50% to 70%.26 For those taking hydroxychloroquine during pregnancy, the majority of studies have shown no association between the medication and adverse fetal events, including congenital abnormalities, prematurity, or spontaneous abortions.27-29 Therefore, hydroxychloroquine is considered safe in pregnancy, and those on the medication should continue standard monitoring, including retinopathy screening.30
Of note, hydroxychloroquine can be stored in tissue for weeks to months after discontinuation.5 Therefore, if patients wish to avoid hydroxychloroquine in pregnancy, one should stop taking the medication several months prior to conception.
Dapsone—Dapsone, a medication with both antimicrobial and immunomodulatory properties, is an effective second-line therapy for CLE.31 Although large-scale human trials have not been performed, multiple case reports and observational studies have supported the safe use of dapsone in pregnancy.32-34 However, there are notable side effects, including dose-dependent hemolysis, methemoglobinemia, and hypersensitivity reactions.13 Therefore, once treatment is initiated or continued, folic acid supplementation (5 mg daily) and regular serum analysis, including complete blood cell counts, are recommended in pregnant patients.19
Rituximab—Recent studies have demonstrated that rituximab can be an effective treatment of subacute and chronic CLE.35,36 Through inhibition of CD20, rituximab causes a decrease in circulating B cells and a reduced immune response. Therefore, experts recommend discontinuation of rituximab for 12 months prior to conception to reduce potential side effects to the fetus, which may include a transient reduction of circulating fetal B cells.37
If continued during pregnancy, most studies suggest discontinuation of rituximab during the third trimester, as it has been associated with neonatal infections and congenital abnormalities.19,37 However, these results are based on limited case reports, and thus robust research is needed to better understand the effect of rituximab in utero.
Intravenous Immunoglobulin Infusion—Intravenous immunoglobulin (IVIG) infusion is a well-tolerated treatment for many autoimmune disorders.38 Although not first line, limited case studies have demonstrated remission of refractory CLE following IVIG.39,40 Although no studies have directly investigated the effect of IVIG on fetal development, it has been frequently administered and well tolerated during pregnancy, especially in those with multiple sclerosis or antiphospholipid syndrome.41 Commonly reported side effects include headache and fatigue, and a rare associated side effect to be aware of is embolic events.42,43
Cyclosporine—Cyclosporine rarely is used in the treatment of localized CLE due to its extensive side-effect profile, most notably nephrotoxicity.44 However, studies have shown that cyclosporine may be efficacious if symptoms extend beyond the skin, involve multiple organs, and/or other treatments have failed.39 For those who are pregnant and wish to continue cyclosporine use, studies have associated low birth weight and premature delivery with its exposure in utero.44
Category D
Mycophenolate Mofetil—In conjunction with standard therapy, mycophenolate mofetil (MMF) is an adequate treatment of refractory CLE.45 Unfortunately, case reports have demonstrated an increased risk for fetal congenital abnormalities and first-trimester spontaneous abortion with use of MMF during pregnancy.46,47 Therefore, it is recommended that patients on MMF discontinue the medication at least 6 weeks prior to conception.46
Azathioprine—Although azathioprine has been shown to provide relief of discoid lupus erythematosus symptoms,48 it currently is only utilized for refractory disease, largely due to notable side effects that particularly affect the gastrointestinal tract and liver.4 Moreover, azathioprine use during pregnancy has been associated with prematurity, congenital anomalies, fetal cytopenia, and low birth weight.49 With that said, and although not recommended, if patients decide to continue treatment, experts recommend limiting the dose to 2 mg/kg daily to reduce potential adverse events.
Category X
Oral Retinoids—According to the American Academy of Dermatology, retinoids such as isotretinoin and acitretin are considered second-line therapy for CLE.50 With that being said, there are well-documented effects on fetal development associated with oral retinoid use, including central nervous system, cardiovascular system, and craniofacial abnormalities.51 Therefore, its use is contraindicated during pregnancy. To prevent pregnancy while taking isotretinoin, patients must enroll in an online monitoring program called iPLEDGE. This program requires monthly updates by both the physician and the patient, including a negative pregnancy test every month for female patients actively taking the medication.52
The half-lives of the oral retinoids isotretinoin and acitretin are 10 to 20 hours and 50 to 60 hours, respectively.53,54 However, alcohol consumption converts acitretin into the metabolite etretinate, which can remain in tissue for up to 120 days.54,55 Therefore, women are advised to avoid alcohol while taking acitretin and avoid conception for 2 to 3 years after cessation of the medication.55 For those wishing to restart retinoids after pregnancy, studies show the medication can be safely reinstated 35 days after delivery for those interested in continued treatment.56
Thalidomide—Although low-dose thalidomide can treat refractory CLE, its use is restricted because of its known teratogenicity, most notably limb deformities.57 If prescribed thalidomide, women will need to enroll in the System for Thalidomide Education and Prescribing Safety program, similar to the iPLEDGE program, and use 2 forms of contraception when sexually active.58 Contraception should be continued for 4 weeks following the last dose of thalidomide. After this point, conception is considered safe.59
Methotrexate—For nonpregnant patients, low-dose methotrexate (MTX) with folate supplementation is a treatment option for CLE.60 However, for those who are pregnant, low-dose MTX is an abortive agent and has been associated with aminopterin syndrome, which includes skull deficits, craniofacial abnormalities, and limb deformities in live births.19,61 Therefore, MTX is not recommended in pregnancy. Of note, MTX can affect sperm; male patients also should be counselled.
Final Thoughts
Overall, it is recommended to limit medication use as much as possible in pregnancy. To reduce these exposures, it is imperative to reduce triggers that may lead to symptomatic flares of CLE. Because CLE can be triggered by sun exposure, we advise topical sunscreen to prevent CLE flares that may require additional oral medication.62,63
Various medications are considered safe for the treatment of CLE in pregnant patients (Figure 2). Based on studies in animal and clinical trials, hydroxychloroquine is considered a safe and effective medication for CLE in pregnancy and is a first-line therapy in nonpregnant patients.26,27 If flares occur, IVIG or a short course of oral steroids should be considered to manage symptoms.13,39 For those with severe flares, treatment is difficult, and personalized approaches may be necessary.
Part of the question for the childbearing population is when a patient would like to conceive. For severe cases when hydroxychloroquine is not effective as monotherapy, using a treatment that can encourage remission prior to conception attempts can be a beneficial strategy. Rituximab is an excellent example of such a therapy, as the therapeutic effect outlasts the immunosuppressive effect and therefore is unlikely to affect a future fetus.64 Thalidomide also is a potential option prior to conception, based on its short washout period and its ability to achieve notable remission rates in patients with CLE.57,59 Regardless, patients with CLE should still consult their dermatologist and rheumatologist (if applicable) prior to conception.
Patients of childbearing potential represent a population in which discussion about life goals greatly affects medication options. Having these discussions early and often allows for an open, more successful approach so that treatment regimens are not derailed at the time of conception.
- Renner R, Sticherling M. The different faces of cutaneous lupus erythematosus. G Ital Dermatol Venereol. 2009;144:135-147.
- Kuhn A, Landmann A. The classification and diagnosis of cutaneous lupus erythematosus. J Autoimmun. 2014;48:14-19.
- Shi H, Gudjonsson J, Kahlenberg J. Treatment of cutaneous lupus erythematosus: current approaches and future strategies. Curr Opin Rheumatol. 2020;32:208-214.
- Winkelmann RR, Kim GK, Del Rosso JQ. Treatment of cutaneous lupus erythematosus: review and assessment of treatment benefits based on Oxford Centre for Evidence-based Medicine criteria. J Clin Aesthet Dermatol. 2013;6:27-38.
- Jacobson DL, Gange SJ, Rose NR, et al. Epidemiology and estimated population burden of selected autoimmune diseases in the United States. Clin Immunol Immunopathol. 1997;84:223-243.
- Pernia S, DeMaagd G. The new pregnancy and lactation labeling rule. P T. 2016;41:713-715.
- Fanouriakis A, Kostopoulou M, Alunno A, et al. 2019 Update of the EULAR recommendations for the management of systemic lupus erythematosus. Ann Rheum Dis. 2019;78:736-745.
- Kuhn A, Aberer E, Bata‐Csörgö Z, et al. S2k guideline for treatment of cutaneous lupus erythematosus—guided by the European Dermatology Forum (EDF) in cooperation with the European Academyof Dermatology and Venereology (EADV). J Eur Acad Dermatol Venereol. 2017;31:389-404.
- Andersson NW, Skov L, Andersen JT. Evaluation of topical corticosteroid use in pregnancy and risk of newborns being small for gestational age and having low birth weight. JAMA Dermatol. 2021;157:788-795.
- Undre NA, Moloney FJ, Ahmadi S, et al. Skin and systemic pharmacokinetics of tacrolimus following topical application of tacrolimus ointment in adults with moderate to severe atopic dermatitis. Br J Dermatol. 2009;160:665-669.
- Xiong W, Lahita RG. Pragmatic approaches to therapy for systemic lupus erythematosus. Nat Rev Rheumatol. 2014;10:97-107.
- Kuriya B, Hernández‐Díaz S, Liu J, et al. Patterns of medication use during pregnancy in rheumatoid arthritis. Arthritis Care Res. 2011;63:721-728.
- Chang A, Werth V. Treatment of cutaneous lupus. Curr Rheumatol Rep. 2011;13:300-307.
- Beitins IZ, Bayard F, Ances IG, et al. The transplacental passage of prednisone and prednisolone in pregnancy near term. J Pediatr. 1972;81:936-945.
- Ogueh O, Johnson MR. The metabolic effect of antenatal corticosteroid therapy. Hum Reprod Update. 2000;6:169-176.
- Park-Wyllie L, Mazzotta P, Pastuszak A, et al. Birth defects after maternal exposure to corticosteroids: prospective cohort study and meta-analysis of epidemiological studies. Teratology. 2000;62:385-392.
- Bay Bjørn A, Ehrenstein V, Hundborg HH, et al. Use of corticosteroids in early pregnancy is not associated with risk of oral clefts and other congenital malformations in offspring. Am J Ther. 2014;21:73-80.
- Hviid A, Mølgaard-Nielsen D. Corticosteroid use during pregnancy and risk of orofacial clefts. CMAJ. 2011;183:796-804.
- Krause ML, Amin S, Makol A. Use of DMARDs and biologics during pregnancy and lactation in rheumatoid arthritis: what the rheumatologist needs to know. Ther Adv Musculoskelet Dis. 2014;6:169-184.
- Artuz F, Lenk N, Deniz N, et al. Efficacy of sulfasalazine in discoid lupus erythematosus. Int J Dermatol. 1996;35:746-748.
- Delaporte E, Catteau B, Sabbagh N, et al. Treatment of discoid lupus erythematosus with sulfasalazine: 11 cases [in French]. Ann Dermatol Venereol. 1997;124:151-156.
- Järnerot G, Into-Malmberg MB, Esbjörner E. Placental transfer of sulphasalazine and sulphapyridine and some of its metabolites. Scand J Gastroenterol. 1981;16:693-697.
- Norgard B, Pedersen L, Christensen LA, et al. Therapeutic drug use in women with Crohn’s disease and birth outcomes: a Danish nationwide cohort study. Am J Gastroenterol. 2007;102:1406-1413.
- Nørgård B, Czeizel AE, Rockenbauer M, et al. Population-based case control study of the safety of sulfasalazine use during pregnancy. Aliment Pharmacol Ther. 2001;15:483-486.
- Rahimi R, Nikfar S, Rezaie A, et al. Pregnancy outcome in women with inflammatory bowel disease following exposure to 5-aminosalicylic acid drugs: a meta-analysis. Reprod Toxicol. 2008;25:271-275.
- Callen JP. Chronic cutaneous lupus erythematosus: clinical, laboratory, therapeutic, and prognostic examination of 62 patients. Arch Dermatol. 1982;118:412-416.
- Buchanan NM, Toubi E, Khamashta MA, et al. Hydroxychloroquine and lupus pregnancy: review of a series of 36 cases. Ann Rheum Dis. 1996;55:486-488.
- Costedoat‐Chalumeau N, Amoura Z, Duhaut P, et al. Safety of hydroxychloroquine in pregnant patients with connective tissue diseases: a study of one hundred thirty‐three cases compared with a control group. Arthritis Rheum. 2003;48:3207-3211.
- Sperber K, Hom C, Chao CP, et al. Systematic review of hydroxychloroquine use in pregnant patients with autoimmune diseases. Pediatr Rheumatol Online J. 2009;7:9.
- Marmor MF, Carr RE, Easterbrook M, et al. Recommendations on screening for chloroquine and hydroxychloroquine retinopathy: a report by the American Academy of Ophthalmology. Ophthalmology. 2002;109:1377-1382.
- Klebes M, Wutte N, Aberer E. Dapsone as second-line treatment for cutaneous lupus erythematosus? a retrospective analysis of 34 patients and a review of the literature. Dermatology. 2016;232:91-96.
- Tuffanelli DL. Successful pregnancy in a patient with dermatitis herpetiformis treated with low-dose dapsone. Arch Dermatol. 1982;118:876.
- Varghese L, Viswabandya A, Mathew AJ. Dapsone, danazol, and intrapartum splenectomy in refractory ITP complicating pregnancy. Indian J Med Sci. 2008;62:452-455.
- Kahn G. Dapsone is safe during pregnancy. J Am Acad Dermatol. 1985;13:838-839.
- Quelhas da Costa R, Aguirre-Alastuey ME, Isenberg DA, et al. Assessment of response to B-cell depletion using rituximab in cutaneous lupus erythematosus. JAMA Dermatol. 2018;154:1432-1440.
- Alsanafi S, Kovarik C, Mermelstein A, et al. Rituximab in thetreatment of bullous systemic lupus erythematosus. J Clin Rheumatol. 2011;17:142-144.
- Chakravarty EF, Murray ER, Kelman A, et al. Pregnancy outcomes after maternal exposure to rituximab. Blood. 2011;117:1499-1506.
- Fernandez AP, Kerdel FA. The use of i.v. IG therapy in dermatology. Dermatol Ther. 2007;20:288-305.
- Kuhn A, Ruland V, Bonsmann G. Cutaneous lupus erythematosus: update of therapeutic options part II. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2011;65:E195-E213.
- Singh H, Naidu G, Sharma A. Intravenous immunoglobulin for the rescue in refractory cutaneous lupus. Indian Dermatol Online J. 2020;11:1003-1004.
- Clark AL. Clinical uses of intravenous immunoglobulin in pregnancy. Clin Obstet Gynecol. 1999;42:368-380.
- Kazatchkine MD, Kaveri SV. Immunomodulation of autoimmune and inflammatory diseases with intravenous immune globulin. N Engl J Med. 2001;345:747-755.
- Woodruff RK, Grigg AP, Firkin FC, et al. Fatal thrombotic events during treatment of autoimmune thrombocytopenia with intravenous immunoglobulin in elderly patients. Lancet. 1986;2:217-218.
- Paziana K, Del Monaco M, Cardonick E, et al. Ciclosporin use during pregnancy. Drug Saf. 2013;36:279-294.
- Gammon B, Hansen C, Costner MI. Efficacy of mycophenolate mofetil in antimalarial-resistant cutaneous lupus erythematosus. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2010;65:717-721.e2.
- Abdulaziz HM, Shemies RS, Taman M, et al. Fetal proximal and distal limb anomalies following exposure to mycophenolate mofetil during pregnancy: a case report and review of the literature. Lupus. 2021;30:1522-1525.
- Pisoni CN, D’Cruz DP. The safety of mycophenolate mofetil in pregnancy. Exp Opin Drug Saf. 2008;7:219-222.
- Ashinoff R, Werth VP, Franks AG. Resistant discoid lupus erythematosus of palms and soles: successful treatment with azathioprine. J Am Acad Dermatol. 1988;19:961-965. doi:10.1016/S0190-9622(88)70259-5
- Goldstein LH, Dolinsky G, Greenberg R, et al. Pregnancy outcome of women exposed to azathioprine during pregnancy. Birth Defects Res A Clin Mol Teratol. 2007;79:696-701.
- Drake LA, Dinehart SM, Farmer ER, et al. Guidelines of care for cutaneous lupus erythematosus. American Academy of Dermatology. J Am Acad Dermatol. 1996;34:830-836.
- Sladden MJ, Harman KE. What is the chance of a normal pregnancy in a woman whose fetus has been exposed to isotretinoin? Arch Dermatol. 2007;143:1187-1188.
- Shin J, Cheetham TC, Wong L, et al. The impact of the iPLEDGE program on isotretinoin fetal exposure in an integrated health care system. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2011;65:1117-1125.
- Brazzell RK, Colburn WA. Pharmacokinetics of the retinoids isotretinoin and etretinate. J Am Acad Dermatol. 1982;6:643-651.
- Pilkington T, Brogden RN. Acitretin: a review of its pharmacology and therapeutic use. Drugs. 1992;43:597-627.
- Gronhoj Larsen F, Steinkjer B, Jakobsen P, et al. Acitretin is converted to etretinate only during concomitant alcohol intake. Br J Dermatol. 2000;143:1164-1169.
- Jajoria H, Mysore V. Washout period for pregnancy post isotretinoin therapy. Indian Dermatol Online J. 2020;11:239-242.
- Cortés-Hernández J, Torres-Salido M, Castro-Marrero J, et al. Thalidomide in the treatment of refractory cutaneous lupus erythematosus: prognostic factors of clinical outcome. Br J Dermatol. 2012;166:616-623.
- Zeldis JB, Williams BA, Thomas SD, et al. S.T.E.P.S.™: a comprehensive program for controlling and monitoring access to thalidomide. Clin Ther. 1999;21:319-330.
- C.S. Mott Children’s Hospital. University of Michigan Health. Thalidomide. Updated March 26, 2020. Accessed January 14, 2022. https://www.mottchildren.org/health-library/d04331a1
- Boehm IB, Boehm GA, Bauer R. Management of cutaneous lupus erythematosus with low-dose methotrexate: indication for modulation of inflammatory mechanisms. Rheumatol Int. 1998;18:59-62.
- Buckley LM, Bullaboy CA, Leichtman L, et al. Multiple congenital anomalies associated with weekly low‐dose methotrexate treatment of the mother. Arthritis Rheum. 1997;40:971-973.
- Foering K, Okawa J, Rose M, et al. Characterization of photosensitivity and poor quality of life in lupus. J Invest Dermatol. 2010;130(suppl):S10.
- Kuhn A, Herrmann M, Kleber S, et al. Accumulation of apoptotic cells in the epidermis of patients with cutaneous lupus erythematosus after ultraviolet irradiation. Arthritis Rheum. 2006;54:939-950.
- Lake EP, Huang Y, Aronson IK. Rituximab treatment of pemphigus in women of childbearing age: experience with two patients. J Dermatol Treat. 2017;28:751-752.
Cutaneous lupus erythematosus (CLE) is a heterogeneous autoimmune disease that involves the skin. Cutaneous lupus erythematosus can be classified into various subtypes.1 These include, but are not limited to, acute CLE, subacute CLE, chronic CLE, intermittent CLE, lupus tumidus, and lupus profundus.1,2 The CLE subtypes have variable associations with systemic lupus erythematosus. For instance, some subtypes, such as acute CLE, are more strongly associated with systemic lupus erythematosus.
Treatment of CLE is similar to other autoimmune disorders. Although the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) has not approved any treatments for CLE,3,4 the most common therapeutic options are disease-modifying antirheumatic drugs. Unfortunately, many of these treatments carry teratogenic effects. Because CLE predominantly affects women, particularly those of childbearing age, it is imperative to understand the available treatment options for those who are pregnant or considering pregnancy for an informed discussion with patients.5
For years, the gold standard when considering a medication during pregnancy was the FDA’s classification system. According to this system, medications were classified into 5 letter categories based on their potential teratogenicity, including A (no fetal risk), B (potential animal risk but inconclusive human studies), C (risk cannot be ruled out), D (evidence of fetal risk), and X (contraindicated in pregnancy). In 2014, the FDA decided to no longer use this classification system for medications approved after 2000.6 However, because many proposed treatment options for CLE were approved prior to 2001, we have summarized the commonly prescribed medications for CLE according to their prior FDA letter categories.
Treatment Options for CLE During Pregnancy
Prior to initiating systemic medications for the treatment of CLE, topical medications should be considered. Recommended treatment options include corticosteroids and calcineurin inhibitors.7 Compared with systemic medications, topical treatments carry minimal side effects, such as skin atrophy, that typically remain localized to areas of application.8 Moreover, even with extensive application, no correlation has been found between topical corticosteroid use and fetal growth,9 which suggests that topical steroids are safe in pregnancy and should be considered as a first-line treatment option for CLE. Calcineurin inhibitors also are considered safe based on their low level of absorption through the skin and are considered second-line topical treatment options in pregnancy.10
Although topical medications are effective for the treatment of CLE, many patients require the administration of systemic therapeutics for severe or refractory disease. Based on previously published reports, Figure 1 describes the current recommended systemic treatment options for CLE.11 Unfortunately, many of these medications carry teratogenic risks during pregnancy. The risks and side effects of the medications are described in detail in the following sections and summarized in the eTable.
Category B
Systemic Steroids—Systemic steroids are one of the most prescribed medications during pregnancy.12 Oral steroids have been associated with fast symptom relief, making this class of medications particularly effective during CLE flares; however, long-term management is not recommended because of the side effects, which include osteoporosis and impaired glucose metabolism.13
With low transmission across the placenta, there are 3 glucocorticoids that carry the safest profile in pregnancy: prednisone, cortisone, and hydrocortisone.14 Dexamethasone and betamethasone should be avoided, as both readily cross the placenta and increase fetal exposure.15 Although teratogenic effects have been associated with steroid use, most studies involving pregnant patients have inconclusive results. For instance, one study described an association between cleft lip/palate with in utero glucocorticoid exposure.16 However, multiple follow-up studies found no association between the two.17,18 Studies investigating the relationship between steroids and miscarriages or steroids and low birth weight also are inconclusive. Of note, if used throughout pregnancy, administration of a loading dose of glucocorticoids prior to delivery is recommended because of the increased stress brought on during labor.19
Sulfasalazine—Sulfasalazine is an immunomodulator commonly used for the treatment of inflammatory bowel disease and rheumatoid arthritis. However, studies also have shown that sulfasalazine is an effective treatment of CLE if standard treatments have failed.20,21
During pregnancy, patients exposed to sulfasalazine experienced minimal side effects despite transportation across the placenta.22 In comparison with control, pregnant women taking sulfasalazine experienced no increased risk for low fetal weight,23 congenital abnormalities,24 or spontaneous abortions.25 Of note, sulfasalazine can affect sperm, so male patients also should be counselled.
Category C
Hydroxychloroquine—Hydroxychloroquine is considered a first-line medication for those with CLE based on a symptomatic relief rate of 50% to 70%.26 For those taking hydroxychloroquine during pregnancy, the majority of studies have shown no association between the medication and adverse fetal events, including congenital abnormalities, prematurity, or spontaneous abortions.27-29 Therefore, hydroxychloroquine is considered safe in pregnancy, and those on the medication should continue standard monitoring, including retinopathy screening.30
Of note, hydroxychloroquine can be stored in tissue for weeks to months after discontinuation.5 Therefore, if patients wish to avoid hydroxychloroquine in pregnancy, one should stop taking the medication several months prior to conception.
Dapsone—Dapsone, a medication with both antimicrobial and immunomodulatory properties, is an effective second-line therapy for CLE.31 Although large-scale human trials have not been performed, multiple case reports and observational studies have supported the safe use of dapsone in pregnancy.32-34 However, there are notable side effects, including dose-dependent hemolysis, methemoglobinemia, and hypersensitivity reactions.13 Therefore, once treatment is initiated or continued, folic acid supplementation (5 mg daily) and regular serum analysis, including complete blood cell counts, are recommended in pregnant patients.19
Rituximab—Recent studies have demonstrated that rituximab can be an effective treatment of subacute and chronic CLE.35,36 Through inhibition of CD20, rituximab causes a decrease in circulating B cells and a reduced immune response. Therefore, experts recommend discontinuation of rituximab for 12 months prior to conception to reduce potential side effects to the fetus, which may include a transient reduction of circulating fetal B cells.37
If continued during pregnancy, most studies suggest discontinuation of rituximab during the third trimester, as it has been associated with neonatal infections and congenital abnormalities.19,37 However, these results are based on limited case reports, and thus robust research is needed to better understand the effect of rituximab in utero.
Intravenous Immunoglobulin Infusion—Intravenous immunoglobulin (IVIG) infusion is a well-tolerated treatment for many autoimmune disorders.38 Although not first line, limited case studies have demonstrated remission of refractory CLE following IVIG.39,40 Although no studies have directly investigated the effect of IVIG on fetal development, it has been frequently administered and well tolerated during pregnancy, especially in those with multiple sclerosis or antiphospholipid syndrome.41 Commonly reported side effects include headache and fatigue, and a rare associated side effect to be aware of is embolic events.42,43
Cyclosporine—Cyclosporine rarely is used in the treatment of localized CLE due to its extensive side-effect profile, most notably nephrotoxicity.44 However, studies have shown that cyclosporine may be efficacious if symptoms extend beyond the skin, involve multiple organs, and/or other treatments have failed.39 For those who are pregnant and wish to continue cyclosporine use, studies have associated low birth weight and premature delivery with its exposure in utero.44
Category D
Mycophenolate Mofetil—In conjunction with standard therapy, mycophenolate mofetil (MMF) is an adequate treatment of refractory CLE.45 Unfortunately, case reports have demonstrated an increased risk for fetal congenital abnormalities and first-trimester spontaneous abortion with use of MMF during pregnancy.46,47 Therefore, it is recommended that patients on MMF discontinue the medication at least 6 weeks prior to conception.46
Azathioprine—Although azathioprine has been shown to provide relief of discoid lupus erythematosus symptoms,48 it currently is only utilized for refractory disease, largely due to notable side effects that particularly affect the gastrointestinal tract and liver.4 Moreover, azathioprine use during pregnancy has been associated with prematurity, congenital anomalies, fetal cytopenia, and low birth weight.49 With that said, and although not recommended, if patients decide to continue treatment, experts recommend limiting the dose to 2 mg/kg daily to reduce potential adverse events.
Category X
Oral Retinoids—According to the American Academy of Dermatology, retinoids such as isotretinoin and acitretin are considered second-line therapy for CLE.50 With that being said, there are well-documented effects on fetal development associated with oral retinoid use, including central nervous system, cardiovascular system, and craniofacial abnormalities.51 Therefore, its use is contraindicated during pregnancy. To prevent pregnancy while taking isotretinoin, patients must enroll in an online monitoring program called iPLEDGE. This program requires monthly updates by both the physician and the patient, including a negative pregnancy test every month for female patients actively taking the medication.52
The half-lives of the oral retinoids isotretinoin and acitretin are 10 to 20 hours and 50 to 60 hours, respectively.53,54 However, alcohol consumption converts acitretin into the metabolite etretinate, which can remain in tissue for up to 120 days.54,55 Therefore, women are advised to avoid alcohol while taking acitretin and avoid conception for 2 to 3 years after cessation of the medication.55 For those wishing to restart retinoids after pregnancy, studies show the medication can be safely reinstated 35 days after delivery for those interested in continued treatment.56
Thalidomide—Although low-dose thalidomide can treat refractory CLE, its use is restricted because of its known teratogenicity, most notably limb deformities.57 If prescribed thalidomide, women will need to enroll in the System for Thalidomide Education and Prescribing Safety program, similar to the iPLEDGE program, and use 2 forms of contraception when sexually active.58 Contraception should be continued for 4 weeks following the last dose of thalidomide. After this point, conception is considered safe.59
Methotrexate—For nonpregnant patients, low-dose methotrexate (MTX) with folate supplementation is a treatment option for CLE.60 However, for those who are pregnant, low-dose MTX is an abortive agent and has been associated with aminopterin syndrome, which includes skull deficits, craniofacial abnormalities, and limb deformities in live births.19,61 Therefore, MTX is not recommended in pregnancy. Of note, MTX can affect sperm; male patients also should be counselled.
Final Thoughts
Overall, it is recommended to limit medication use as much as possible in pregnancy. To reduce these exposures, it is imperative to reduce triggers that may lead to symptomatic flares of CLE. Because CLE can be triggered by sun exposure, we advise topical sunscreen to prevent CLE flares that may require additional oral medication.62,63
Various medications are considered safe for the treatment of CLE in pregnant patients (Figure 2). Based on studies in animal and clinical trials, hydroxychloroquine is considered a safe and effective medication for CLE in pregnancy and is a first-line therapy in nonpregnant patients.26,27 If flares occur, IVIG or a short course of oral steroids should be considered to manage symptoms.13,39 For those with severe flares, treatment is difficult, and personalized approaches may be necessary.
Part of the question for the childbearing population is when a patient would like to conceive. For severe cases when hydroxychloroquine is not effective as monotherapy, using a treatment that can encourage remission prior to conception attempts can be a beneficial strategy. Rituximab is an excellent example of such a therapy, as the therapeutic effect outlasts the immunosuppressive effect and therefore is unlikely to affect a future fetus.64 Thalidomide also is a potential option prior to conception, based on its short washout period and its ability to achieve notable remission rates in patients with CLE.57,59 Regardless, patients with CLE should still consult their dermatologist and rheumatologist (if applicable) prior to conception.
Patients of childbearing potential represent a population in which discussion about life goals greatly affects medication options. Having these discussions early and often allows for an open, more successful approach so that treatment regimens are not derailed at the time of conception.
Cutaneous lupus erythematosus (CLE) is a heterogeneous autoimmune disease that involves the skin. Cutaneous lupus erythematosus can be classified into various subtypes.1 These include, but are not limited to, acute CLE, subacute CLE, chronic CLE, intermittent CLE, lupus tumidus, and lupus profundus.1,2 The CLE subtypes have variable associations with systemic lupus erythematosus. For instance, some subtypes, such as acute CLE, are more strongly associated with systemic lupus erythematosus.
Treatment of CLE is similar to other autoimmune disorders. Although the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) has not approved any treatments for CLE,3,4 the most common therapeutic options are disease-modifying antirheumatic drugs. Unfortunately, many of these treatments carry teratogenic effects. Because CLE predominantly affects women, particularly those of childbearing age, it is imperative to understand the available treatment options for those who are pregnant or considering pregnancy for an informed discussion with patients.5
For years, the gold standard when considering a medication during pregnancy was the FDA’s classification system. According to this system, medications were classified into 5 letter categories based on their potential teratogenicity, including A (no fetal risk), B (potential animal risk but inconclusive human studies), C (risk cannot be ruled out), D (evidence of fetal risk), and X (contraindicated in pregnancy). In 2014, the FDA decided to no longer use this classification system for medications approved after 2000.6 However, because many proposed treatment options for CLE were approved prior to 2001, we have summarized the commonly prescribed medications for CLE according to their prior FDA letter categories.
Treatment Options for CLE During Pregnancy
Prior to initiating systemic medications for the treatment of CLE, topical medications should be considered. Recommended treatment options include corticosteroids and calcineurin inhibitors.7 Compared with systemic medications, topical treatments carry minimal side effects, such as skin atrophy, that typically remain localized to areas of application.8 Moreover, even with extensive application, no correlation has been found between topical corticosteroid use and fetal growth,9 which suggests that topical steroids are safe in pregnancy and should be considered as a first-line treatment option for CLE. Calcineurin inhibitors also are considered safe based on their low level of absorption through the skin and are considered second-line topical treatment options in pregnancy.10
Although topical medications are effective for the treatment of CLE, many patients require the administration of systemic therapeutics for severe or refractory disease. Based on previously published reports, Figure 1 describes the current recommended systemic treatment options for CLE.11 Unfortunately, many of these medications carry teratogenic risks during pregnancy. The risks and side effects of the medications are described in detail in the following sections and summarized in the eTable.
Category B
Systemic Steroids—Systemic steroids are one of the most prescribed medications during pregnancy.12 Oral steroids have been associated with fast symptom relief, making this class of medications particularly effective during CLE flares; however, long-term management is not recommended because of the side effects, which include osteoporosis and impaired glucose metabolism.13
With low transmission across the placenta, there are 3 glucocorticoids that carry the safest profile in pregnancy: prednisone, cortisone, and hydrocortisone.14 Dexamethasone and betamethasone should be avoided, as both readily cross the placenta and increase fetal exposure.15 Although teratogenic effects have been associated with steroid use, most studies involving pregnant patients have inconclusive results. For instance, one study described an association between cleft lip/palate with in utero glucocorticoid exposure.16 However, multiple follow-up studies found no association between the two.17,18 Studies investigating the relationship between steroids and miscarriages or steroids and low birth weight also are inconclusive. Of note, if used throughout pregnancy, administration of a loading dose of glucocorticoids prior to delivery is recommended because of the increased stress brought on during labor.19
Sulfasalazine—Sulfasalazine is an immunomodulator commonly used for the treatment of inflammatory bowel disease and rheumatoid arthritis. However, studies also have shown that sulfasalazine is an effective treatment of CLE if standard treatments have failed.20,21
During pregnancy, patients exposed to sulfasalazine experienced minimal side effects despite transportation across the placenta.22 In comparison with control, pregnant women taking sulfasalazine experienced no increased risk for low fetal weight,23 congenital abnormalities,24 or spontaneous abortions.25 Of note, sulfasalazine can affect sperm, so male patients also should be counselled.
Category C
Hydroxychloroquine—Hydroxychloroquine is considered a first-line medication for those with CLE based on a symptomatic relief rate of 50% to 70%.26 For those taking hydroxychloroquine during pregnancy, the majority of studies have shown no association between the medication and adverse fetal events, including congenital abnormalities, prematurity, or spontaneous abortions.27-29 Therefore, hydroxychloroquine is considered safe in pregnancy, and those on the medication should continue standard monitoring, including retinopathy screening.30
Of note, hydroxychloroquine can be stored in tissue for weeks to months after discontinuation.5 Therefore, if patients wish to avoid hydroxychloroquine in pregnancy, one should stop taking the medication several months prior to conception.
Dapsone—Dapsone, a medication with both antimicrobial and immunomodulatory properties, is an effective second-line therapy for CLE.31 Although large-scale human trials have not been performed, multiple case reports and observational studies have supported the safe use of dapsone in pregnancy.32-34 However, there are notable side effects, including dose-dependent hemolysis, methemoglobinemia, and hypersensitivity reactions.13 Therefore, once treatment is initiated or continued, folic acid supplementation (5 mg daily) and regular serum analysis, including complete blood cell counts, are recommended in pregnant patients.19
Rituximab—Recent studies have demonstrated that rituximab can be an effective treatment of subacute and chronic CLE.35,36 Through inhibition of CD20, rituximab causes a decrease in circulating B cells and a reduced immune response. Therefore, experts recommend discontinuation of rituximab for 12 months prior to conception to reduce potential side effects to the fetus, which may include a transient reduction of circulating fetal B cells.37
If continued during pregnancy, most studies suggest discontinuation of rituximab during the third trimester, as it has been associated with neonatal infections and congenital abnormalities.19,37 However, these results are based on limited case reports, and thus robust research is needed to better understand the effect of rituximab in utero.
Intravenous Immunoglobulin Infusion—Intravenous immunoglobulin (IVIG) infusion is a well-tolerated treatment for many autoimmune disorders.38 Although not first line, limited case studies have demonstrated remission of refractory CLE following IVIG.39,40 Although no studies have directly investigated the effect of IVIG on fetal development, it has been frequently administered and well tolerated during pregnancy, especially in those with multiple sclerosis or antiphospholipid syndrome.41 Commonly reported side effects include headache and fatigue, and a rare associated side effect to be aware of is embolic events.42,43
Cyclosporine—Cyclosporine rarely is used in the treatment of localized CLE due to its extensive side-effect profile, most notably nephrotoxicity.44 However, studies have shown that cyclosporine may be efficacious if symptoms extend beyond the skin, involve multiple organs, and/or other treatments have failed.39 For those who are pregnant and wish to continue cyclosporine use, studies have associated low birth weight and premature delivery with its exposure in utero.44
Category D
Mycophenolate Mofetil—In conjunction with standard therapy, mycophenolate mofetil (MMF) is an adequate treatment of refractory CLE.45 Unfortunately, case reports have demonstrated an increased risk for fetal congenital abnormalities and first-trimester spontaneous abortion with use of MMF during pregnancy.46,47 Therefore, it is recommended that patients on MMF discontinue the medication at least 6 weeks prior to conception.46
Azathioprine—Although azathioprine has been shown to provide relief of discoid lupus erythematosus symptoms,48 it currently is only utilized for refractory disease, largely due to notable side effects that particularly affect the gastrointestinal tract and liver.4 Moreover, azathioprine use during pregnancy has been associated with prematurity, congenital anomalies, fetal cytopenia, and low birth weight.49 With that said, and although not recommended, if patients decide to continue treatment, experts recommend limiting the dose to 2 mg/kg daily to reduce potential adverse events.
Category X
Oral Retinoids—According to the American Academy of Dermatology, retinoids such as isotretinoin and acitretin are considered second-line therapy for CLE.50 With that being said, there are well-documented effects on fetal development associated with oral retinoid use, including central nervous system, cardiovascular system, and craniofacial abnormalities.51 Therefore, its use is contraindicated during pregnancy. To prevent pregnancy while taking isotretinoin, patients must enroll in an online monitoring program called iPLEDGE. This program requires monthly updates by both the physician and the patient, including a negative pregnancy test every month for female patients actively taking the medication.52
The half-lives of the oral retinoids isotretinoin and acitretin are 10 to 20 hours and 50 to 60 hours, respectively.53,54 However, alcohol consumption converts acitretin into the metabolite etretinate, which can remain in tissue for up to 120 days.54,55 Therefore, women are advised to avoid alcohol while taking acitretin and avoid conception for 2 to 3 years after cessation of the medication.55 For those wishing to restart retinoids after pregnancy, studies show the medication can be safely reinstated 35 days after delivery for those interested in continued treatment.56
Thalidomide—Although low-dose thalidomide can treat refractory CLE, its use is restricted because of its known teratogenicity, most notably limb deformities.57 If prescribed thalidomide, women will need to enroll in the System for Thalidomide Education and Prescribing Safety program, similar to the iPLEDGE program, and use 2 forms of contraception when sexually active.58 Contraception should be continued for 4 weeks following the last dose of thalidomide. After this point, conception is considered safe.59
Methotrexate—For nonpregnant patients, low-dose methotrexate (MTX) with folate supplementation is a treatment option for CLE.60 However, for those who are pregnant, low-dose MTX is an abortive agent and has been associated with aminopterin syndrome, which includes skull deficits, craniofacial abnormalities, and limb deformities in live births.19,61 Therefore, MTX is not recommended in pregnancy. Of note, MTX can affect sperm; male patients also should be counselled.
Final Thoughts
Overall, it is recommended to limit medication use as much as possible in pregnancy. To reduce these exposures, it is imperative to reduce triggers that may lead to symptomatic flares of CLE. Because CLE can be triggered by sun exposure, we advise topical sunscreen to prevent CLE flares that may require additional oral medication.62,63
Various medications are considered safe for the treatment of CLE in pregnant patients (Figure 2). Based on studies in animal and clinical trials, hydroxychloroquine is considered a safe and effective medication for CLE in pregnancy and is a first-line therapy in nonpregnant patients.26,27 If flares occur, IVIG or a short course of oral steroids should be considered to manage symptoms.13,39 For those with severe flares, treatment is difficult, and personalized approaches may be necessary.
Part of the question for the childbearing population is when a patient would like to conceive. For severe cases when hydroxychloroquine is not effective as monotherapy, using a treatment that can encourage remission prior to conception attempts can be a beneficial strategy. Rituximab is an excellent example of such a therapy, as the therapeutic effect outlasts the immunosuppressive effect and therefore is unlikely to affect a future fetus.64 Thalidomide also is a potential option prior to conception, based on its short washout period and its ability to achieve notable remission rates in patients with CLE.57,59 Regardless, patients with CLE should still consult their dermatologist and rheumatologist (if applicable) prior to conception.
Patients of childbearing potential represent a population in which discussion about life goals greatly affects medication options. Having these discussions early and often allows for an open, more successful approach so that treatment regimens are not derailed at the time of conception.
- Renner R, Sticherling M. The different faces of cutaneous lupus erythematosus. G Ital Dermatol Venereol. 2009;144:135-147.
- Kuhn A, Landmann A. The classification and diagnosis of cutaneous lupus erythematosus. J Autoimmun. 2014;48:14-19.
- Shi H, Gudjonsson J, Kahlenberg J. Treatment of cutaneous lupus erythematosus: current approaches and future strategies. Curr Opin Rheumatol. 2020;32:208-214.
- Winkelmann RR, Kim GK, Del Rosso JQ. Treatment of cutaneous lupus erythematosus: review and assessment of treatment benefits based on Oxford Centre for Evidence-based Medicine criteria. J Clin Aesthet Dermatol. 2013;6:27-38.
- Jacobson DL, Gange SJ, Rose NR, et al. Epidemiology and estimated population burden of selected autoimmune diseases in the United States. Clin Immunol Immunopathol. 1997;84:223-243.
- Pernia S, DeMaagd G. The new pregnancy and lactation labeling rule. P T. 2016;41:713-715.
- Fanouriakis A, Kostopoulou M, Alunno A, et al. 2019 Update of the EULAR recommendations for the management of systemic lupus erythematosus. Ann Rheum Dis. 2019;78:736-745.
- Kuhn A, Aberer E, Bata‐Csörgö Z, et al. S2k guideline for treatment of cutaneous lupus erythematosus—guided by the European Dermatology Forum (EDF) in cooperation with the European Academyof Dermatology and Venereology (EADV). J Eur Acad Dermatol Venereol. 2017;31:389-404.
- Andersson NW, Skov L, Andersen JT. Evaluation of topical corticosteroid use in pregnancy and risk of newborns being small for gestational age and having low birth weight. JAMA Dermatol. 2021;157:788-795.
- Undre NA, Moloney FJ, Ahmadi S, et al. Skin and systemic pharmacokinetics of tacrolimus following topical application of tacrolimus ointment in adults with moderate to severe atopic dermatitis. Br J Dermatol. 2009;160:665-669.
- Xiong W, Lahita RG. Pragmatic approaches to therapy for systemic lupus erythematosus. Nat Rev Rheumatol. 2014;10:97-107.
- Kuriya B, Hernández‐Díaz S, Liu J, et al. Patterns of medication use during pregnancy in rheumatoid arthritis. Arthritis Care Res. 2011;63:721-728.
- Chang A, Werth V. Treatment of cutaneous lupus. Curr Rheumatol Rep. 2011;13:300-307.
- Beitins IZ, Bayard F, Ances IG, et al. The transplacental passage of prednisone and prednisolone in pregnancy near term. J Pediatr. 1972;81:936-945.
- Ogueh O, Johnson MR. The metabolic effect of antenatal corticosteroid therapy. Hum Reprod Update. 2000;6:169-176.
- Park-Wyllie L, Mazzotta P, Pastuszak A, et al. Birth defects after maternal exposure to corticosteroids: prospective cohort study and meta-analysis of epidemiological studies. Teratology. 2000;62:385-392.
- Bay Bjørn A, Ehrenstein V, Hundborg HH, et al. Use of corticosteroids in early pregnancy is not associated with risk of oral clefts and other congenital malformations in offspring. Am J Ther. 2014;21:73-80.
- Hviid A, Mølgaard-Nielsen D. Corticosteroid use during pregnancy and risk of orofacial clefts. CMAJ. 2011;183:796-804.
- Krause ML, Amin S, Makol A. Use of DMARDs and biologics during pregnancy and lactation in rheumatoid arthritis: what the rheumatologist needs to know. Ther Adv Musculoskelet Dis. 2014;6:169-184.
- Artuz F, Lenk N, Deniz N, et al. Efficacy of sulfasalazine in discoid lupus erythematosus. Int J Dermatol. 1996;35:746-748.
- Delaporte E, Catteau B, Sabbagh N, et al. Treatment of discoid lupus erythematosus with sulfasalazine: 11 cases [in French]. Ann Dermatol Venereol. 1997;124:151-156.
- Järnerot G, Into-Malmberg MB, Esbjörner E. Placental transfer of sulphasalazine and sulphapyridine and some of its metabolites. Scand J Gastroenterol. 1981;16:693-697.
- Norgard B, Pedersen L, Christensen LA, et al. Therapeutic drug use in women with Crohn’s disease and birth outcomes: a Danish nationwide cohort study. Am J Gastroenterol. 2007;102:1406-1413.
- Nørgård B, Czeizel AE, Rockenbauer M, et al. Population-based case control study of the safety of sulfasalazine use during pregnancy. Aliment Pharmacol Ther. 2001;15:483-486.
- Rahimi R, Nikfar S, Rezaie A, et al. Pregnancy outcome in women with inflammatory bowel disease following exposure to 5-aminosalicylic acid drugs: a meta-analysis. Reprod Toxicol. 2008;25:271-275.
- Callen JP. Chronic cutaneous lupus erythematosus: clinical, laboratory, therapeutic, and prognostic examination of 62 patients. Arch Dermatol. 1982;118:412-416.
- Buchanan NM, Toubi E, Khamashta MA, et al. Hydroxychloroquine and lupus pregnancy: review of a series of 36 cases. Ann Rheum Dis. 1996;55:486-488.
- Costedoat‐Chalumeau N, Amoura Z, Duhaut P, et al. Safety of hydroxychloroquine in pregnant patients with connective tissue diseases: a study of one hundred thirty‐three cases compared with a control group. Arthritis Rheum. 2003;48:3207-3211.
- Sperber K, Hom C, Chao CP, et al. Systematic review of hydroxychloroquine use in pregnant patients with autoimmune diseases. Pediatr Rheumatol Online J. 2009;7:9.
- Marmor MF, Carr RE, Easterbrook M, et al. Recommendations on screening for chloroquine and hydroxychloroquine retinopathy: a report by the American Academy of Ophthalmology. Ophthalmology. 2002;109:1377-1382.
- Klebes M, Wutte N, Aberer E. Dapsone as second-line treatment for cutaneous lupus erythematosus? a retrospective analysis of 34 patients and a review of the literature. Dermatology. 2016;232:91-96.
- Tuffanelli DL. Successful pregnancy in a patient with dermatitis herpetiformis treated with low-dose dapsone. Arch Dermatol. 1982;118:876.
- Varghese L, Viswabandya A, Mathew AJ. Dapsone, danazol, and intrapartum splenectomy in refractory ITP complicating pregnancy. Indian J Med Sci. 2008;62:452-455.
- Kahn G. Dapsone is safe during pregnancy. J Am Acad Dermatol. 1985;13:838-839.
- Quelhas da Costa R, Aguirre-Alastuey ME, Isenberg DA, et al. Assessment of response to B-cell depletion using rituximab in cutaneous lupus erythematosus. JAMA Dermatol. 2018;154:1432-1440.
- Alsanafi S, Kovarik C, Mermelstein A, et al. Rituximab in thetreatment of bullous systemic lupus erythematosus. J Clin Rheumatol. 2011;17:142-144.
- Chakravarty EF, Murray ER, Kelman A, et al. Pregnancy outcomes after maternal exposure to rituximab. Blood. 2011;117:1499-1506.
- Fernandez AP, Kerdel FA. The use of i.v. IG therapy in dermatology. Dermatol Ther. 2007;20:288-305.
- Kuhn A, Ruland V, Bonsmann G. Cutaneous lupus erythematosus: update of therapeutic options part II. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2011;65:E195-E213.
- Singh H, Naidu G, Sharma A. Intravenous immunoglobulin for the rescue in refractory cutaneous lupus. Indian Dermatol Online J. 2020;11:1003-1004.
- Clark AL. Clinical uses of intravenous immunoglobulin in pregnancy. Clin Obstet Gynecol. 1999;42:368-380.
- Kazatchkine MD, Kaveri SV. Immunomodulation of autoimmune and inflammatory diseases with intravenous immune globulin. N Engl J Med. 2001;345:747-755.
- Woodruff RK, Grigg AP, Firkin FC, et al. Fatal thrombotic events during treatment of autoimmune thrombocytopenia with intravenous immunoglobulin in elderly patients. Lancet. 1986;2:217-218.
- Paziana K, Del Monaco M, Cardonick E, et al. Ciclosporin use during pregnancy. Drug Saf. 2013;36:279-294.
- Gammon B, Hansen C, Costner MI. Efficacy of mycophenolate mofetil in antimalarial-resistant cutaneous lupus erythematosus. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2010;65:717-721.e2.
- Abdulaziz HM, Shemies RS, Taman M, et al. Fetal proximal and distal limb anomalies following exposure to mycophenolate mofetil during pregnancy: a case report and review of the literature. Lupus. 2021;30:1522-1525.
- Pisoni CN, D’Cruz DP. The safety of mycophenolate mofetil in pregnancy. Exp Opin Drug Saf. 2008;7:219-222.
- Ashinoff R, Werth VP, Franks AG. Resistant discoid lupus erythematosus of palms and soles: successful treatment with azathioprine. J Am Acad Dermatol. 1988;19:961-965. doi:10.1016/S0190-9622(88)70259-5
- Goldstein LH, Dolinsky G, Greenberg R, et al. Pregnancy outcome of women exposed to azathioprine during pregnancy. Birth Defects Res A Clin Mol Teratol. 2007;79:696-701.
- Drake LA, Dinehart SM, Farmer ER, et al. Guidelines of care for cutaneous lupus erythematosus. American Academy of Dermatology. J Am Acad Dermatol. 1996;34:830-836.
- Sladden MJ, Harman KE. What is the chance of a normal pregnancy in a woman whose fetus has been exposed to isotretinoin? Arch Dermatol. 2007;143:1187-1188.
- Shin J, Cheetham TC, Wong L, et al. The impact of the iPLEDGE program on isotretinoin fetal exposure in an integrated health care system. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2011;65:1117-1125.
- Brazzell RK, Colburn WA. Pharmacokinetics of the retinoids isotretinoin and etretinate. J Am Acad Dermatol. 1982;6:643-651.
- Pilkington T, Brogden RN. Acitretin: a review of its pharmacology and therapeutic use. Drugs. 1992;43:597-627.
- Gronhoj Larsen F, Steinkjer B, Jakobsen P, et al. Acitretin is converted to etretinate only during concomitant alcohol intake. Br J Dermatol. 2000;143:1164-1169.
- Jajoria H, Mysore V. Washout period for pregnancy post isotretinoin therapy. Indian Dermatol Online J. 2020;11:239-242.
- Cortés-Hernández J, Torres-Salido M, Castro-Marrero J, et al. Thalidomide in the treatment of refractory cutaneous lupus erythematosus: prognostic factors of clinical outcome. Br J Dermatol. 2012;166:616-623.
- Zeldis JB, Williams BA, Thomas SD, et al. S.T.E.P.S.™: a comprehensive program for controlling and monitoring access to thalidomide. Clin Ther. 1999;21:319-330.
- C.S. Mott Children’s Hospital. University of Michigan Health. Thalidomide. Updated March 26, 2020. Accessed January 14, 2022. https://www.mottchildren.org/health-library/d04331a1
- Boehm IB, Boehm GA, Bauer R. Management of cutaneous lupus erythematosus with low-dose methotrexate: indication for modulation of inflammatory mechanisms. Rheumatol Int. 1998;18:59-62.
- Buckley LM, Bullaboy CA, Leichtman L, et al. Multiple congenital anomalies associated with weekly low‐dose methotrexate treatment of the mother. Arthritis Rheum. 1997;40:971-973.
- Foering K, Okawa J, Rose M, et al. Characterization of photosensitivity and poor quality of life in lupus. J Invest Dermatol. 2010;130(suppl):S10.
- Kuhn A, Herrmann M, Kleber S, et al. Accumulation of apoptotic cells in the epidermis of patients with cutaneous lupus erythematosus after ultraviolet irradiation. Arthritis Rheum. 2006;54:939-950.
- Lake EP, Huang Y, Aronson IK. Rituximab treatment of pemphigus in women of childbearing age: experience with two patients. J Dermatol Treat. 2017;28:751-752.
- Renner R, Sticherling M. The different faces of cutaneous lupus erythematosus. G Ital Dermatol Venereol. 2009;144:135-147.
- Kuhn A, Landmann A. The classification and diagnosis of cutaneous lupus erythematosus. J Autoimmun. 2014;48:14-19.
- Shi H, Gudjonsson J, Kahlenberg J. Treatment of cutaneous lupus erythematosus: current approaches and future strategies. Curr Opin Rheumatol. 2020;32:208-214.
- Winkelmann RR, Kim GK, Del Rosso JQ. Treatment of cutaneous lupus erythematosus: review and assessment of treatment benefits based on Oxford Centre for Evidence-based Medicine criteria. J Clin Aesthet Dermatol. 2013;6:27-38.
- Jacobson DL, Gange SJ, Rose NR, et al. Epidemiology and estimated population burden of selected autoimmune diseases in the United States. Clin Immunol Immunopathol. 1997;84:223-243.
- Pernia S, DeMaagd G. The new pregnancy and lactation labeling rule. P T. 2016;41:713-715.
- Fanouriakis A, Kostopoulou M, Alunno A, et al. 2019 Update of the EULAR recommendations for the management of systemic lupus erythematosus. Ann Rheum Dis. 2019;78:736-745.
- Kuhn A, Aberer E, Bata‐Csörgö Z, et al. S2k guideline for treatment of cutaneous lupus erythematosus—guided by the European Dermatology Forum (EDF) in cooperation with the European Academyof Dermatology and Venereology (EADV). J Eur Acad Dermatol Venereol. 2017;31:389-404.
- Andersson NW, Skov L, Andersen JT. Evaluation of topical corticosteroid use in pregnancy and risk of newborns being small for gestational age and having low birth weight. JAMA Dermatol. 2021;157:788-795.
- Undre NA, Moloney FJ, Ahmadi S, et al. Skin and systemic pharmacokinetics of tacrolimus following topical application of tacrolimus ointment in adults with moderate to severe atopic dermatitis. Br J Dermatol. 2009;160:665-669.
- Xiong W, Lahita RG. Pragmatic approaches to therapy for systemic lupus erythematosus. Nat Rev Rheumatol. 2014;10:97-107.
- Kuriya B, Hernández‐Díaz S, Liu J, et al. Patterns of medication use during pregnancy in rheumatoid arthritis. Arthritis Care Res. 2011;63:721-728.
- Chang A, Werth V. Treatment of cutaneous lupus. Curr Rheumatol Rep. 2011;13:300-307.
- Beitins IZ, Bayard F, Ances IG, et al. The transplacental passage of prednisone and prednisolone in pregnancy near term. J Pediatr. 1972;81:936-945.
- Ogueh O, Johnson MR. The metabolic effect of antenatal corticosteroid therapy. Hum Reprod Update. 2000;6:169-176.
- Park-Wyllie L, Mazzotta P, Pastuszak A, et al. Birth defects after maternal exposure to corticosteroids: prospective cohort study and meta-analysis of epidemiological studies. Teratology. 2000;62:385-392.
- Bay Bjørn A, Ehrenstein V, Hundborg HH, et al. Use of corticosteroids in early pregnancy is not associated with risk of oral clefts and other congenital malformations in offspring. Am J Ther. 2014;21:73-80.
- Hviid A, Mølgaard-Nielsen D. Corticosteroid use during pregnancy and risk of orofacial clefts. CMAJ. 2011;183:796-804.
- Krause ML, Amin S, Makol A. Use of DMARDs and biologics during pregnancy and lactation in rheumatoid arthritis: what the rheumatologist needs to know. Ther Adv Musculoskelet Dis. 2014;6:169-184.
- Artuz F, Lenk N, Deniz N, et al. Efficacy of sulfasalazine in discoid lupus erythematosus. Int J Dermatol. 1996;35:746-748.
- Delaporte E, Catteau B, Sabbagh N, et al. Treatment of discoid lupus erythematosus with sulfasalazine: 11 cases [in French]. Ann Dermatol Venereol. 1997;124:151-156.
- Järnerot G, Into-Malmberg MB, Esbjörner E. Placental transfer of sulphasalazine and sulphapyridine and some of its metabolites. Scand J Gastroenterol. 1981;16:693-697.
- Norgard B, Pedersen L, Christensen LA, et al. Therapeutic drug use in women with Crohn’s disease and birth outcomes: a Danish nationwide cohort study. Am J Gastroenterol. 2007;102:1406-1413.
- Nørgård B, Czeizel AE, Rockenbauer M, et al. Population-based case control study of the safety of sulfasalazine use during pregnancy. Aliment Pharmacol Ther. 2001;15:483-486.
- Rahimi R, Nikfar S, Rezaie A, et al. Pregnancy outcome in women with inflammatory bowel disease following exposure to 5-aminosalicylic acid drugs: a meta-analysis. Reprod Toxicol. 2008;25:271-275.
- Callen JP. Chronic cutaneous lupus erythematosus: clinical, laboratory, therapeutic, and prognostic examination of 62 patients. Arch Dermatol. 1982;118:412-416.
- Buchanan NM, Toubi E, Khamashta MA, et al. Hydroxychloroquine and lupus pregnancy: review of a series of 36 cases. Ann Rheum Dis. 1996;55:486-488.
- Costedoat‐Chalumeau N, Amoura Z, Duhaut P, et al. Safety of hydroxychloroquine in pregnant patients with connective tissue diseases: a study of one hundred thirty‐three cases compared with a control group. Arthritis Rheum. 2003;48:3207-3211.
- Sperber K, Hom C, Chao CP, et al. Systematic review of hydroxychloroquine use in pregnant patients with autoimmune diseases. Pediatr Rheumatol Online J. 2009;7:9.
- Marmor MF, Carr RE, Easterbrook M, et al. Recommendations on screening for chloroquine and hydroxychloroquine retinopathy: a report by the American Academy of Ophthalmology. Ophthalmology. 2002;109:1377-1382.
- Klebes M, Wutte N, Aberer E. Dapsone as second-line treatment for cutaneous lupus erythematosus? a retrospective analysis of 34 patients and a review of the literature. Dermatology. 2016;232:91-96.
- Tuffanelli DL. Successful pregnancy in a patient with dermatitis herpetiformis treated with low-dose dapsone. Arch Dermatol. 1982;118:876.
- Varghese L, Viswabandya A, Mathew AJ. Dapsone, danazol, and intrapartum splenectomy in refractory ITP complicating pregnancy. Indian J Med Sci. 2008;62:452-455.
- Kahn G. Dapsone is safe during pregnancy. J Am Acad Dermatol. 1985;13:838-839.
- Quelhas da Costa R, Aguirre-Alastuey ME, Isenberg DA, et al. Assessment of response to B-cell depletion using rituximab in cutaneous lupus erythematosus. JAMA Dermatol. 2018;154:1432-1440.
- Alsanafi S, Kovarik C, Mermelstein A, et al. Rituximab in thetreatment of bullous systemic lupus erythematosus. J Clin Rheumatol. 2011;17:142-144.
- Chakravarty EF, Murray ER, Kelman A, et al. Pregnancy outcomes after maternal exposure to rituximab. Blood. 2011;117:1499-1506.
- Fernandez AP, Kerdel FA. The use of i.v. IG therapy in dermatology. Dermatol Ther. 2007;20:288-305.
- Kuhn A, Ruland V, Bonsmann G. Cutaneous lupus erythematosus: update of therapeutic options part II. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2011;65:E195-E213.
- Singh H, Naidu G, Sharma A. Intravenous immunoglobulin for the rescue in refractory cutaneous lupus. Indian Dermatol Online J. 2020;11:1003-1004.
- Clark AL. Clinical uses of intravenous immunoglobulin in pregnancy. Clin Obstet Gynecol. 1999;42:368-380.
- Kazatchkine MD, Kaveri SV. Immunomodulation of autoimmune and inflammatory diseases with intravenous immune globulin. N Engl J Med. 2001;345:747-755.
- Woodruff RK, Grigg AP, Firkin FC, et al. Fatal thrombotic events during treatment of autoimmune thrombocytopenia with intravenous immunoglobulin in elderly patients. Lancet. 1986;2:217-218.
- Paziana K, Del Monaco M, Cardonick E, et al. Ciclosporin use during pregnancy. Drug Saf. 2013;36:279-294.
- Gammon B, Hansen C, Costner MI. Efficacy of mycophenolate mofetil in antimalarial-resistant cutaneous lupus erythematosus. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2010;65:717-721.e2.
- Abdulaziz HM, Shemies RS, Taman M, et al. Fetal proximal and distal limb anomalies following exposure to mycophenolate mofetil during pregnancy: a case report and review of the literature. Lupus. 2021;30:1522-1525.
- Pisoni CN, D’Cruz DP. The safety of mycophenolate mofetil in pregnancy. Exp Opin Drug Saf. 2008;7:219-222.
- Ashinoff R, Werth VP, Franks AG. Resistant discoid lupus erythematosus of palms and soles: successful treatment with azathioprine. J Am Acad Dermatol. 1988;19:961-965. doi:10.1016/S0190-9622(88)70259-5
- Goldstein LH, Dolinsky G, Greenberg R, et al. Pregnancy outcome of women exposed to azathioprine during pregnancy. Birth Defects Res A Clin Mol Teratol. 2007;79:696-701.
- Drake LA, Dinehart SM, Farmer ER, et al. Guidelines of care for cutaneous lupus erythematosus. American Academy of Dermatology. J Am Acad Dermatol. 1996;34:830-836.
- Sladden MJ, Harman KE. What is the chance of a normal pregnancy in a woman whose fetus has been exposed to isotretinoin? Arch Dermatol. 2007;143:1187-1188.
- Shin J, Cheetham TC, Wong L, et al. The impact of the iPLEDGE program on isotretinoin fetal exposure in an integrated health care system. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2011;65:1117-1125.
- Brazzell RK, Colburn WA. Pharmacokinetics of the retinoids isotretinoin and etretinate. J Am Acad Dermatol. 1982;6:643-651.
- Pilkington T, Brogden RN. Acitretin: a review of its pharmacology and therapeutic use. Drugs. 1992;43:597-627.
- Gronhoj Larsen F, Steinkjer B, Jakobsen P, et al. Acitretin is converted to etretinate only during concomitant alcohol intake. Br J Dermatol. 2000;143:1164-1169.
- Jajoria H, Mysore V. Washout period for pregnancy post isotretinoin therapy. Indian Dermatol Online J. 2020;11:239-242.
- Cortés-Hernández J, Torres-Salido M, Castro-Marrero J, et al. Thalidomide in the treatment of refractory cutaneous lupus erythematosus: prognostic factors of clinical outcome. Br J Dermatol. 2012;166:616-623.
- Zeldis JB, Williams BA, Thomas SD, et al. S.T.E.P.S.™: a comprehensive program for controlling and monitoring access to thalidomide. Clin Ther. 1999;21:319-330.
- C.S. Mott Children’s Hospital. University of Michigan Health. Thalidomide. Updated March 26, 2020. Accessed January 14, 2022. https://www.mottchildren.org/health-library/d04331a1
- Boehm IB, Boehm GA, Bauer R. Management of cutaneous lupus erythematosus with low-dose methotrexate: indication for modulation of inflammatory mechanisms. Rheumatol Int. 1998;18:59-62.
- Buckley LM, Bullaboy CA, Leichtman L, et al. Multiple congenital anomalies associated with weekly low‐dose methotrexate treatment of the mother. Arthritis Rheum. 1997;40:971-973.
- Foering K, Okawa J, Rose M, et al. Characterization of photosensitivity and poor quality of life in lupus. J Invest Dermatol. 2010;130(suppl):S10.
- Kuhn A, Herrmann M, Kleber S, et al. Accumulation of apoptotic cells in the epidermis of patients with cutaneous lupus erythematosus after ultraviolet irradiation. Arthritis Rheum. 2006;54:939-950.
- Lake EP, Huang Y, Aronson IK. Rituximab treatment of pemphigus in women of childbearing age: experience with two patients. J Dermatol Treat. 2017;28:751-752.
Practice Points
- Patients should consult their primary dermatologist when discussing medication options for cutaneous lupus erythematosus (CLE) prior to pregnancy.
- Hydroxychloroquine is a first-line medication for maintenance treatment of CLE, while oral steroids are effective for CLE flares in pregnancy. Second-line medications include dapsone and intravenous immunoglobulin. These classes of medications are considered safe in pregnancy.
- Cutaneous lupus erythematosus medications contraindicated in pregnancy include oral retinoids, mycophenolate mofetil, thalidomide, and methotrexate.
Just Like Rock and Roll, Topical Medications for Psoriasis Are Here to Stay
When I finished my dermatology training in 1986, the only moving parts in the skin that I recall were keratinocytes moving upward from the basal layer of the epidermis until they were desquamated 4 or 5 weeks later and hairs growing within their follicles until they were shed. Now we are learning about countless cytokines, chemokines, interleukins, antibodies, receptors, enzymes, and cell types, as well as their associated pathways, at an endless pace. Every day I am looking in my inbox to sign up for the “Cytokine of the Month” club! Despite the challenges of sorting through what is relevant clinically, it is a very exciting time. Coupled with this myriad of fundamental science is the emergence of newer therapies that are more directly targeting specific disease states and dramatically changing the lives of patients. We see prominent examples of these therapeutic results every day in patients we treat, especially with psoriasis and atopic dermatitis. Importantly, there also is hope for patients with notoriously refractory skin disorders, such as hidradenitis suppurativa, alopecia areata, and vitiligo, as newer therapies are being thoroughly studied in clinical trials.
Despite the best advances in therapy that we currently have available and those anticipated in the foreseeable future, patients with chronic dermatoses such as psoriasis and atopic dermatitis still require prolonged constant or frequently used intermittent therapies to adequately control their disease. Fortunately, as dermatologists we understand the importance of proper skin care and topical medications as well as how to incorporate them in the management plan. To date, specifically with psoriasis, we have a variety of brand and generic topical corticosteroids, calcipotriene (vitamin D analogue), and tazarotene (retinoid), as well as combination formulations, in our toolbox to help manage localized areas of involvement.1 This includes both patients with more limited psoriasis and those responding favorably to systemic therapy but who still develop some new or persistent areas of localized psoriatic lesions. New data with the brand formulation of calcipotriene–betamethasone dipropionate (Cal-BDP) foam applied once daily shows that after adequate control is achieved, continued application to the affected sites twice weekly is superior to vehicle in preventing relapse of psoriasis.2 A highly cosmetically acceptable Cal-BDP cream incorporating a unique vehicle technology has been US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) approved for once-daily use for plaque psoriasis, overcoming the compatibility difficulties encountered in combining both active ingredients in an aqueous-based formulation and also optimizing the delivery of the active ingredients into the skin. This Cal-BDP cream demonstrated efficacy superior to a brand Cal-BDP suspension, rapid reduction in pruritus, and favorable tolerability and safety.3 Another combination formulation that is FDA approved for plaque psoriasis with once-daily application that has been shown to be effective and safe is halobetasol propionate–tazarotene lotion. This formulation contains lower concentrations of both active ingredients than those normally used in a barrier-friendly polymeric emulsion vehicle, allowing for augmented delivery of both active ingredients into the skin than with the individual agents applied separately and sequentially.4,5 In the best of circumstances, most patients with psoriasis still require use of topical therapy and appreciate its availability. Just like on any menu, it is good to have multiple good options.
What else does this psoriasis management story need? A pipeline! I am happy to tell you that with topical therapy, 2 nonsteroidal agents are under development with completion of phase 2 and phase 3 trials submitted to the FDA to evaluate for approval for psoriasis. They are tapinarof cream, an aryl hydrocarbon receptor agonist, and roflumilast cream, a phosphodiesterase 4 (PDE4) inhibitor. Both of these modes of action involve intracellular pathways that are highly conserved in humans and are ubiquitously present in structural and hematopoietic cells.
Topical application of tapinarof cream once daily has been shown to be effective and safe for plaque psoriasis, is well tolerated with some reports of folliculitis observed that did not typically interfere with use, exhibits a remittive effect in patients achieving clearance on therapy, and is devoid of any systemic safety signals with both short-term and long-term use.6-8 It also is currently under evaluation for atopic dermatitis. Topical roflumilast cream once daily has been shown to be effective and safe for plaque psoriasis as well as intertriginous psoriasis; is well tolerated including negligible rates of skin tolerability reactions such as stinging and burning; and is devoid of systemic safety signals, including those often observed with oral PDE4 inhibitor therapy (apremilast).9,10 In addition, roflumilast has been shown to be more inherently potent in PDE4 inhibition activity than crisaborole and apremilast.11 Roflumilast cream also is being studied for atopic dermatitis and a foam formulation is being evaluated for seborrheic dermatitis. Importantly, both tapinarof and roflumilast are not corticosteroids and are not associated with adverse effects observed with topical corticosteroid therapy, such as atrophy, striae, telangiectasia, and hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal axis suppression. This provides a sense of comfort for clinicians and patients, as potential side effects associated with more prolonged topical corticosteroid therapy are common and lingering concerns.
To summarize, topical therapy for psoriasis is here to stay, just like all the rock and roll we have more access to than ever through expanded modern-day radio access and several music streaming sources, most of which are on demand. Also available to us are some viable current options, including a few newer brand formulations. New nonsteroidal agents with favorable data thus far are on the horizon, providing their own inherent efficacy and safety, which appear to be advantageous thus far. As the late Ric Ocasek of the Cars sang, “Let the good times roll.”
- Lebwohl MG, Van de Kerkhof PCM. Psoriasis. In: Lebwohl MG, Heymann WR, Berth-Jones J, et al, eds. Treatment of Skin Disease: Comprehensive Therapeutic Strategies. 4th ed. Elsevier Saunders; 2014:640-650.
- Lebwohl M, Kircik L, Lacour JP, et al. Twice-weekly topical calcipotriene/betamethasone dipropionate foam as proactive management of plaque psoriasis increases time in remission and is well tolerated over 52 weeks (PSO-LONG trial). J Am Acad Dermatol. 2021;84:1269-1277.
- Wynzora (calcipotriene and betamethasone dipropionate) cream, for topical use. Package insert. EPI Health, LLC; 2020.
- Ramachandran V, Bertus B, Bashyam AM, et al. Treating psoriasis with halobetasol propionate and tazarotene combination: a review of phase II and III clinical trials. Ann Pharmacother. 2020;54:872-878.
- Lebwohl MG, Tanghetti EA, Stein Gold L, et al. Fixed-combination halobetasol propionate and tazarotene in the treatment of psoriasis: narrative review of mechanisms of action and therapeutic benefits. Dermatol Ther (Heidelb). 2021;11:1157-1174.
- Bissonnette R, Stein Gold L, Rubenstein DS, et al. Tapinarof in the treatment of psoriasis: a review of the unique mechanism of action of a novel therapeutic aryl hydrocarbon receptor-modulating agent. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2021;84:1059-1067.
- Lebwohl MG, Stein Gold L, Strober B, et al. Phase 3 trials of tapinarof cream for plaque psoriasis. N Engl J Med. 2021;385:2219-2229.
- Jett JE, McLaughlin M, Lee MS, et al. Tapinarof cream 1% for extensive plaque psoriasis: a maximal use trial on safety, tolerability, and pharmacokinetics [published online October 28, 2021]. Am J Clin Dermatol. doi:10.100/s40257-021-00641-4
- Lebwohl MG, Papp KA, Stein Gold L, et al. Trial of roflumilast cream for chronic plaque psoriasis. N Engl J Med. 2020;383:229-239.
- Papp KA, Gooderham M, Droege M, et al. Roflumilast cream improves signs and symptoms of plaque psoriasis: results from a phase 1/2a randomized, controlled study. J Drugs Dermatol. 2020;19:734-740.
- Dong C, Virtucio C, Zemska O, et al. Treatment of skin inflammation with benzoxaborole phosphodiesterase inhibitors: selectivity, cellular activity, and effect on cytokines associated with skin inflammation and skin architecture changes. J Pharmacol Exp Ther. 2016;358:413-422.
When I finished my dermatology training in 1986, the only moving parts in the skin that I recall were keratinocytes moving upward from the basal layer of the epidermis until they were desquamated 4 or 5 weeks later and hairs growing within their follicles until they were shed. Now we are learning about countless cytokines, chemokines, interleukins, antibodies, receptors, enzymes, and cell types, as well as their associated pathways, at an endless pace. Every day I am looking in my inbox to sign up for the “Cytokine of the Month” club! Despite the challenges of sorting through what is relevant clinically, it is a very exciting time. Coupled with this myriad of fundamental science is the emergence of newer therapies that are more directly targeting specific disease states and dramatically changing the lives of patients. We see prominent examples of these therapeutic results every day in patients we treat, especially with psoriasis and atopic dermatitis. Importantly, there also is hope for patients with notoriously refractory skin disorders, such as hidradenitis suppurativa, alopecia areata, and vitiligo, as newer therapies are being thoroughly studied in clinical trials.
Despite the best advances in therapy that we currently have available and those anticipated in the foreseeable future, patients with chronic dermatoses such as psoriasis and atopic dermatitis still require prolonged constant or frequently used intermittent therapies to adequately control their disease. Fortunately, as dermatologists we understand the importance of proper skin care and topical medications as well as how to incorporate them in the management plan. To date, specifically with psoriasis, we have a variety of brand and generic topical corticosteroids, calcipotriene (vitamin D analogue), and tazarotene (retinoid), as well as combination formulations, in our toolbox to help manage localized areas of involvement.1 This includes both patients with more limited psoriasis and those responding favorably to systemic therapy but who still develop some new or persistent areas of localized psoriatic lesions. New data with the brand formulation of calcipotriene–betamethasone dipropionate (Cal-BDP) foam applied once daily shows that after adequate control is achieved, continued application to the affected sites twice weekly is superior to vehicle in preventing relapse of psoriasis.2 A highly cosmetically acceptable Cal-BDP cream incorporating a unique vehicle technology has been US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) approved for once-daily use for plaque psoriasis, overcoming the compatibility difficulties encountered in combining both active ingredients in an aqueous-based formulation and also optimizing the delivery of the active ingredients into the skin. This Cal-BDP cream demonstrated efficacy superior to a brand Cal-BDP suspension, rapid reduction in pruritus, and favorable tolerability and safety.3 Another combination formulation that is FDA approved for plaque psoriasis with once-daily application that has been shown to be effective and safe is halobetasol propionate–tazarotene lotion. This formulation contains lower concentrations of both active ingredients than those normally used in a barrier-friendly polymeric emulsion vehicle, allowing for augmented delivery of both active ingredients into the skin than with the individual agents applied separately and sequentially.4,5 In the best of circumstances, most patients with psoriasis still require use of topical therapy and appreciate its availability. Just like on any menu, it is good to have multiple good options.
What else does this psoriasis management story need? A pipeline! I am happy to tell you that with topical therapy, 2 nonsteroidal agents are under development with completion of phase 2 and phase 3 trials submitted to the FDA to evaluate for approval for psoriasis. They are tapinarof cream, an aryl hydrocarbon receptor agonist, and roflumilast cream, a phosphodiesterase 4 (PDE4) inhibitor. Both of these modes of action involve intracellular pathways that are highly conserved in humans and are ubiquitously present in structural and hematopoietic cells.
Topical application of tapinarof cream once daily has been shown to be effective and safe for plaque psoriasis, is well tolerated with some reports of folliculitis observed that did not typically interfere with use, exhibits a remittive effect in patients achieving clearance on therapy, and is devoid of any systemic safety signals with both short-term and long-term use.6-8 It also is currently under evaluation for atopic dermatitis. Topical roflumilast cream once daily has been shown to be effective and safe for plaque psoriasis as well as intertriginous psoriasis; is well tolerated including negligible rates of skin tolerability reactions such as stinging and burning; and is devoid of systemic safety signals, including those often observed with oral PDE4 inhibitor therapy (apremilast).9,10 In addition, roflumilast has been shown to be more inherently potent in PDE4 inhibition activity than crisaborole and apremilast.11 Roflumilast cream also is being studied for atopic dermatitis and a foam formulation is being evaluated for seborrheic dermatitis. Importantly, both tapinarof and roflumilast are not corticosteroids and are not associated with adverse effects observed with topical corticosteroid therapy, such as atrophy, striae, telangiectasia, and hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal axis suppression. This provides a sense of comfort for clinicians and patients, as potential side effects associated with more prolonged topical corticosteroid therapy are common and lingering concerns.
To summarize, topical therapy for psoriasis is here to stay, just like all the rock and roll we have more access to than ever through expanded modern-day radio access and several music streaming sources, most of which are on demand. Also available to us are some viable current options, including a few newer brand formulations. New nonsteroidal agents with favorable data thus far are on the horizon, providing their own inherent efficacy and safety, which appear to be advantageous thus far. As the late Ric Ocasek of the Cars sang, “Let the good times roll.”
When I finished my dermatology training in 1986, the only moving parts in the skin that I recall were keratinocytes moving upward from the basal layer of the epidermis until they were desquamated 4 or 5 weeks later and hairs growing within their follicles until they were shed. Now we are learning about countless cytokines, chemokines, interleukins, antibodies, receptors, enzymes, and cell types, as well as their associated pathways, at an endless pace. Every day I am looking in my inbox to sign up for the “Cytokine of the Month” club! Despite the challenges of sorting through what is relevant clinically, it is a very exciting time. Coupled with this myriad of fundamental science is the emergence of newer therapies that are more directly targeting specific disease states and dramatically changing the lives of patients. We see prominent examples of these therapeutic results every day in patients we treat, especially with psoriasis and atopic dermatitis. Importantly, there also is hope for patients with notoriously refractory skin disorders, such as hidradenitis suppurativa, alopecia areata, and vitiligo, as newer therapies are being thoroughly studied in clinical trials.
Despite the best advances in therapy that we currently have available and those anticipated in the foreseeable future, patients with chronic dermatoses such as psoriasis and atopic dermatitis still require prolonged constant or frequently used intermittent therapies to adequately control their disease. Fortunately, as dermatologists we understand the importance of proper skin care and topical medications as well as how to incorporate them in the management plan. To date, specifically with psoriasis, we have a variety of brand and generic topical corticosteroids, calcipotriene (vitamin D analogue), and tazarotene (retinoid), as well as combination formulations, in our toolbox to help manage localized areas of involvement.1 This includes both patients with more limited psoriasis and those responding favorably to systemic therapy but who still develop some new or persistent areas of localized psoriatic lesions. New data with the brand formulation of calcipotriene–betamethasone dipropionate (Cal-BDP) foam applied once daily shows that after adequate control is achieved, continued application to the affected sites twice weekly is superior to vehicle in preventing relapse of psoriasis.2 A highly cosmetically acceptable Cal-BDP cream incorporating a unique vehicle technology has been US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) approved for once-daily use for plaque psoriasis, overcoming the compatibility difficulties encountered in combining both active ingredients in an aqueous-based formulation and also optimizing the delivery of the active ingredients into the skin. This Cal-BDP cream demonstrated efficacy superior to a brand Cal-BDP suspension, rapid reduction in pruritus, and favorable tolerability and safety.3 Another combination formulation that is FDA approved for plaque psoriasis with once-daily application that has been shown to be effective and safe is halobetasol propionate–tazarotene lotion. This formulation contains lower concentrations of both active ingredients than those normally used in a barrier-friendly polymeric emulsion vehicle, allowing for augmented delivery of both active ingredients into the skin than with the individual agents applied separately and sequentially.4,5 In the best of circumstances, most patients with psoriasis still require use of topical therapy and appreciate its availability. Just like on any menu, it is good to have multiple good options.
What else does this psoriasis management story need? A pipeline! I am happy to tell you that with topical therapy, 2 nonsteroidal agents are under development with completion of phase 2 and phase 3 trials submitted to the FDA to evaluate for approval for psoriasis. They are tapinarof cream, an aryl hydrocarbon receptor agonist, and roflumilast cream, a phosphodiesterase 4 (PDE4) inhibitor. Both of these modes of action involve intracellular pathways that are highly conserved in humans and are ubiquitously present in structural and hematopoietic cells.
Topical application of tapinarof cream once daily has been shown to be effective and safe for plaque psoriasis, is well tolerated with some reports of folliculitis observed that did not typically interfere with use, exhibits a remittive effect in patients achieving clearance on therapy, and is devoid of any systemic safety signals with both short-term and long-term use.6-8 It also is currently under evaluation for atopic dermatitis. Topical roflumilast cream once daily has been shown to be effective and safe for plaque psoriasis as well as intertriginous psoriasis; is well tolerated including negligible rates of skin tolerability reactions such as stinging and burning; and is devoid of systemic safety signals, including those often observed with oral PDE4 inhibitor therapy (apremilast).9,10 In addition, roflumilast has been shown to be more inherently potent in PDE4 inhibition activity than crisaborole and apremilast.11 Roflumilast cream also is being studied for atopic dermatitis and a foam formulation is being evaluated for seborrheic dermatitis. Importantly, both tapinarof and roflumilast are not corticosteroids and are not associated with adverse effects observed with topical corticosteroid therapy, such as atrophy, striae, telangiectasia, and hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal axis suppression. This provides a sense of comfort for clinicians and patients, as potential side effects associated with more prolonged topical corticosteroid therapy are common and lingering concerns.
To summarize, topical therapy for psoriasis is here to stay, just like all the rock and roll we have more access to than ever through expanded modern-day radio access and several music streaming sources, most of which are on demand. Also available to us are some viable current options, including a few newer brand formulations. New nonsteroidal agents with favorable data thus far are on the horizon, providing their own inherent efficacy and safety, which appear to be advantageous thus far. As the late Ric Ocasek of the Cars sang, “Let the good times roll.”
- Lebwohl MG, Van de Kerkhof PCM. Psoriasis. In: Lebwohl MG, Heymann WR, Berth-Jones J, et al, eds. Treatment of Skin Disease: Comprehensive Therapeutic Strategies. 4th ed. Elsevier Saunders; 2014:640-650.
- Lebwohl M, Kircik L, Lacour JP, et al. Twice-weekly topical calcipotriene/betamethasone dipropionate foam as proactive management of plaque psoriasis increases time in remission and is well tolerated over 52 weeks (PSO-LONG trial). J Am Acad Dermatol. 2021;84:1269-1277.
- Wynzora (calcipotriene and betamethasone dipropionate) cream, for topical use. Package insert. EPI Health, LLC; 2020.
- Ramachandran V, Bertus B, Bashyam AM, et al. Treating psoriasis with halobetasol propionate and tazarotene combination: a review of phase II and III clinical trials. Ann Pharmacother. 2020;54:872-878.
- Lebwohl MG, Tanghetti EA, Stein Gold L, et al. Fixed-combination halobetasol propionate and tazarotene in the treatment of psoriasis: narrative review of mechanisms of action and therapeutic benefits. Dermatol Ther (Heidelb). 2021;11:1157-1174.
- Bissonnette R, Stein Gold L, Rubenstein DS, et al. Tapinarof in the treatment of psoriasis: a review of the unique mechanism of action of a novel therapeutic aryl hydrocarbon receptor-modulating agent. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2021;84:1059-1067.
- Lebwohl MG, Stein Gold L, Strober B, et al. Phase 3 trials of tapinarof cream for plaque psoriasis. N Engl J Med. 2021;385:2219-2229.
- Jett JE, McLaughlin M, Lee MS, et al. Tapinarof cream 1% for extensive plaque psoriasis: a maximal use trial on safety, tolerability, and pharmacokinetics [published online October 28, 2021]. Am J Clin Dermatol. doi:10.100/s40257-021-00641-4
- Lebwohl MG, Papp KA, Stein Gold L, et al. Trial of roflumilast cream for chronic plaque psoriasis. N Engl J Med. 2020;383:229-239.
- Papp KA, Gooderham M, Droege M, et al. Roflumilast cream improves signs and symptoms of plaque psoriasis: results from a phase 1/2a randomized, controlled study. J Drugs Dermatol. 2020;19:734-740.
- Dong C, Virtucio C, Zemska O, et al. Treatment of skin inflammation with benzoxaborole phosphodiesterase inhibitors: selectivity, cellular activity, and effect on cytokines associated with skin inflammation and skin architecture changes. J Pharmacol Exp Ther. 2016;358:413-422.
- Lebwohl MG, Van de Kerkhof PCM. Psoriasis. In: Lebwohl MG, Heymann WR, Berth-Jones J, et al, eds. Treatment of Skin Disease: Comprehensive Therapeutic Strategies. 4th ed. Elsevier Saunders; 2014:640-650.
- Lebwohl M, Kircik L, Lacour JP, et al. Twice-weekly topical calcipotriene/betamethasone dipropionate foam as proactive management of plaque psoriasis increases time in remission and is well tolerated over 52 weeks (PSO-LONG trial). J Am Acad Dermatol. 2021;84:1269-1277.
- Wynzora (calcipotriene and betamethasone dipropionate) cream, for topical use. Package insert. EPI Health, LLC; 2020.
- Ramachandran V, Bertus B, Bashyam AM, et al. Treating psoriasis with halobetasol propionate and tazarotene combination: a review of phase II and III clinical trials. Ann Pharmacother. 2020;54:872-878.
- Lebwohl MG, Tanghetti EA, Stein Gold L, et al. Fixed-combination halobetasol propionate and tazarotene in the treatment of psoriasis: narrative review of mechanisms of action and therapeutic benefits. Dermatol Ther (Heidelb). 2021;11:1157-1174.
- Bissonnette R, Stein Gold L, Rubenstein DS, et al. Tapinarof in the treatment of psoriasis: a review of the unique mechanism of action of a novel therapeutic aryl hydrocarbon receptor-modulating agent. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2021;84:1059-1067.
- Lebwohl MG, Stein Gold L, Strober B, et al. Phase 3 trials of tapinarof cream for plaque psoriasis. N Engl J Med. 2021;385:2219-2229.
- Jett JE, McLaughlin M, Lee MS, et al. Tapinarof cream 1% for extensive plaque psoriasis: a maximal use trial on safety, tolerability, and pharmacokinetics [published online October 28, 2021]. Am J Clin Dermatol. doi:10.100/s40257-021-00641-4
- Lebwohl MG, Papp KA, Stein Gold L, et al. Trial of roflumilast cream for chronic plaque psoriasis. N Engl J Med. 2020;383:229-239.
- Papp KA, Gooderham M, Droege M, et al. Roflumilast cream improves signs and symptoms of plaque psoriasis: results from a phase 1/2a randomized, controlled study. J Drugs Dermatol. 2020;19:734-740.
- Dong C, Virtucio C, Zemska O, et al. Treatment of skin inflammation with benzoxaborole phosphodiesterase inhibitors: selectivity, cellular activity, and effect on cytokines associated with skin inflammation and skin architecture changes. J Pharmacol Exp Ther. 2016;358:413-422.
Adjunctive Use of Halobetasol Propionate–Tazarotene in Biologic-Experienced Patients With Psoriasis
Psoriasis is a common chronic immunologic skin disease that affects approximately 7.4 million adults in the United States1 and more than 100 million individuals worldwide.2 Patients with psoriasis have a potentially heightened risk for cardiometabolic diseases, psychiatric disorders, and psoriatic arthritis,3 as well as impaired quality of life (QOL).4 Psoriasis also is associated with increased health care costs5 and may result in substantial socioeconomic repercussions for affected patients.6,7
Psoriasis treatments focus on relieving symptoms and improving patient QOL. Systemic therapy has been the mainstay of treatment for moderate to severe psoriasis.8 Although topical therapy usually is applied to treat mild symptoms, it also can be used as an adjunct to enhance efficacy of other treatment approaches.9 The National Psoriasis Foundation (NPF) recommends a treat-to-target (TTT) strategy for plaque psoriasis, the most common form of psoriasis, with a target response of attaining affected body surface area (BSA) of 1% or lower at 3 months after treatment initiation, allowing for regular assessments of treatment responses.10
Not all patients with moderate to severe psoriasis can achieve a satisfactory response with systemic biologic monotherapy.11 Switching to a new biologic improves responses in some but not all cases12 and could be associated with new safety issues and additional costs. Combinations of biologics with phototherapy, nonbiologic systemic agents, or topical medications were found to be more effective than biologics alone,9,11 though long-term safety studies are needed for biologics combined with other systemic inverventions.11
A lotion containing a fixed combination of halobetasol propionate (HP) 0.01%, a corticosteroid, and tazarotene (TAZ) 0.045%, a retinoid, is indicated for plaque psoriasis in adults.13 Two randomized, controlled, phase 3 trials demonstrated the rapid and sustained efficacy of HP-TAZ in treating moderate to severe plaque psoriasis without any safety concerns.14,15 However, combining HP-TAZ lotion with biologics has not been examined yet, to our knowledge.
This open-label study evaluated the effectiveness and safety of adjunctive HP-TAZ lotion in adult patients with moderate to severe plaque psoriasis who were being treated with biologics in a real-world setting. Potential cost savings with the addition of topical HP-TAZ to ongoing biologics vs switching to a new biologic also were assessed.
Methods
Study Design and Participants—A single-center, institutional review board–approved, open-label study evaluated adjunctive therapy with HP 0.01%–TAZ 0.045% lotion in patients with psoriasis being treated with biologic agents. The study was conducted in accordance with the ethical principles of the Declaration of Helsinki and in compliance with Good Clinical Practices. All patients provided written informed consent before enrollment.
Male and nonpregnant female patients (aged ≥18 years)with moderate to severe chronic plaque psoriasis and a BSA of 2% to 10% who were being treated with biologics for at least 24 weeks at baseline were enrolled. Patients were excluded if they had used oral systemic medications for psoriasis (≤4 weeks), other topical antipsoriatic therapies (≤14 days), UVB phototherapy (≤2 weeks), and psoralen plus UVA phototherapy (≤4 weeks) prior to study initiation. Concomitant use of steroid-free topical emollients or low-potency topical steroids and appropriate interventions deemed necessary by the investigator were allowed.
Although participants maintained their prescribed biologics for the duration of the study, HP-TAZ lotion also was applied once daily for 8 weeks, followed by once every other day for an additional 4 weeks. Participants then continued with biologics only for the last 4 weeks of the study.
Study Outcome Measures—Disease severity and treatment efficacy were assessed by affected BSA, Physician Global Assessment (PGA) score, composite BSA×PGA score, and participant-reported Dermatology Life Quality Index (DLQI). The primary end point was the proportion of participants achieving a BSA of 0% to 1% (NPF TTT status) at week 8. Secondary end points included the proportions of participants with BSA of 0% to 1% at weeks 12 and 16; BSA×PGA score at weeks 8, 12, and 16; and improvements in BSA, PGA, and DLQI at weeks 8, 12, and 16.
Adverse events (AEs) that occurred after the signing of the informed consent and for the duration of the participant’s participation were recorded, regardless of causality. Physical examinations were performed at screening; baseline; and weeks 8, 12, and 16 to document any clinically significant abnormalities. Localized skin reactions were assessed for tolerability of the study drug, with any reaction requiring concomitant therapy recorded as an AE.
The likelihood of switching to a new biologic regimen was assessed by the investigator for each participant at baseline and weeks 8, 12, and 16. Participants with unacceptable responses to their treatments (BSA >3%) were reported as likely to be considered for switching biologics by the investigator.
Pharmacoeconomic Evaluation—Potential cost savings were evaluated for the addition of HP-TAZ lotion to ongoing biologics vs switching to a new biologic. Cost comparisons were made in participants for whom the investigator would likely have switched biologics at baseline but not at the end of the study. For maintaining the same biologic with adjunctive topical HP-TAZ, total cost was estimated by adding the cost for 12 weeks (once daily for 8 weeks and once every other day for 4 weeks) of the HP-TAZ lotion to that of 16-week maintenance dosing with the biologic. The projected cost for switching to a new biologic for 16 weeks of treatment was based on both induction and maintenance dosing as recommended in its product label. Prices were obtained from the 2020 average wholesale price specialty pharmacy reports (BioPlus Specialty Pharmacy Services [https://www.bioplusrx.com]).
Data Handling—Enrollment of approximately 25 participants was desired for the study. Data on disease severity and participant-reported outcomes were assessed using descriptive statistics. Adverse events were summarized descriptively by incidence, severity, and relationship to the study drug. All participants with data available at a measured time point were included in the analyses for that time point.
Results
Participant Disposition and Demographics—Twenty-five participants (15 male and 10 female) were included in the study (Table 1). Seven participants discontinued the study for the following reasons: AEs (n=4), patient choice (n=2), and noncompliance (n=1).
The average age of the participants was 50 years, the majority were White (76.0% [19/25]) andnon-Hispanic (88.0% [22/25]), and the mean duration of chronic plaque psoriasis was 18.9 years (Table 1). Participants had been receiving biologic monotherapy for at least 24 weeks prior to enrollment, most commonly ustekinumab (32.0% [8/25])(Table 1). None had achieved the NPF TTT status with their biologics. At baseline, mean (SD) affected BSA, PGA, BSA×PGA, and participant-reported DLQI were 4.16% (2.04%), 2.84 (0.55), 11.88 (6.39), and 4.00 (4.74), respectively.
Efficacy Assessment—Application of HP-TAZ lotion in addition to the participants’ existing biologic therapy reduced severity of the disease, as evidenced by the reductions in mean BSA, PGA, and BSA×PGA. After 8 weeks of once-daily concomitant HP-TAZ use with biologic, mean BSA and PGA dropped by approximately 40% and 37%, respectively (Figures 1A and 1B). A greater reduction (54%) was found for mean BSA×PGA (Figure 1C). Disease severity continued to improve when the application schedule for HP-TAZ was changed to once every other day for 4 weeks, as mean BSA, PGA, and BSA×PGA decreased further at week 12. These beneficial effects were sustained during the last 4 weeks of the study after HP-TAZ was discontinued, with reductions of 57%, 43%, and 70% from baseline for mean BSA, PGA, and BSA×PGA, respectively (Figure 1).
The proportion of participants who achieved NPF TTT status increased from 0% at baseline to 20.0% (5/20) at week 8 with once-daily use of HP-TAZ plus biologic for 8 weeks (Figure 2). At week 12, more participants (64.7% [11/17]) achieved the treatment goal after application of HP-TAZ once every other day with biologic for 4 weeks. Most participants maintained NPF TTT status after HP-TAZ was discontinued; at week 16, 50.0% (9/18) attained the NPF treatment goal (Figure 2).
The mean DLQI score decreased from 4.00 at baseline to 2.45 after 8 weeks of concomitant use of once-daily HP-TAZ with biologic, reflecting a 39% score reduction. An additional 4 weeks of adjunctive HP-TAZ applied once every other day with biologic further decreased the DLQI score to 2.18 at week 12. Mean DLQI remained similar (2.33) after another 4 weeks of biologics alone. The proportion of participants reporting a DLQI score of 0 to 1 increased from 40% (10/25) at baseline to 60% (12/20) at week 8 and 76.5% (13/17) at week 12 with adjunctive HP-TAZ lotion use with biologic. At week 16, a DLQI score of 0 to 1 was reported in 61.1% (11/18) of participants after receiving only biologics for 4 weeks.
Safety Assessment—A total of 19 AEs were reported in 11 participants during the study; 16 AEs were considered treatment related in 8 participants (Table 2). The most common AEs were retinoid dermatitis (28% [7/25]), burning at the application site (8% [2/25]), and pruritus at the application site (8% [2/25]), all of which were considered related to the treatment. Among all AEs, 12 were mild in severity, and the remaining 7 were moderate. Adverse events led to early study termination in 4 participants, all with retinoid dermatitis as the primary reason.
Likelihood of Switching Biologics—At baseline, almost 90% (22/25) of participants were rated as likely to switch biologics by the investigator due to unacceptable responses to their currently prescribed biologics (BSA >3%)(Figure 3). The likelihood was greatly reduced by concomitant HP-TAZ, as the proportion of participants defined as nonresponders to their biologic decreased to 35% (7/20) with 8-week adjunctive application of once-daily HP-TAZ with biologic and further decreased to 23.5% (4/17) with another 4 weeks of adjunctive HP-TAZ applied every other day plus biologic. At week 16, after 4 weeks of biologics alone, the proportion was maintained at 33.3% (6/18).
Pharmacoeconomics of Adding Topical HP-TAZ vs Switching Biologics—In the participants whom the investigator reported as likely to switch biologics at baseline, 9 had improvements in disease control such that switching biologics was no longer considered necessary for them at week 16. Potential cost savings with adjunctive therapy of HP-TAZ plus biologic vs switching biologics were therefore evaluated in these 9 participants, who were receiving ustekinumab, adalimumab, guselkumab, ixekizumab, and secukinumab during the study (Table 3). The estimated total cost of 16-week maintenance dosing of biologics plus adjunct HP-TAZ lotion ranged from $14,675 (ustekinumab 45 mg) to $54,025 (secukinumab 300 mg), while switching to other most commonly prescribed biologics for 16 weeks would cost an estimated $33,340 to $106,400 (induction and subsequent maintenance phases)(Table 3). Most biologic plus HP-TAZ combinations were estimated to cost less than $30,000, potentially saving $4816 to $91,725 compared with switching to any of the other 7 biologics (Table 3). The relatively more expensive maintenance combination containing secukinumab plus HP-TAZ ($54,025) appeared to be a less expensive option when compared with switching to ustekinumab (90 mg)($83,097), ixekizumab (80 mg)($61,452), or risankizumab (150 mg)($57,030) as an alternative biologic.
Comment
Adjunctive Use of HP-TAZ Lotion—In the present study, we showed that adjunctive HP-TAZ lotion improved biologic treatment response and reduced disease severity in participants with moderate to severe psoriasis whose symptoms could not be adequately controlled by 24 weeks or more of biologic monotherapy in a real-world setting. Disease activity decreased as evidenced by reductions in all assessed effectiveness variables, including BSA involvement, PGA score, composite BSA×PGA score, and participant-reported DLQI score. Half of the participants achieved NPF TTT status at the end of the study. The treatment was well tolerated with no unexpected safety concerns. Compared with switching to a new biologic, adding topical HP-TAZ to ongoing biologics appeared to be a more cost-effective approach to enhance treatment effects. Our results suggest that adjunctive use of HP-TAZ lotion may be a safe, effective, and economical option for patients with psoriasis who are failing their ongoing biologic monotherapy.
Treat-to-Target Status—The NPF-recommended target response to a treatment for plaque psoriasis is BSA of 1% or lower at 3 months postinitiation.10 Patients in the current study had major psoriasis activity at study entry despite being treated with a biologic for at least 24 weeks, as none had attained NPF TTT status at baseline. Because the time period of prior biologic treatment (at least 24 weeks) is much longer than the 3 months suggested by NPF, we believe that we were observing a true failure of the biologic rather than a slow onset of treatment effects in these patients at the time of enrollment. By week 12, with the addition of HP-TAZ lotion to the biologic, a high rate of participants achieved NPF TTT status (64.7%), with most participants being able to maintain this TTT status at study end after 4 weeks of biologic alone. Most participants also reported no impact of psoriasis on their QOL (DLQI, 0–116; 76.5%) at week 12. Improvements we found in disease control with adjunctive HP-TAZ lotion plus biologic support prior reports showing enhanced responses when a topical medication was added to a biologic.17,18 Reductions in psoriasis activity after 8 weeks of combined biologics plus once-daily HP-TAZ also are consistent with 2 phase 3 RCTs in which a monotherapy of HP-TAZ lotion used once daily for 8 weeks reduced BSA and DLQI.15 Notably, in the current study, disease severity continued to decrease when dosing of HP-TAZ was reduced to once every other day for 4 weeks, and the improvements were maintained even after the adjunct topical therapy was discontinued.
Safety Profile of HP-TAZ Lotion—The overall safety profile in our study also was consistent with that previously reported for HP-TAZ lotion,15,19-21 with no new safety signals observed. The combination treatment was well tolerated, with most reported AEs being mild in severity. Adverse events were mostly related to application-site reactions, the most common being dermatitis (28%), which was likely attributable to the TAZ component of the topical regimen.15
Likelihood of Switching Biologics—Reduced disease activity was reflected by a decrease in the percentage of participants the investigator considered likely to change biologics, which was 88.0% at baseline but only 33.3% at the end of the study. Although switching to a different biologic agent can improve treatment effect,22 it could lead to a substantial increase in health care costs and use of resources compared with no switch.5 We found that switching to one of the other most commonly prescribed biologics could incur $4816 to $91,725 in additional costs in most cases when compared with the combination strategy we evaluated over the 16-week treatment period. Therefore, concomitant use of HP-TAZ lotion with the ongoing biologics would be a potentially more economical alternative for patients to achieve acceptable responses or the NPF TTT goal. Moreover, combination with an adjunctive topical medication could avoid potential risks associated with switching, such as new AEs with new biologic regimens or disease flare during any washout period sometimes adopted for switching biologics.
Study Limitations—Our estimated costs were based on average wholesale prices and did not reflect net prices paid by patients or health plans due to the lack of known discount rates.
Conclusion
In this real-world study, patients with psoriasis that failed to respond to biologic monotherapy had improved disease control and QOL and reported no new safety concerns with adjunctive use of HP-TAZ lotion. Adding HP-TAZ to the ongoing biologics could be a more cost-effective option vs switching biologics for patients whose psoriasis symptoms could not be controlled with biologic monotherapy. Taken together, our results support the use of HP-TAZ lotion as an effective and safe adjunctive topical therapy in combination with biologics for psoriasis treatment.
Acknowledgments—We acknowledge the medical writing assistance provided by Hui Zhang, PhD, and Kathleen Ohleth, PhD, from Precise Publications LLC (Far Hills, New Jersey), which was funded by Ortho Dermatologics.
- Rachakonda TD, Schupp CW, Armstrong AW. Psoriasis prevalence among adults in the United States. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2014;70:512-516.
- Global Report on Psoriasis. World Health Organization; 2016. Accessed January 11, 2022. https://apps.who.int/iris/handle/10665/204417
- Takeshita J, Grewal S, Langan SM, et al. Psoriasis and comorbid diseases: epidemiology. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2017;76:377-390.
- Moller AH, Erntoft S, Vinding GR, et al. A systematic literature review to compare quality of life in psoriasis with other chronic diseases using EQ-5D-derived utility values. Patient Relat Outcome Meas. 2015;6:167-177.
- Feldman SR, Tian H, Wang X, et al. Health care utilization and cost associated with biologic treatment patterns among patients with moderate to severe psoriasis: analyses from a large U.S. claims database. J Manag Care Spec Pharm. 2019;25:479-488.
- Thomsen SF, Skov L, Dodge R, et al. Socioeconomic costs and health inequalities from psoriasis: a cohort study. Dermatology. 2019;235:372-379.
- Fowler JF, Duh MS, Rovba L, et al. The impact of psoriasis on health care costs and patient work loss. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2008;59:772-780.
- Menter A, Gottlieb A, Feldman SR, et al. Guidelines of care for the management of psoriasis and psoriatic arthritis: section 1. overview of psoriasis and guidelines of care for the treatment of psoriasis with biologics. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2008;58:826-850.
- Bagel J, Gold LS. Combining topical psoriasis treatment to enhance systemic and phototherapy: a review of the literature. J Drugs Dermatol. 2017;16:1209-1222.
- Armstrong AW, Siegel MP, Bagel J, et al. From the Medical Board of the National Psoriasis Foundation: treatment targets for plaque psoriasis. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2017;76:290-298.
- Armstrong AW, Bagel J, Van Voorhees AS, et al. Combining biologic therapies with other systemic treatments in psoriasis: evidence-based, best-practice recommendations from the Medical Board of the National Psoriasis Foundation. JAMA Dermatol. 2015;151:432-438.
- Menter A, Strober BE, Kaplan DH, et al. Joint AAD-NPF guidelines of care for the management and treatment of psoriasis with biologics. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2019;80:1029-1072.
- Duobrii. Prescribing information. Bausch Health Companies Inc; 2019.
- Sugarman JL, Weiss J, Tanghetti EA, et al. Safety and efficacy of a fixed combination halobetasol and tazarotene lotion in the treatment of moderate-to-severe plaque psoriasis: a pooled analysis of two phase 3 studies. J Drugs Dermatol. 2018;17:855-861.
- Gold LS, Lebwohl MG, Sugarman JL, et al. Safety and efficacy of a fixed combination of halobetasol and tazarotene in the treatment of moderate-to-severe plaque psoriasis: results of 2 phase 3 randomized controlled trials. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2018;79:287-293.
- Finlay AY. Current severe psoriasis and the rule of tens. Br J Dermatol. 2005;152:861-867.
- Campione E, Mazzotta A, Paterno EJ, et al. Effect of calcipotriol on etanercept partial responder psoriasis vulgaris and psoriatic arthritis patients. Acta Derm Venereol. 2009;89:288-291.
- Bagel J, Zapata J, Nelson E. A prospective, open-label study evaluating adjunctive calcipotriene 0.005%/betamethasone dipropionate 0.064% foam in psoriasis patients with inadequate response to biologic therapy. J Drugs Dermatol. 2018;17:845-850.
- Sugarman JL, Gold LS, Lebwohl MG, et al. A phase 2, multicenter, double-blind, randomized, vehicle controlled clinical study to assess the safety and efficacy of a halobetasol/tazarotene fixed combination in the treatment of plaque psoriasis. J Drugs Dermatol. 2017;16:197-204.
- Lebwohl MG, Sugarman JL, Gold LS, et al. Long-term safety results from a phase 3 open-label study of a fixed combination halobetasol propionate 0.01% and tazarotene 0.045% lotion in moderate-to-severe plaque psoriasis. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2019;80:282-285.
- Bhatia ND, Pariser DM, Kircik L, et al. Safety and efficacy of a halobetasol 0.01%/tazarotene 0.045% fixed combination lotion in the treatment of moderate-to-severe plaque psoriasis: a comparison with halobetasol propionate 0.05% cream. J Clin Aesthet Dermatol. 2018;11:15-19.
- Wang TS, Tsai TF. Biologics switch in psoriasis. Immunotherapy. 2019;11:531-541.
Psoriasis is a common chronic immunologic skin disease that affects approximately 7.4 million adults in the United States1 and more than 100 million individuals worldwide.2 Patients with psoriasis have a potentially heightened risk for cardiometabolic diseases, psychiatric disorders, and psoriatic arthritis,3 as well as impaired quality of life (QOL).4 Psoriasis also is associated with increased health care costs5 and may result in substantial socioeconomic repercussions for affected patients.6,7
Psoriasis treatments focus on relieving symptoms and improving patient QOL. Systemic therapy has been the mainstay of treatment for moderate to severe psoriasis.8 Although topical therapy usually is applied to treat mild symptoms, it also can be used as an adjunct to enhance efficacy of other treatment approaches.9 The National Psoriasis Foundation (NPF) recommends a treat-to-target (TTT) strategy for plaque psoriasis, the most common form of psoriasis, with a target response of attaining affected body surface area (BSA) of 1% or lower at 3 months after treatment initiation, allowing for regular assessments of treatment responses.10
Not all patients with moderate to severe psoriasis can achieve a satisfactory response with systemic biologic monotherapy.11 Switching to a new biologic improves responses in some but not all cases12 and could be associated with new safety issues and additional costs. Combinations of biologics with phototherapy, nonbiologic systemic agents, or topical medications were found to be more effective than biologics alone,9,11 though long-term safety studies are needed for biologics combined with other systemic inverventions.11
A lotion containing a fixed combination of halobetasol propionate (HP) 0.01%, a corticosteroid, and tazarotene (TAZ) 0.045%, a retinoid, is indicated for plaque psoriasis in adults.13 Two randomized, controlled, phase 3 trials demonstrated the rapid and sustained efficacy of HP-TAZ in treating moderate to severe plaque psoriasis without any safety concerns.14,15 However, combining HP-TAZ lotion with biologics has not been examined yet, to our knowledge.
This open-label study evaluated the effectiveness and safety of adjunctive HP-TAZ lotion in adult patients with moderate to severe plaque psoriasis who were being treated with biologics in a real-world setting. Potential cost savings with the addition of topical HP-TAZ to ongoing biologics vs switching to a new biologic also were assessed.
Methods
Study Design and Participants—A single-center, institutional review board–approved, open-label study evaluated adjunctive therapy with HP 0.01%–TAZ 0.045% lotion in patients with psoriasis being treated with biologic agents. The study was conducted in accordance with the ethical principles of the Declaration of Helsinki and in compliance with Good Clinical Practices. All patients provided written informed consent before enrollment.
Male and nonpregnant female patients (aged ≥18 years)with moderate to severe chronic plaque psoriasis and a BSA of 2% to 10% who were being treated with biologics for at least 24 weeks at baseline were enrolled. Patients were excluded if they had used oral systemic medications for psoriasis (≤4 weeks), other topical antipsoriatic therapies (≤14 days), UVB phototherapy (≤2 weeks), and psoralen plus UVA phototherapy (≤4 weeks) prior to study initiation. Concomitant use of steroid-free topical emollients or low-potency topical steroids and appropriate interventions deemed necessary by the investigator were allowed.
Although participants maintained their prescribed biologics for the duration of the study, HP-TAZ lotion also was applied once daily for 8 weeks, followed by once every other day for an additional 4 weeks. Participants then continued with biologics only for the last 4 weeks of the study.
Study Outcome Measures—Disease severity and treatment efficacy were assessed by affected BSA, Physician Global Assessment (PGA) score, composite BSA×PGA score, and participant-reported Dermatology Life Quality Index (DLQI). The primary end point was the proportion of participants achieving a BSA of 0% to 1% (NPF TTT status) at week 8. Secondary end points included the proportions of participants with BSA of 0% to 1% at weeks 12 and 16; BSA×PGA score at weeks 8, 12, and 16; and improvements in BSA, PGA, and DLQI at weeks 8, 12, and 16.
Adverse events (AEs) that occurred after the signing of the informed consent and for the duration of the participant’s participation were recorded, regardless of causality. Physical examinations were performed at screening; baseline; and weeks 8, 12, and 16 to document any clinically significant abnormalities. Localized skin reactions were assessed for tolerability of the study drug, with any reaction requiring concomitant therapy recorded as an AE.
The likelihood of switching to a new biologic regimen was assessed by the investigator for each participant at baseline and weeks 8, 12, and 16. Participants with unacceptable responses to their treatments (BSA >3%) were reported as likely to be considered for switching biologics by the investigator.
Pharmacoeconomic Evaluation—Potential cost savings were evaluated for the addition of HP-TAZ lotion to ongoing biologics vs switching to a new biologic. Cost comparisons were made in participants for whom the investigator would likely have switched biologics at baseline but not at the end of the study. For maintaining the same biologic with adjunctive topical HP-TAZ, total cost was estimated by adding the cost for 12 weeks (once daily for 8 weeks and once every other day for 4 weeks) of the HP-TAZ lotion to that of 16-week maintenance dosing with the biologic. The projected cost for switching to a new biologic for 16 weeks of treatment was based on both induction and maintenance dosing as recommended in its product label. Prices were obtained from the 2020 average wholesale price specialty pharmacy reports (BioPlus Specialty Pharmacy Services [https://www.bioplusrx.com]).
Data Handling—Enrollment of approximately 25 participants was desired for the study. Data on disease severity and participant-reported outcomes were assessed using descriptive statistics. Adverse events were summarized descriptively by incidence, severity, and relationship to the study drug. All participants with data available at a measured time point were included in the analyses for that time point.
Results
Participant Disposition and Demographics—Twenty-five participants (15 male and 10 female) were included in the study (Table 1). Seven participants discontinued the study for the following reasons: AEs (n=4), patient choice (n=2), and noncompliance (n=1).
The average age of the participants was 50 years, the majority were White (76.0% [19/25]) andnon-Hispanic (88.0% [22/25]), and the mean duration of chronic plaque psoriasis was 18.9 years (Table 1). Participants had been receiving biologic monotherapy for at least 24 weeks prior to enrollment, most commonly ustekinumab (32.0% [8/25])(Table 1). None had achieved the NPF TTT status with their biologics. At baseline, mean (SD) affected BSA, PGA, BSA×PGA, and participant-reported DLQI were 4.16% (2.04%), 2.84 (0.55), 11.88 (6.39), and 4.00 (4.74), respectively.
Efficacy Assessment—Application of HP-TAZ lotion in addition to the participants’ existing biologic therapy reduced severity of the disease, as evidenced by the reductions in mean BSA, PGA, and BSA×PGA. After 8 weeks of once-daily concomitant HP-TAZ use with biologic, mean BSA and PGA dropped by approximately 40% and 37%, respectively (Figures 1A and 1B). A greater reduction (54%) was found for mean BSA×PGA (Figure 1C). Disease severity continued to improve when the application schedule for HP-TAZ was changed to once every other day for 4 weeks, as mean BSA, PGA, and BSA×PGA decreased further at week 12. These beneficial effects were sustained during the last 4 weeks of the study after HP-TAZ was discontinued, with reductions of 57%, 43%, and 70% from baseline for mean BSA, PGA, and BSA×PGA, respectively (Figure 1).
The proportion of participants who achieved NPF TTT status increased from 0% at baseline to 20.0% (5/20) at week 8 with once-daily use of HP-TAZ plus biologic for 8 weeks (Figure 2). At week 12, more participants (64.7% [11/17]) achieved the treatment goal after application of HP-TAZ once every other day with biologic for 4 weeks. Most participants maintained NPF TTT status after HP-TAZ was discontinued; at week 16, 50.0% (9/18) attained the NPF treatment goal (Figure 2).
The mean DLQI score decreased from 4.00 at baseline to 2.45 after 8 weeks of concomitant use of once-daily HP-TAZ with biologic, reflecting a 39% score reduction. An additional 4 weeks of adjunctive HP-TAZ applied once every other day with biologic further decreased the DLQI score to 2.18 at week 12. Mean DLQI remained similar (2.33) after another 4 weeks of biologics alone. The proportion of participants reporting a DLQI score of 0 to 1 increased from 40% (10/25) at baseline to 60% (12/20) at week 8 and 76.5% (13/17) at week 12 with adjunctive HP-TAZ lotion use with biologic. At week 16, a DLQI score of 0 to 1 was reported in 61.1% (11/18) of participants after receiving only biologics for 4 weeks.
Safety Assessment—A total of 19 AEs were reported in 11 participants during the study; 16 AEs were considered treatment related in 8 participants (Table 2). The most common AEs were retinoid dermatitis (28% [7/25]), burning at the application site (8% [2/25]), and pruritus at the application site (8% [2/25]), all of which were considered related to the treatment. Among all AEs, 12 were mild in severity, and the remaining 7 were moderate. Adverse events led to early study termination in 4 participants, all with retinoid dermatitis as the primary reason.
Likelihood of Switching Biologics—At baseline, almost 90% (22/25) of participants were rated as likely to switch biologics by the investigator due to unacceptable responses to their currently prescribed biologics (BSA >3%)(Figure 3). The likelihood was greatly reduced by concomitant HP-TAZ, as the proportion of participants defined as nonresponders to their biologic decreased to 35% (7/20) with 8-week adjunctive application of once-daily HP-TAZ with biologic and further decreased to 23.5% (4/17) with another 4 weeks of adjunctive HP-TAZ applied every other day plus biologic. At week 16, after 4 weeks of biologics alone, the proportion was maintained at 33.3% (6/18).
Pharmacoeconomics of Adding Topical HP-TAZ vs Switching Biologics—In the participants whom the investigator reported as likely to switch biologics at baseline, 9 had improvements in disease control such that switching biologics was no longer considered necessary for them at week 16. Potential cost savings with adjunctive therapy of HP-TAZ plus biologic vs switching biologics were therefore evaluated in these 9 participants, who were receiving ustekinumab, adalimumab, guselkumab, ixekizumab, and secukinumab during the study (Table 3). The estimated total cost of 16-week maintenance dosing of biologics plus adjunct HP-TAZ lotion ranged from $14,675 (ustekinumab 45 mg) to $54,025 (secukinumab 300 mg), while switching to other most commonly prescribed biologics for 16 weeks would cost an estimated $33,340 to $106,400 (induction and subsequent maintenance phases)(Table 3). Most biologic plus HP-TAZ combinations were estimated to cost less than $30,000, potentially saving $4816 to $91,725 compared with switching to any of the other 7 biologics (Table 3). The relatively more expensive maintenance combination containing secukinumab plus HP-TAZ ($54,025) appeared to be a less expensive option when compared with switching to ustekinumab (90 mg)($83,097), ixekizumab (80 mg)($61,452), or risankizumab (150 mg)($57,030) as an alternative biologic.
Comment
Adjunctive Use of HP-TAZ Lotion—In the present study, we showed that adjunctive HP-TAZ lotion improved biologic treatment response and reduced disease severity in participants with moderate to severe psoriasis whose symptoms could not be adequately controlled by 24 weeks or more of biologic monotherapy in a real-world setting. Disease activity decreased as evidenced by reductions in all assessed effectiveness variables, including BSA involvement, PGA score, composite BSA×PGA score, and participant-reported DLQI score. Half of the participants achieved NPF TTT status at the end of the study. The treatment was well tolerated with no unexpected safety concerns. Compared with switching to a new biologic, adding topical HP-TAZ to ongoing biologics appeared to be a more cost-effective approach to enhance treatment effects. Our results suggest that adjunctive use of HP-TAZ lotion may be a safe, effective, and economical option for patients with psoriasis who are failing their ongoing biologic monotherapy.
Treat-to-Target Status—The NPF-recommended target response to a treatment for plaque psoriasis is BSA of 1% or lower at 3 months postinitiation.10 Patients in the current study had major psoriasis activity at study entry despite being treated with a biologic for at least 24 weeks, as none had attained NPF TTT status at baseline. Because the time period of prior biologic treatment (at least 24 weeks) is much longer than the 3 months suggested by NPF, we believe that we were observing a true failure of the biologic rather than a slow onset of treatment effects in these patients at the time of enrollment. By week 12, with the addition of HP-TAZ lotion to the biologic, a high rate of participants achieved NPF TTT status (64.7%), with most participants being able to maintain this TTT status at study end after 4 weeks of biologic alone. Most participants also reported no impact of psoriasis on their QOL (DLQI, 0–116; 76.5%) at week 12. Improvements we found in disease control with adjunctive HP-TAZ lotion plus biologic support prior reports showing enhanced responses when a topical medication was added to a biologic.17,18 Reductions in psoriasis activity after 8 weeks of combined biologics plus once-daily HP-TAZ also are consistent with 2 phase 3 RCTs in which a monotherapy of HP-TAZ lotion used once daily for 8 weeks reduced BSA and DLQI.15 Notably, in the current study, disease severity continued to decrease when dosing of HP-TAZ was reduced to once every other day for 4 weeks, and the improvements were maintained even after the adjunct topical therapy was discontinued.
Safety Profile of HP-TAZ Lotion—The overall safety profile in our study also was consistent with that previously reported for HP-TAZ lotion,15,19-21 with no new safety signals observed. The combination treatment was well tolerated, with most reported AEs being mild in severity. Adverse events were mostly related to application-site reactions, the most common being dermatitis (28%), which was likely attributable to the TAZ component of the topical regimen.15
Likelihood of Switching Biologics—Reduced disease activity was reflected by a decrease in the percentage of participants the investigator considered likely to change biologics, which was 88.0% at baseline but only 33.3% at the end of the study. Although switching to a different biologic agent can improve treatment effect,22 it could lead to a substantial increase in health care costs and use of resources compared with no switch.5 We found that switching to one of the other most commonly prescribed biologics could incur $4816 to $91,725 in additional costs in most cases when compared with the combination strategy we evaluated over the 16-week treatment period. Therefore, concomitant use of HP-TAZ lotion with the ongoing biologics would be a potentially more economical alternative for patients to achieve acceptable responses or the NPF TTT goal. Moreover, combination with an adjunctive topical medication could avoid potential risks associated with switching, such as new AEs with new biologic regimens or disease flare during any washout period sometimes adopted for switching biologics.
Study Limitations—Our estimated costs were based on average wholesale prices and did not reflect net prices paid by patients or health plans due to the lack of known discount rates.
Conclusion
In this real-world study, patients with psoriasis that failed to respond to biologic monotherapy had improved disease control and QOL and reported no new safety concerns with adjunctive use of HP-TAZ lotion. Adding HP-TAZ to the ongoing biologics could be a more cost-effective option vs switching biologics for patients whose psoriasis symptoms could not be controlled with biologic monotherapy. Taken together, our results support the use of HP-TAZ lotion as an effective and safe adjunctive topical therapy in combination with biologics for psoriasis treatment.
Acknowledgments—We acknowledge the medical writing assistance provided by Hui Zhang, PhD, and Kathleen Ohleth, PhD, from Precise Publications LLC (Far Hills, New Jersey), which was funded by Ortho Dermatologics.
Psoriasis is a common chronic immunologic skin disease that affects approximately 7.4 million adults in the United States1 and more than 100 million individuals worldwide.2 Patients with psoriasis have a potentially heightened risk for cardiometabolic diseases, psychiatric disorders, and psoriatic arthritis,3 as well as impaired quality of life (QOL).4 Psoriasis also is associated with increased health care costs5 and may result in substantial socioeconomic repercussions for affected patients.6,7
Psoriasis treatments focus on relieving symptoms and improving patient QOL. Systemic therapy has been the mainstay of treatment for moderate to severe psoriasis.8 Although topical therapy usually is applied to treat mild symptoms, it also can be used as an adjunct to enhance efficacy of other treatment approaches.9 The National Psoriasis Foundation (NPF) recommends a treat-to-target (TTT) strategy for plaque psoriasis, the most common form of psoriasis, with a target response of attaining affected body surface area (BSA) of 1% or lower at 3 months after treatment initiation, allowing for regular assessments of treatment responses.10
Not all patients with moderate to severe psoriasis can achieve a satisfactory response with systemic biologic monotherapy.11 Switching to a new biologic improves responses in some but not all cases12 and could be associated with new safety issues and additional costs. Combinations of biologics with phototherapy, nonbiologic systemic agents, or topical medications were found to be more effective than biologics alone,9,11 though long-term safety studies are needed for biologics combined with other systemic inverventions.11
A lotion containing a fixed combination of halobetasol propionate (HP) 0.01%, a corticosteroid, and tazarotene (TAZ) 0.045%, a retinoid, is indicated for plaque psoriasis in adults.13 Two randomized, controlled, phase 3 trials demonstrated the rapid and sustained efficacy of HP-TAZ in treating moderate to severe plaque psoriasis without any safety concerns.14,15 However, combining HP-TAZ lotion with biologics has not been examined yet, to our knowledge.
This open-label study evaluated the effectiveness and safety of adjunctive HP-TAZ lotion in adult patients with moderate to severe plaque psoriasis who were being treated with biologics in a real-world setting. Potential cost savings with the addition of topical HP-TAZ to ongoing biologics vs switching to a new biologic also were assessed.
Methods
Study Design and Participants—A single-center, institutional review board–approved, open-label study evaluated adjunctive therapy with HP 0.01%–TAZ 0.045% lotion in patients with psoriasis being treated with biologic agents. The study was conducted in accordance with the ethical principles of the Declaration of Helsinki and in compliance with Good Clinical Practices. All patients provided written informed consent before enrollment.
Male and nonpregnant female patients (aged ≥18 years)with moderate to severe chronic plaque psoriasis and a BSA of 2% to 10% who were being treated with biologics for at least 24 weeks at baseline were enrolled. Patients were excluded if they had used oral systemic medications for psoriasis (≤4 weeks), other topical antipsoriatic therapies (≤14 days), UVB phototherapy (≤2 weeks), and psoralen plus UVA phototherapy (≤4 weeks) prior to study initiation. Concomitant use of steroid-free topical emollients or low-potency topical steroids and appropriate interventions deemed necessary by the investigator were allowed.
Although participants maintained their prescribed biologics for the duration of the study, HP-TAZ lotion also was applied once daily for 8 weeks, followed by once every other day for an additional 4 weeks. Participants then continued with biologics only for the last 4 weeks of the study.
Study Outcome Measures—Disease severity and treatment efficacy were assessed by affected BSA, Physician Global Assessment (PGA) score, composite BSA×PGA score, and participant-reported Dermatology Life Quality Index (DLQI). The primary end point was the proportion of participants achieving a BSA of 0% to 1% (NPF TTT status) at week 8. Secondary end points included the proportions of participants with BSA of 0% to 1% at weeks 12 and 16; BSA×PGA score at weeks 8, 12, and 16; and improvements in BSA, PGA, and DLQI at weeks 8, 12, and 16.
Adverse events (AEs) that occurred after the signing of the informed consent and for the duration of the participant’s participation were recorded, regardless of causality. Physical examinations were performed at screening; baseline; and weeks 8, 12, and 16 to document any clinically significant abnormalities. Localized skin reactions were assessed for tolerability of the study drug, with any reaction requiring concomitant therapy recorded as an AE.
The likelihood of switching to a new biologic regimen was assessed by the investigator for each participant at baseline and weeks 8, 12, and 16. Participants with unacceptable responses to their treatments (BSA >3%) were reported as likely to be considered for switching biologics by the investigator.
Pharmacoeconomic Evaluation—Potential cost savings were evaluated for the addition of HP-TAZ lotion to ongoing biologics vs switching to a new biologic. Cost comparisons were made in participants for whom the investigator would likely have switched biologics at baseline but not at the end of the study. For maintaining the same biologic with adjunctive topical HP-TAZ, total cost was estimated by adding the cost for 12 weeks (once daily for 8 weeks and once every other day for 4 weeks) of the HP-TAZ lotion to that of 16-week maintenance dosing with the biologic. The projected cost for switching to a new biologic for 16 weeks of treatment was based on both induction and maintenance dosing as recommended in its product label. Prices were obtained from the 2020 average wholesale price specialty pharmacy reports (BioPlus Specialty Pharmacy Services [https://www.bioplusrx.com]).
Data Handling—Enrollment of approximately 25 participants was desired for the study. Data on disease severity and participant-reported outcomes were assessed using descriptive statistics. Adverse events were summarized descriptively by incidence, severity, and relationship to the study drug. All participants with data available at a measured time point were included in the analyses for that time point.
Results
Participant Disposition and Demographics—Twenty-five participants (15 male and 10 female) were included in the study (Table 1). Seven participants discontinued the study for the following reasons: AEs (n=4), patient choice (n=2), and noncompliance (n=1).
The average age of the participants was 50 years, the majority were White (76.0% [19/25]) andnon-Hispanic (88.0% [22/25]), and the mean duration of chronic plaque psoriasis was 18.9 years (Table 1). Participants had been receiving biologic monotherapy for at least 24 weeks prior to enrollment, most commonly ustekinumab (32.0% [8/25])(Table 1). None had achieved the NPF TTT status with their biologics. At baseline, mean (SD) affected BSA, PGA, BSA×PGA, and participant-reported DLQI were 4.16% (2.04%), 2.84 (0.55), 11.88 (6.39), and 4.00 (4.74), respectively.
Efficacy Assessment—Application of HP-TAZ lotion in addition to the participants’ existing biologic therapy reduced severity of the disease, as evidenced by the reductions in mean BSA, PGA, and BSA×PGA. After 8 weeks of once-daily concomitant HP-TAZ use with biologic, mean BSA and PGA dropped by approximately 40% and 37%, respectively (Figures 1A and 1B). A greater reduction (54%) was found for mean BSA×PGA (Figure 1C). Disease severity continued to improve when the application schedule for HP-TAZ was changed to once every other day for 4 weeks, as mean BSA, PGA, and BSA×PGA decreased further at week 12. These beneficial effects were sustained during the last 4 weeks of the study after HP-TAZ was discontinued, with reductions of 57%, 43%, and 70% from baseline for mean BSA, PGA, and BSA×PGA, respectively (Figure 1).
The proportion of participants who achieved NPF TTT status increased from 0% at baseline to 20.0% (5/20) at week 8 with once-daily use of HP-TAZ plus biologic for 8 weeks (Figure 2). At week 12, more participants (64.7% [11/17]) achieved the treatment goal after application of HP-TAZ once every other day with biologic for 4 weeks. Most participants maintained NPF TTT status after HP-TAZ was discontinued; at week 16, 50.0% (9/18) attained the NPF treatment goal (Figure 2).
The mean DLQI score decreased from 4.00 at baseline to 2.45 after 8 weeks of concomitant use of once-daily HP-TAZ with biologic, reflecting a 39% score reduction. An additional 4 weeks of adjunctive HP-TAZ applied once every other day with biologic further decreased the DLQI score to 2.18 at week 12. Mean DLQI remained similar (2.33) after another 4 weeks of biologics alone. The proportion of participants reporting a DLQI score of 0 to 1 increased from 40% (10/25) at baseline to 60% (12/20) at week 8 and 76.5% (13/17) at week 12 with adjunctive HP-TAZ lotion use with biologic. At week 16, a DLQI score of 0 to 1 was reported in 61.1% (11/18) of participants after receiving only biologics for 4 weeks.
Safety Assessment—A total of 19 AEs were reported in 11 participants during the study; 16 AEs were considered treatment related in 8 participants (Table 2). The most common AEs were retinoid dermatitis (28% [7/25]), burning at the application site (8% [2/25]), and pruritus at the application site (8% [2/25]), all of which were considered related to the treatment. Among all AEs, 12 were mild in severity, and the remaining 7 were moderate. Adverse events led to early study termination in 4 participants, all with retinoid dermatitis as the primary reason.
Likelihood of Switching Biologics—At baseline, almost 90% (22/25) of participants were rated as likely to switch biologics by the investigator due to unacceptable responses to their currently prescribed biologics (BSA >3%)(Figure 3). The likelihood was greatly reduced by concomitant HP-TAZ, as the proportion of participants defined as nonresponders to their biologic decreased to 35% (7/20) with 8-week adjunctive application of once-daily HP-TAZ with biologic and further decreased to 23.5% (4/17) with another 4 weeks of adjunctive HP-TAZ applied every other day plus biologic. At week 16, after 4 weeks of biologics alone, the proportion was maintained at 33.3% (6/18).
Pharmacoeconomics of Adding Topical HP-TAZ vs Switching Biologics—In the participants whom the investigator reported as likely to switch biologics at baseline, 9 had improvements in disease control such that switching biologics was no longer considered necessary for them at week 16. Potential cost savings with adjunctive therapy of HP-TAZ plus biologic vs switching biologics were therefore evaluated in these 9 participants, who were receiving ustekinumab, adalimumab, guselkumab, ixekizumab, and secukinumab during the study (Table 3). The estimated total cost of 16-week maintenance dosing of biologics plus adjunct HP-TAZ lotion ranged from $14,675 (ustekinumab 45 mg) to $54,025 (secukinumab 300 mg), while switching to other most commonly prescribed biologics for 16 weeks would cost an estimated $33,340 to $106,400 (induction and subsequent maintenance phases)(Table 3). Most biologic plus HP-TAZ combinations were estimated to cost less than $30,000, potentially saving $4816 to $91,725 compared with switching to any of the other 7 biologics (Table 3). The relatively more expensive maintenance combination containing secukinumab plus HP-TAZ ($54,025) appeared to be a less expensive option when compared with switching to ustekinumab (90 mg)($83,097), ixekizumab (80 mg)($61,452), or risankizumab (150 mg)($57,030) as an alternative biologic.
Comment
Adjunctive Use of HP-TAZ Lotion—In the present study, we showed that adjunctive HP-TAZ lotion improved biologic treatment response and reduced disease severity in participants with moderate to severe psoriasis whose symptoms could not be adequately controlled by 24 weeks or more of biologic monotherapy in a real-world setting. Disease activity decreased as evidenced by reductions in all assessed effectiveness variables, including BSA involvement, PGA score, composite BSA×PGA score, and participant-reported DLQI score. Half of the participants achieved NPF TTT status at the end of the study. The treatment was well tolerated with no unexpected safety concerns. Compared with switching to a new biologic, adding topical HP-TAZ to ongoing biologics appeared to be a more cost-effective approach to enhance treatment effects. Our results suggest that adjunctive use of HP-TAZ lotion may be a safe, effective, and economical option for patients with psoriasis who are failing their ongoing biologic monotherapy.
Treat-to-Target Status—The NPF-recommended target response to a treatment for plaque psoriasis is BSA of 1% or lower at 3 months postinitiation.10 Patients in the current study had major psoriasis activity at study entry despite being treated with a biologic for at least 24 weeks, as none had attained NPF TTT status at baseline. Because the time period of prior biologic treatment (at least 24 weeks) is much longer than the 3 months suggested by NPF, we believe that we were observing a true failure of the biologic rather than a slow onset of treatment effects in these patients at the time of enrollment. By week 12, with the addition of HP-TAZ lotion to the biologic, a high rate of participants achieved NPF TTT status (64.7%), with most participants being able to maintain this TTT status at study end after 4 weeks of biologic alone. Most participants also reported no impact of psoriasis on their QOL (DLQI, 0–116; 76.5%) at week 12. Improvements we found in disease control with adjunctive HP-TAZ lotion plus biologic support prior reports showing enhanced responses when a topical medication was added to a biologic.17,18 Reductions in psoriasis activity after 8 weeks of combined biologics plus once-daily HP-TAZ also are consistent with 2 phase 3 RCTs in which a monotherapy of HP-TAZ lotion used once daily for 8 weeks reduced BSA and DLQI.15 Notably, in the current study, disease severity continued to decrease when dosing of HP-TAZ was reduced to once every other day for 4 weeks, and the improvements were maintained even after the adjunct topical therapy was discontinued.
Safety Profile of HP-TAZ Lotion—The overall safety profile in our study also was consistent with that previously reported for HP-TAZ lotion,15,19-21 with no new safety signals observed. The combination treatment was well tolerated, with most reported AEs being mild in severity. Adverse events were mostly related to application-site reactions, the most common being dermatitis (28%), which was likely attributable to the TAZ component of the topical regimen.15
Likelihood of Switching Biologics—Reduced disease activity was reflected by a decrease in the percentage of participants the investigator considered likely to change biologics, which was 88.0% at baseline but only 33.3% at the end of the study. Although switching to a different biologic agent can improve treatment effect,22 it could lead to a substantial increase in health care costs and use of resources compared with no switch.5 We found that switching to one of the other most commonly prescribed biologics could incur $4816 to $91,725 in additional costs in most cases when compared with the combination strategy we evaluated over the 16-week treatment period. Therefore, concomitant use of HP-TAZ lotion with the ongoing biologics would be a potentially more economical alternative for patients to achieve acceptable responses or the NPF TTT goal. Moreover, combination with an adjunctive topical medication could avoid potential risks associated with switching, such as new AEs with new biologic regimens or disease flare during any washout period sometimes adopted for switching biologics.
Study Limitations—Our estimated costs were based on average wholesale prices and did not reflect net prices paid by patients or health plans due to the lack of known discount rates.
Conclusion
In this real-world study, patients with psoriasis that failed to respond to biologic monotherapy had improved disease control and QOL and reported no new safety concerns with adjunctive use of HP-TAZ lotion. Adding HP-TAZ to the ongoing biologics could be a more cost-effective option vs switching biologics for patients whose psoriasis symptoms could not be controlled with biologic monotherapy. Taken together, our results support the use of HP-TAZ lotion as an effective and safe adjunctive topical therapy in combination with biologics for psoriasis treatment.
Acknowledgments—We acknowledge the medical writing assistance provided by Hui Zhang, PhD, and Kathleen Ohleth, PhD, from Precise Publications LLC (Far Hills, New Jersey), which was funded by Ortho Dermatologics.
- Rachakonda TD, Schupp CW, Armstrong AW. Psoriasis prevalence among adults in the United States. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2014;70:512-516.
- Global Report on Psoriasis. World Health Organization; 2016. Accessed January 11, 2022. https://apps.who.int/iris/handle/10665/204417
- Takeshita J, Grewal S, Langan SM, et al. Psoriasis and comorbid diseases: epidemiology. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2017;76:377-390.
- Moller AH, Erntoft S, Vinding GR, et al. A systematic literature review to compare quality of life in psoriasis with other chronic diseases using EQ-5D-derived utility values. Patient Relat Outcome Meas. 2015;6:167-177.
- Feldman SR, Tian H, Wang X, et al. Health care utilization and cost associated with biologic treatment patterns among patients with moderate to severe psoriasis: analyses from a large U.S. claims database. J Manag Care Spec Pharm. 2019;25:479-488.
- Thomsen SF, Skov L, Dodge R, et al. Socioeconomic costs and health inequalities from psoriasis: a cohort study. Dermatology. 2019;235:372-379.
- Fowler JF, Duh MS, Rovba L, et al. The impact of psoriasis on health care costs and patient work loss. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2008;59:772-780.
- Menter A, Gottlieb A, Feldman SR, et al. Guidelines of care for the management of psoriasis and psoriatic arthritis: section 1. overview of psoriasis and guidelines of care for the treatment of psoriasis with biologics. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2008;58:826-850.
- Bagel J, Gold LS. Combining topical psoriasis treatment to enhance systemic and phototherapy: a review of the literature. J Drugs Dermatol. 2017;16:1209-1222.
- Armstrong AW, Siegel MP, Bagel J, et al. From the Medical Board of the National Psoriasis Foundation: treatment targets for plaque psoriasis. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2017;76:290-298.
- Armstrong AW, Bagel J, Van Voorhees AS, et al. Combining biologic therapies with other systemic treatments in psoriasis: evidence-based, best-practice recommendations from the Medical Board of the National Psoriasis Foundation. JAMA Dermatol. 2015;151:432-438.
- Menter A, Strober BE, Kaplan DH, et al. Joint AAD-NPF guidelines of care for the management and treatment of psoriasis with biologics. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2019;80:1029-1072.
- Duobrii. Prescribing information. Bausch Health Companies Inc; 2019.
- Sugarman JL, Weiss J, Tanghetti EA, et al. Safety and efficacy of a fixed combination halobetasol and tazarotene lotion in the treatment of moderate-to-severe plaque psoriasis: a pooled analysis of two phase 3 studies. J Drugs Dermatol. 2018;17:855-861.
- Gold LS, Lebwohl MG, Sugarman JL, et al. Safety and efficacy of a fixed combination of halobetasol and tazarotene in the treatment of moderate-to-severe plaque psoriasis: results of 2 phase 3 randomized controlled trials. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2018;79:287-293.
- Finlay AY. Current severe psoriasis and the rule of tens. Br J Dermatol. 2005;152:861-867.
- Campione E, Mazzotta A, Paterno EJ, et al. Effect of calcipotriol on etanercept partial responder psoriasis vulgaris and psoriatic arthritis patients. Acta Derm Venereol. 2009;89:288-291.
- Bagel J, Zapata J, Nelson E. A prospective, open-label study evaluating adjunctive calcipotriene 0.005%/betamethasone dipropionate 0.064% foam in psoriasis patients with inadequate response to biologic therapy. J Drugs Dermatol. 2018;17:845-850.
- Sugarman JL, Gold LS, Lebwohl MG, et al. A phase 2, multicenter, double-blind, randomized, vehicle controlled clinical study to assess the safety and efficacy of a halobetasol/tazarotene fixed combination in the treatment of plaque psoriasis. J Drugs Dermatol. 2017;16:197-204.
- Lebwohl MG, Sugarman JL, Gold LS, et al. Long-term safety results from a phase 3 open-label study of a fixed combination halobetasol propionate 0.01% and tazarotene 0.045% lotion in moderate-to-severe plaque psoriasis. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2019;80:282-285.
- Bhatia ND, Pariser DM, Kircik L, et al. Safety and efficacy of a halobetasol 0.01%/tazarotene 0.045% fixed combination lotion in the treatment of moderate-to-severe plaque psoriasis: a comparison with halobetasol propionate 0.05% cream. J Clin Aesthet Dermatol. 2018;11:15-19.
- Wang TS, Tsai TF. Biologics switch in psoriasis. Immunotherapy. 2019;11:531-541.
- Rachakonda TD, Schupp CW, Armstrong AW. Psoriasis prevalence among adults in the United States. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2014;70:512-516.
- Global Report on Psoriasis. World Health Organization; 2016. Accessed January 11, 2022. https://apps.who.int/iris/handle/10665/204417
- Takeshita J, Grewal S, Langan SM, et al. Psoriasis and comorbid diseases: epidemiology. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2017;76:377-390.
- Moller AH, Erntoft S, Vinding GR, et al. A systematic literature review to compare quality of life in psoriasis with other chronic diseases using EQ-5D-derived utility values. Patient Relat Outcome Meas. 2015;6:167-177.
- Feldman SR, Tian H, Wang X, et al. Health care utilization and cost associated with biologic treatment patterns among patients with moderate to severe psoriasis: analyses from a large U.S. claims database. J Manag Care Spec Pharm. 2019;25:479-488.
- Thomsen SF, Skov L, Dodge R, et al. Socioeconomic costs and health inequalities from psoriasis: a cohort study. Dermatology. 2019;235:372-379.
- Fowler JF, Duh MS, Rovba L, et al. The impact of psoriasis on health care costs and patient work loss. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2008;59:772-780.
- Menter A, Gottlieb A, Feldman SR, et al. Guidelines of care for the management of psoriasis and psoriatic arthritis: section 1. overview of psoriasis and guidelines of care for the treatment of psoriasis with biologics. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2008;58:826-850.
- Bagel J, Gold LS. Combining topical psoriasis treatment to enhance systemic and phototherapy: a review of the literature. J Drugs Dermatol. 2017;16:1209-1222.
- Armstrong AW, Siegel MP, Bagel J, et al. From the Medical Board of the National Psoriasis Foundation: treatment targets for plaque psoriasis. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2017;76:290-298.
- Armstrong AW, Bagel J, Van Voorhees AS, et al. Combining biologic therapies with other systemic treatments in psoriasis: evidence-based, best-practice recommendations from the Medical Board of the National Psoriasis Foundation. JAMA Dermatol. 2015;151:432-438.
- Menter A, Strober BE, Kaplan DH, et al. Joint AAD-NPF guidelines of care for the management and treatment of psoriasis with biologics. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2019;80:1029-1072.
- Duobrii. Prescribing information. Bausch Health Companies Inc; 2019.
- Sugarman JL, Weiss J, Tanghetti EA, et al. Safety and efficacy of a fixed combination halobetasol and tazarotene lotion in the treatment of moderate-to-severe plaque psoriasis: a pooled analysis of two phase 3 studies. J Drugs Dermatol. 2018;17:855-861.
- Gold LS, Lebwohl MG, Sugarman JL, et al. Safety and efficacy of a fixed combination of halobetasol and tazarotene in the treatment of moderate-to-severe plaque psoriasis: results of 2 phase 3 randomized controlled trials. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2018;79:287-293.
- Finlay AY. Current severe psoriasis and the rule of tens. Br J Dermatol. 2005;152:861-867.
- Campione E, Mazzotta A, Paterno EJ, et al. Effect of calcipotriol on etanercept partial responder psoriasis vulgaris and psoriatic arthritis patients. Acta Derm Venereol. 2009;89:288-291.
- Bagel J, Zapata J, Nelson E. A prospective, open-label study evaluating adjunctive calcipotriene 0.005%/betamethasone dipropionate 0.064% foam in psoriasis patients with inadequate response to biologic therapy. J Drugs Dermatol. 2018;17:845-850.
- Sugarman JL, Gold LS, Lebwohl MG, et al. A phase 2, multicenter, double-blind, randomized, vehicle controlled clinical study to assess the safety and efficacy of a halobetasol/tazarotene fixed combination in the treatment of plaque psoriasis. J Drugs Dermatol. 2017;16:197-204.
- Lebwohl MG, Sugarman JL, Gold LS, et al. Long-term safety results from a phase 3 open-label study of a fixed combination halobetasol propionate 0.01% and tazarotene 0.045% lotion in moderate-to-severe plaque psoriasis. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2019;80:282-285.
- Bhatia ND, Pariser DM, Kircik L, et al. Safety and efficacy of a halobetasol 0.01%/tazarotene 0.045% fixed combination lotion in the treatment of moderate-to-severe plaque psoriasis: a comparison with halobetasol propionate 0.05% cream. J Clin Aesthet Dermatol. 2018;11:15-19.
- Wang TS, Tsai TF. Biologics switch in psoriasis. Immunotherapy. 2019;11:531-541.
Practice Points
- Although monotherapy with biologic agents is effective to treat psoriasis, some patients do not achieve a satisfactory response.
- Adjunctive therapy with halobetasol propionate (HP) 0.01%–tazarotene (TAZ) 0.045% lotion can improve responses to biologic treatment in patients whose psoriasis symptoms could not be adequately controlled by biologic monotherapy.
- Adjunctive use of HP-TAZ lotion in addition to biologics was well tolerated.
- Compared with switching to a new biologic regimen, adding a topical regimen of HP-TAZ lotion to ongoing biologics may be a more cost-effective approach to enhance treatment effects.